As we use struct list_head to keep L2CAP channels list the workaround with
del_list is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use a well known Kernel API is always a good idea than implement your own
list.
In the future we might use RCU on this list.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan cames to create a clear separation between what
properties and data belongs to the L2CAP channel and what belongs to the
socket. By now we just fold the struct sock * in struct l2cap_chan as all
the channel info is struct l2cap_pinfo today.
In the next commits we will see a move of channel stuff to struct
l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Commit 1018b5c016 ("Set rt->rt_iif more
sanely on output routes.") breaks rt_is_{output,input}_route.
This became the cause to return "IP_PKTINFO's ->ipi_ifindex == 0".
To fix it, this does:
1) Add "int rt_route_iif;" to struct rtable
2) For input routes, always set rt_route_iif to same value as rt_iif
3) For output routes, always set rt_route_iif to zero. Set rt_iif
as it is done currently.
4) Change rt_is_{output,input}_route() to test rt_route_iif
Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit c6e1a0d12c broken the calc
(net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit)
of checksum, which may cause some tcp packets be dropped because
incorrect checksum. ssh does not work under today's net-next-2.6
tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data
cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and
skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use
this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is
configurable per device using ethtool.
Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does
not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device
indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by
default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum
is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done
anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case
the no cache copy is probably not beneficial.
This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with
1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86.
No-cache copy disabled:
672703 tps, 97.13% utilization
50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41
No-cache copy enabled:
702113 tps, 96.16% utilization,
50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955
Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the
effects more dramatically:
No-cache copy disabled:
79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization
50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76
No-cache copy enabled:
83856 tps, 34.81% utilization
50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88
Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile).
This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is
consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide
the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload
stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new remote_name event to the Management interface
which is sent every time the name of a remote device is resolved (over
BR/EDR).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a device_found event to the Management interface. For
now the event only maps to BR/EDR inquiry result HCI events, but in the
future the plan is to also use it for the LE device discovery process.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The description for buf_size was misleading and
just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but
of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that
would exceed the window either, which is possible
even if the aggregates are shorter than that.
Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for
explaining this to me.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipvsadm -ln --daemon will trigger a Null pointer exception because
ip_vs_genl_dump_daemons() uses skb_net() instead of skb_sknet().
To prevent others from NULL ptr a check is made in ip_vs.h skb_net().
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
auth_hmacs field of struct sctp_cookie is used for store
Requested HMAC Algorithm Parameter, and each HMAC Identifier
is 2 bytes, so the length should be:
SCTP_AUTH_NUM_HMACS * sizeof(__u16) + 2
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
This patch adds automated creation of the local EIR data based on what
16-bit UUIDs are registered and what the device name is. This should
cover the majority use cases, however things like 32/128-bit UUIDs, TX
power and Device ID will need to be added later to be on par with what
bluetoothd is capable of doing (without the Management interface).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds commands to add and remove remote OOB data to the managment
interface. Remote data is stored in kernel and can be used by corresponding
HCI commands and events when needed.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a command to read local OOB data to the managment interface.
The command maps directly to the Read Local OOB Data HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_local_name management command as well as a
local_name_changed management event. With these user space can both
change the local name as well as monitor changes to it by others.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the name of the adapter to the reply of the read_info
management command.
The management messages reserve 249 bytes for the name instead of 248
(like in the HCI spec) so that there is always a guarantee that it is
nul-terminated. That way it can safely be passed onto string
manipulation functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a clear define for the maximum device name length in HCI
messages and thereby avoids magic numbers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
On-stack initialization via assignment of flow structures are
expensive because GCC emits a memset() to clear the entire
structure out no matter what.
Add a helper for ipv4 output flow key setup which we can use to avoid
the memset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My commit 6d55cb91a0 (gre: fix hard header destination
address checking) broke multicast.
The reason is that ip_gre used to get ipgre_header() calls with
zero destination if we have NOARP or multicast destination. Instead
the actual target was decided at ipgre_tunnel_xmit() time based on
per-protocol dissection.
Instead of allowing the "abuse" of ->header() calls with invalid
destination, this creates multicast mappings for ip_gre. This also
fixes "ip neigh show nud noarp" to display the proper multicast
mappings used by the gre device.
Reported-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we clone a xfrm state we have to assign the replay_esn
and the preplay_esn pointers to the state if we use the
new replay detection method. To this end, we add a
xfrm_replay_clone() function that allocates memory for
the replay detection and takes over the necessary values
from the original state.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define some constant offsets for CALL_REQUEST based on the description
at <http://www.techfest.com/networking/wan/x25plp.htm> and the
definition of ROSE as using 10-digit (5-byte) addresses. Use them
consistently. Validate all implicit and explicit facilities lengths.
Validate the address length byte rather than either trusting or
assuming its value.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We clone the child entry in skb_dst_pop before we call
skb_dst_drop(). Otherwise we might kill the child right
before we return it to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we set up the flow informations in ip_route_newports(), we take
the address informations from the the rt_key_src and rt_key_dst fields
of the rtable. They appear to be empty. So take the address
informations from rt_src and rt_dst instead. This issue was introduced
by commit 5e2b61f784 ("ipv4: Remove
flowi from struct rtable.")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the scope value out of the fib alias entries and into fib_info,
so that we always use the correct scope when recomputing the nexthop
cached source address.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any operation that:
1) Brings up an interface
2) Adds an IP address to an interface
3) Deletes an IP address from an interface
can potentially invalidate the nh_saddr value, requiring
it to be recomputed.
Perform the recomputation lazily using a generation ID.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
commit fd245a4adb (net_sched: move TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag)
added a race.
qdisc_watchdog() is run from softirq, so special care should be taken or
we can lose one state transition (THROTTLED/RUNNING)
Prior to fd245a4adb, we were manipulating q->flags (qdisc->flags &=
~TCQ_F_THROTTLED;) and this manipulation could only race with
qdisc_warn_nonwc().
Since we want to avoid atomic ops in qdisc fast path - it was the
meaning of commit 3711210576 (QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic
bit ops) - fix is to move THROTTLE bit into 'state' field, this one
being manipulated with SMP and IRQ safe operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids explicit cast to avoid 'discards qualifiers'
compiler warning in a netfilter patch that i've been working on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported for problems with local
routes left after IP addresses are deleted. It happens
when same IPs are used in more than one subnet for the
device.
Fix fib_del_ifaddr to restrict the checks for duplicate
local and broadcast addresses only to the IFAs that use
our primary IFA or another primary IFA with same address.
And we expect the prefsrc to be matched when the routes
are deleted because it is possible they to differ only by
prefsrc. This patch prevents local and broadcast routes
to be leaked until their primary IP is deleted finally
from the box.
As the secondary address promotion needs to delete
the routes for all secondaries that used the old primary IFA,
add option to ignore these secondaries from the checks and
to assume they are already deleted, so that we can safely
delete the route while these IFAs are still on the device list.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dont need to test if we run from softirq context, we definitely are.
This saves few instructions in ip_rcv() & ip_rcv_finish()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix many of each of these warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1480 commits)
bonding: enable netpoll without checking link status
xfrm: Refcount destination entry on xfrm_lookup
net: introduce rx_handler results and logic around that
bonding: get rid of IFF_SLAVE_INACTIVE netdev->priv_flag
bonding: wrap slave state work
net: get rid of multiple bond-related netdevice->priv_flags
bonding: register slave pointer for rx_handler
be2net: Bump up the version number
be2net: Copyright notice change. Update to Emulex instead of ServerEngines
e1000e: fix kconfig for crc32 dependency
netfilter ebtables: fix xt_AUDIT to work with ebtables
xen network backend driver
bonding: Improve syslog message at device creation time
bonding: Call netif_carrier_off after register_netdevice
bonding: Incorrect TX queue offset
net_sched: fix ip_tos2prio
xfrm: fix __xfrm_route_forward()
be2net: Fix UDP packet detected status in RX compl
Phonet: fix aligned-mode pipe socket buffer header reserve
netxen: support for GbE port settings
...
Fix up conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmsmac/wl_mac80211.c
with the staging updates.
* 'tty-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (76 commits)
pch_uart: reference clock on CM-iTC
pch_phub: add new device ML7213
n_gsm: fix UIH control byte : P bit should be 0
n_gsm: add a documentation
serial: msm_serial_hs: Add MSM high speed UART driver
tty_audit: fix tty_audit_add_data live lock on audit disabled
tty: move cd1865.h to drivers/staging/tty/
Staging: tty: fix build with epca.c driver
pcmcia: synclink_cs: fix prototype for mgslpc_ioctl()
Staging: generic_serial: fix double locking bug
nozomi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
tty/serial: Relax the device_type restriction from of_serial
MAINTAINERS: Update HVC file patterns
tty: phase out of ioctl file pointer for tty3270 as well
tty: forgot to remove ipwireless from drivers/char/pcmcia/Makefile
pch_uart: Fix DMA channel miss-setting issue.
pch_uart: fix exclusive access issue
pch_uart: fix auto flow control miss-setting issue
pch_uart: fix uart clock setting issue
pch_uart : Use dev_xxx not pr_xxx
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/misc/pch_phub.c (same patch applied
twice, then changes to the same area in one branch)
If a transport prefers payload to be sent separate from the PDU
(P9_TRANS_PREF_PAYLOAD_SEP), there is no need to allocate msize
PDU buffers(struct p9_fcall).
This patch allocates only upto 4k buffers for this kind of transports
and there won't be any change to the legacy transports.
Hence, this patch on top of zero copy changes allows user to
specify higher msizes through the mount option
without hogging the kernel heap.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds preferences field to the p9_trans_module.
Through this, now transport layer can express its preference about the
payload. i.e if payload neds to be part of the PDU or it prefers it
to be sent sepearetly so that the transport layer can handle it in
a better way.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch prepares p9_fcall structure for zero copy. Added
fields send the payload buffer information to the transport layer.
In addition it adds a 'private' field for the transport layer to
store mapped/pinned page information so that it can be freed/unpinned
during req_done.
This patch also creates trans_common.[ch] to house helper functions.
It adds the following helper functions.
p9_release_req_pages - Release pages after the transaction.
p9_nr_pages - Return number of pages needed to accomodate the payload.
payload_gup - Translates user buffer into kernel pages.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled() becomes a noop when CONFIG_SYSCTL is undefined.
In preparation for not including sysctl_conntrack in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_ver in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_threshold in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Rename ip_vs_new_estimator to ip_vs_start_estimator
and ip_vs_kill_estimator to ip_vs_stop_estimator to better
match their logic.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move the estimator reading from estimation_timer to user
context. ip_vs_read_estimator() will be used to decode the rate
values. As the decoded rates are not set by estimation timer
there is no need to reset them in ip_vs_zero_stats.
There is no need ip_vs_new_estimator() to encode stats
to rates, if the destination is in trash both the stats and the
rates are inactive.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove ustats_seq, IPVS_STAT_INC and IPVS_STAT_ADD
because they are not used. They were replaced with u64_stats.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, the new percpu counters are not zeroed and
the zero commands do not work as expected, we still show the old
sum of percpu values. OTOH, we can not reset the percpu counters
from user context without causing the incrementing to use old
and bogus values.
So, as Eric Dumazet suggested fix that by moving all overhead
to stats reading in user context. Do not introduce overhead in
timer context (estimator) and incrementing (packet handling in
softirqs).
The new ustats0 field holds the zero point for all
counter values, the rates always use 0 as base value as before.
When showing the values to user space just give the difference
between counters and the base values. The only drawback is that
percpu stats are not zeroed, they are accessible only from /proc
and are new interface, so it should not be a compatibility problem
as long as the sum stats are correct after zeroing.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The global tot_stats contains cpustats field just like the
stats for dest and svc, so better use it to simplify the usage
in estimation_timer. As tot_stats is registered as estimator
we can remove the special ip_vs_read_cpu_stats call for
tot_stats. Fix ip_vs_read_cpu_stats to be called under
stats lock because it is still used as synchronization between
estimation timer and user context (the stats readers).
Also, make sure ip_vs_stats_percpu_show reads properly
the u64 stats from user context.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove include/net/netns/ip_vs.h because it depends on
structures from include/net/ip_vs.h. As ipvs is pointer in
struct net it is better to move struct netns_ipvs into
include/net/ip_vs.h, so that we can easily use other structures
in struct netns_ipvs.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
There's no sense to 'ct = ct = ' in ip_vs_notrack(). Just assign
nf_ct_get()'s return value directly to the pointer variable 'ct' once.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch adds support for IPsec extended sequence numbers (esn)
as defined in RFC 4303. The bits to manage the anti-replay window
are based on a patch from Alex Badea.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support multiple versions of replay detection, we move the replay
detection functions to a separate file and make them accessible
via function pointers contained in the struct xfrm_replay.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support IPsec extended sequence numbers, we split the
output sequence numbers of xfrm_skb_cb in low and high order 32 bits
and we add the high order 32 bits to the input sequence numbers.
All users are updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the struct xfrm_replay_state_esn which will be
used to support IPsec extended sequence numbers and anti replay windows
bigger than 32 packets. Also we add a function that returns the actual
size of the xfrm_replay_state_esn, a xfrm netlink atribute and a xfrm state
flag for the use of extended sequence numbers.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start doing these conversions, we need to add some temporary
flow4_* macros which will eventually go away when all the protocol
code paths are changed to work on AF specific flowi objects.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a shorthand which will help in passing around AF
specific flow structures as generic ones.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we have struct flowi4, flowi6, and flowidn for each address
family. And struct flowi is just a union of them all.
It might have been troublesome to convert flow_cache_uli_match() but
as it turns out this function is completely unused and therefore can
be simply removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two sets of port member accessors, one set prefixed by fl4_*
and the other prefixed by fl6_*
This will let us to create AF optimal flow instances.
It will work because every context in which we access the ports,
we have to be fully aware of which AF the flowi is anyways.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I intend to turn struct flowi into a union of AF specific flowi
structs. There will be a common structure that each variant includes
first, much like struct sock_common.
This is the first step to move in that direction.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea here is this minimizes the number of places one has to edit
in order to make changes to how flows are defined and used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves most of the accept logic to process context like other
socket stacks do. Then we can use a few more common socket helpers
and simplify a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to use cfg->fc_scope not the final nh_scope value.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing output route lookups, we have to select the source address
if the user has not specified an explicit one.
First, if the route has an explicit preferred source address
specified, then we use that.
Otherwise we search the route's outgoing interface for a suitable
address.
This search can be precomputed and cached at route insertion time.
The only missing part is that we have to refresh this precomputed
value any time addresses are added or removed from the interface, and
this is accomplished by fib_update_nh_saddrs().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only necessary parts are the src/dst addresses, the
interface indexes, the TOS, and the mark.
The rest is unnecessary bloat, which amounts to nearly
50 bytes on 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of various alignements [SLUB / qdisc], we use 512 bytes of
memory for one {p|b}fifo qdisc, instead of 256 bytes on 64bit arches and
192 bytes on 32bit ones.
Move the "u32 limit" inside "struct Qdisc" (no impact on other qdiscs)
Change qdisc_alloc(), first trying a regular allocation before an
oversized one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks supporting the CEE DCBX
standard.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These 2 patches add the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks. The peer configuration
is part of the DCBX MIB and is useful for debugging and diagnostics of
the overall DCB configuration. The first patch add this support for IEEE
802.1Qaz standard the second patch add the same support for the older
CEE standard. Diff for v2 - the peer-app-info is CEE specific.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a dst pointer which is potentitally error encoded.
Don't pass original dst pointer by reference, pass a struct net
instead of a socket, and elide the flow argument since it is
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Route lookups follow a general pattern in the ipv6 code wherein
we first find the non-IPSEC route, potentially override the
flow destination address due to ipv6 options settings, and then
finally make an IPSEC search using either xfrm_lookup() or
__xfrm_lookup().
__xfrm_lookup() is used when we want to generate a blackhole route
if the key manager needs to resolve the IPSEC rules (in this case
-EREMOTE is returned and the original 'dst' is left unchanged).
Otherwise plain xfrm_lookup() is used and when asynchronous IPSEC
resolution is necessary, we simply fail the lookup completely.
All of these cases are encapsulated into two routines,
ip6_dst_lookup_flow and ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow. The latter of which
handles unconnected UDP datagram sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts UDP to use the new ip_finish_skb API. This
would then allows us to more easily use ip_make_skb which allows
UDP to run without a socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the helper ip_make_skb which is like ip_append_data
and ip_push_pending_frames all rolled into one, except that it does
not send the skb produced. The sending part is carried out by
ip_send_skb, which the transport protocol can call after it has
tweaked the skb.
It is meant to be called in cases where corking is not used should
have a one-to-one correspondence to sendmsg.
This patch also adds the helper ip_finish_skb which is meant to
be replace ip_push_pending_frames when corking is required.
Previously the protocol stack would peek at the socket write
queue and add its header to the first packet. With ip_finish_skb,
the protocol stack can directly operate on the final skb instead,
just like the non-corking case with ip_make_skb.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow simultaneous calls to ip_append_data on the same
socket, it must not modify any shared state in sk or inet (other
than those that are designed to allow that such as atomic counters).
This patch abstracts out write references to sk and inet_sk in
ip_append_data and its friends so that we may use the underlying
code in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most mgmt commands and event are related to hci adapter. Moving index to
common header allow to easily use it in command status while reporting errors.
For those not related to adapter use MGMT_INDEX_NONE (0xFFFF) as index.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Do not fail if the peer supports more or less than 3 algorithms.
* Ignore unknown congestion control algorithms instead of failing.
* Simplify congestion algorithm negotiation (largest is best).
* Do not use a static buffer.
* Fix off-by-two read overflow.
* Avoid extra memory copy (in addition to skb_copy_bits()).
The previous code really made no sense.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_state already contains the pipe state.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lc and wlc use the same formula, but lblc and lblcr use another one. There
is no reason for using two different formulas for the lc variants.
The formula used by lc is used by all the lc variants in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_route_newports() is the only place in the entire kernel that
cares about the port members in the routing cache entry's lookup
flow key.
Therefore the only reason we store an entire flow inside of the
struct rtentry is for this one special case.
Rewrite ip_route_newports() such that:
1) The caller passes in the original port values, so we don't need
to use the rth->fl.fl_ip_{s,d}port values to remember them.
2) The lookup flow is constructed by hand instead of being copied
from the routing cache entry's flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem_skb_cb() does :
return (struct netem_skb_cb *)qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->data;
Unfortunatly struct qdisc_skb_cb data is not long word aligned, so
access to psched_time_t time_to_send uses a non aligned access.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add proper RCU annotations/verbs to sk_wq and wq members
Fix __sctp_write_space() sk_sleep() abuse (and sock->wq access)
Fix sunrpc sk_sleep() abuse too
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the missing IPv6 multicast address flag defines to
complement the already existing multicast address scope defines and to
be able to check these flags nicely in the future.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To properly track bonding completion an event to indicate authentication
failure is needed. This event will be sent whenever an authentication
complete HCI event with a non-zero status comes. It will also be sent
when we're acting in acceptor role for SSP authentication in which case
the controller will send a Simple Pairing Complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The command complete event for mgmt_pin_code_reply &
mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply should have the adapter index, Bluetooth address
as well as the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the user confirmation (numeric comparison)
Secure Simple Pairing authentication method.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new mgmt_pair_device which can be used to initiate a
dedicated bonding procedure. Some extra callbacks are added to the
hci_conn struct so that the pairing code can get notified of the
completion of the procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now, TCP_CHECK_TIMER is not used for debuging, it does nothing.
And, it has been there for several years, maybe 6 years.
Remove it to keep code clearer.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only troublesome bit here is __mkroute_output which wants
to override res->fi and res->type, compute those in local
variables instead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows avoiding multiple writes to the initial __refcnt.
The most simplest cases of wanting an initial reference of "1"
in ipv4 and ipv6 have been converted, the rest have been left
along and kept at the existing "0".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only oddities here are a couple of drivers that bogusly called the ldisc
helpers instead of returning -ENOIOCTLCMD. Fix the bug and the rest goes
away.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Doing tiocmget was such fun we should do tiocmset as well for the same
reasons
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We don't actually need this and it causes problems for internal use of
this functionality. Currently there is a single use of the FILE * pointer.
That is the serial core which uses it to check tty_hung_up_p. However if
that is true then IO_ERROR is also already set so the check may be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Assigning a socket in timewait state to skb->sk can trigger
kernel oops, e.g. in nfnetlink_log, which does:
if (skb->sk) {
read_lock_bh(&skb->sk->sk_callback_lock);
if (skb->sk->sk_socket && skb->sk->sk_socket->file) ...
in the timewait case, accessing sk->sk_callback_lock and sk->sk_socket
is invalid.
Either all of these spots will need to add a test for sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT,
or xt_TPROXY must not assign a timewait socket to skb->sk.
This does the latter.
If a TW socket is found, assign the tproxy nfmark, but skip the skb->sk assignment,
thus mimicking behaviour of a '-m socket .. -j MARK/ACCEPT' re-routing rule.
The 'SYN to TW socket' case is left unchanged -- we try to redirect to the
listener socket.
Cc: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Cc: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the new connection update parameter are accepted, the LE master
host sends the LE Connection Update Command to its controller informing
the new requested parameters.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use proper timer instead of hci command flow control to timeout
failed hci commands. Otherwise stack ends up sending commands
when flow control is used to block new commands.
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592132 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) plen 10
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7 mode 2 clkoffset 0x0000
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592681 > HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) status 0x00 ncmd 0
2010-09-01 18:29:51.022033 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request Cancel (0x01|0x001a) plen 6
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implements L2CAP Connection Parameter Update Response defined in
the Bluetooth Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4.21.
Address the LE Connection Parameter Procedure initiated by the slave.
Connection Interval Minimum and Maximum have the same range: 6 to
3200. Time = N * 1.25ms. Minimum shall be less or equal to Maximum.
The Slave Latency field shall have a value in the range of 0 to
((connSupervisionTimeout / connIntervalMax) - 1). Latency field shall
be less than 500. connSupervisionTimeout = Timeout Multiplier * 10 ms.
Multiplier field shall have a value in the range of 10 to 3200.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch splits the L2CAP command handling function in order to
have a clear separation between the commands related to BR/EDR and
LE. Commands and responses in the LE signaling channel are not being
handled yet, command reject is sent to all received requests. Bluetooth
Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4 defines the signaling
packets formats and allowed commands/responses over the LE signaling
channel.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add support for LE server sockets.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add basic LE connection support to L2CAP. LE
connection can be created by specifying cid
in struct sockaddr_l2
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth chips may have separate buffers for LE traffic.
This patch add support to use LE buffers provided by the chip.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth V4.0 adds support for Low Energy (LE) connections.
Specification introduces new set of hci commands to control LE
connection. This patch adds logic to create, cancel and disconnect
LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add needed HCI command and event structs to
create LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When IP_VS schedulers do not find a destination, they output a terse
"WLC: no destination available" message through kernel syslog, which I
can not only make sense of because syslog puts them in a logfile
together with keepalived checker results.
This patch makes the output a bit more informative, by telling you which
virtual service failed to find a destination.
Example output:
kernel: [1539214.552233] IPVS: wlc: TCP 192.168.8.30:22 - no destination available
kernel: [1539299.674418] IPVS: wlc: FWM 22 0x00000016 - no destination available
I have tested the code for IPv4 and FWM services, as you can see from
the example; I do not have an IPv6 setup to test the third code path
with.
To avoid code duplication, I put a new function ip_vs_scheduler_err()
into ip_vs_sched.c, and use that from the schedulers instead of calling
IP_VS_ERR_RL directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Schaaf <netdev@bof.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
l2cap_load() was added to trigger l2cap.ko module loading from the RFCOMM
and BNEP modules. Now that L2CAP module is gone, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Actually doesn't make sense have these modules built separately.
The L2CAP layer is needed by almost all Bluetooth protocols and profiles.
There isn't any real use case without having L2CAP loaded.
SCO is only essential for Audio transfers, but it is so small that we can
have it loaded always in bluetooth.ko without problems.
If you really doesn't want it you can disable SCO in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If we didn't have a routing cache, we would not be able to properly
propagate certain kinds of dynamic path attributes, for example
PMTU information and redirects.
The reason is that if we didn't have a routing cache, then there would
be no way to lookup all of the active cached routes hanging off of
sockets, tunnels, IPSEC bundles, etc.
Consider the case where we created a cached route, but no inetpeer
entry existed and also we were not asked to pre-COW the route metrics
and therefore did not force the creation a new inetpeer entry.
If we later get a PMTU message, or a redirect, and store this
information in a new inetpeer entry, there is no way to teach that
cached route about the newly existing inetpeer entry.
The facilities implemented here handle this problem.
First we create a generation ID. When we create a cached route of any
kind, we remember the generation ID at the time of attachment. Any
time we force-create an inetpeer entry in response to new path
information, we bump that generation ID.
The dst_ops->check() callback is where the knowledge of this event
is propagated. If the global generation ID does not equal the one
stored in the cached route, and the cached route has not attached
to an inetpeer yet, we look it up and attach if one is found. Now
that we've updated the cached route's information, we update the
route's generation ID too.
This clears the way for implementing PMTU and redirects directly in
the inetpeer cache. There is absolutely no need to consult cached
route information in order to maintain this information.
At this point nothing bumps the inetpeer genids, that comes in the
later changes which handle PMTUs and redirects using inetpeers.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validity of the cached PMTU information is indicated by it's
expiration value being non-zero, just as per dst->expires.
The scheme we will use is that we will remember the pre-ICMP value
held in the metrics or route entry, and then at expiration time
we will restore that value.
In this way PMTU expiration does not kill off the cached route as is
done currently.
Redirect information is permanent, or at least until another redirect
is received.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future changes will add caching information, and some of
these new elements will be addresses.
Since the family is implicit via the ->daddr.family member,
replicating the family in ever address we store is entirely
redundant.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux IPv4 AH stack aligns the AH header on a 64 bit boundary
(like in IPv6). This is not RFC compliant (see RFC4302, Section
3.3.3.2.1), it should be aligned on 32 bits.
For most of the authentication algorithms, the ICV size is 96 bits.
The AH header alignment on 32 or 64 bits gives the same results.
However for SHA-256-128 for instance, the wrong 64 bit alignment results
in adding useless padding in IPv4 AH, which is forbidden by the RFC.
To avoid breaking backward compatibility, we use a new flag
(XFRM_STATE_ALIGN4) do change original behavior.
Initial patch from Dang Hongwu <hongwu.dang@6wind.com> and
Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It causes the move of the declaration of 3 functions to l2cap.h:
l2cap_get_ident(), l2cap_send_cmd(), l2cap_build_conf_req()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch tries to do the minimal to move l2cap_sock_create() and its
dependencies to l2cap_sock.c. It create a API to initialize and cleanup
the L2CAP sockets from l2cap_core.c through l2cap_init_sockets() and
l2cap_cleanup_sockets().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_io_capability management command which is used
to set the IO capability for Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) as well as the
Security Manager Protocol (SMP). The value is per hci_dev and each
hci_conn object inherits it upon creation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary commands and events needed to communicate
PIN code related actions between the kernel and userspace. This includes
a pin_code_request event as well as pin_code_reply and
pin_code_negative_reply commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a get_connections command to the management interface.
With this command userspace can get the current list of connected
devices. Typically this command would only be used once when enumerating
existing adapters. After that the connected and disconnected events are
used to track connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch add a new connect failed management event to track failures
in connecting to remote devices. It is particularly useful for security
mode 3 scenarios when we don't have a connected state while pairing but
still need to detect when the connect attempt failed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a disconnect command to the managment interface. Using
this command user space is able to force the disconnection of connected
devices. The command maps directly to the Disconnect HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds connected and disconnected managment events to track the
connection status to remote devices. The events map directly to
successful connection complete and disconnection complete HCI events for
ACL links.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a management commands to feed the kernel with all stored
link keys as well as remove specific ones or all of them. Once the
load_keys command has been called the kernel takes over link key
replies. A new_key event is also added to inform userspace of newly
created link keys that should be stored permanently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the possibility for user space to fully control the
Class of Device value of local adapters. To control the service class
bits each UUID that's added comes with a service class "hint" which acts
as a mask of bits that the UUID needs to have enabled. The
set_service_cache management command is used to make sure we queue up
all UUID changes as user space initializes its drivers and then send a
single HCI_Write_Class_of_Device command when initialization is
complete.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Using the managment interface means that user space doesn't need to do
any HCI command sending at all. This patch moves the remaining
initialization commands from user space to the kernel side. The patch
makes use of the new feature of __hci_request which allows the request
to be dynamically modified while it is ongoing (something that is needed
to react appropriately to the local features and the version of the
adapter).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The controller may have link keys in its own memory and these keys could
be used for secure connections. However, since the interface to access
these keys doesn't provide information about the key types (which would
be needed to infer the level of security each key provides) using these
keys is rather useless. Therefore, simply clear the controller side list
in the initialization procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To support a more dynamic HCI initialization sequence the __hci_request
behavior requires some more changes. Particularly, the init sequence
should be able to have conditionals in it (sending some HCI commands
depending on the outcome of a previous command) instead of being a fixed
list as it is right now.
The reasons for these additional requirements are the moving all
previously user space driven initialization commands to the kernel side
as well as the support the Low Energy controllers.
To fulfull these requirements the init sequence is made the only special
case for multi-command requests and req_last_cmd is renamed to
init_last_cmd. The hci_send_cmd function is changed to update
init_last_cmd as long as the HCI_INIT flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary logic to act accordingly when the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag is not set. In that case PIN code replies as well as
Secure Simple Pairing requests without a NoBonding requirement need to
be rejected.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds methods to the management interface for userspace to
notify the kernel of which services have been registered for specific
adapters. This information is needed for setting the appropriate Class
of Device value as well as the Extended Inquiry Response value. This
patch doesn't actually implement setting of these values but just
provides the storage of the UUIDs so the needed functionality can be
built on top of it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements a new set_pairable management command to control
the pairable state of local adapters. The state is represented using a
new HCI_PAIRABLE flag in the hci_dev struct.
For backwards compatibility with older user space versions the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag gets automatically set when the existence of an
adapter is reported to user space through legacy methods and the
HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a HCI_MGMT flag to track adapters which are under the
control of the management interface. This is needed to make sure that
new kernels will work with old user space versions. I.e. behaviour which
could break old user space versions (but is needed by the management
interface) should not be exhibited when the HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The powered, connectable and discoverable messages all have the same
format. By using a single struct for all of them a lot of code can be
simplified and reused.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_connectable command as well as a corresponding
event to the management interface. It's mainly useful for setting an
adapter as connectable from a non-initialized state as well as setting
an already initialized adapter as non-connectable (mostly useful for
qualification purposes).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_discoverable command to the management interface
as well as the corresponding event. The command is used to control the
discoverable state of adapters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_powered command to the management interface
through which the powered state of local adapters can be controlled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the powered event that's used to indicate to
userspace when the powered state of a local adapter changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements automatic initialization of basic information
about newly registered Bluetooth adapters. E.g. the address and features
are always needed so it makes sense for the kernel to automatically
power on adapters and read this information. A new HCI_SETUP flag is
added to track this state.
In order to not consume unnecessary amounts of power if there isn't a
user space available that could switch the adapter back off, a timer is
added to do this automatically as long as no Bluetooth user space seems
to be present. A new HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is added that user space needs to
clear to avoid the automatic power off.
Additionally, the management interface index_added event is moved to the
end of the HCI_SETUP stage so a user space supporting the managment
inteface has all the necessary information available for fetching when
it gets notified of a new adapter. The HCI_DEV_REG event is kept in the
same place as before since existing HCI raw socket based user space
versions depend on seeing the kernels initialization sequence
(hci_init_req) to determine when the adapter is ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Modification of Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com> patch.
With Bluetooth 2.1 ACL packets can be flushable or non-flushable. This commit
makes ACL data packets non-flushable by default on compatible chipsets, and
adds the BT_FLUSHABLE socket option to explicitly request flushable ACL
data packets for a given L2CAP socket. This is useful for A2DP data which can
be safely discarded if it can not be delivered within a short time (while
other ACL data should not be discarded).
Note that making ACL data flushable has no effect unless the automatic flush
timeout for that ACL link is changed from its default of 0 (infinite).
Default packet types (for compatible chipsets):
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..00 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Non-automatically Flushable Packet (0)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
After setting BT_FLUSHABLE
(sock.setsockopt(274 /*SOL_BLUETOOTH*/, 8 /* BT_FLUSHABLE */, 1 /* flush */))
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..10 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Automatically Flushable Packet (2)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Like metrics, the ICMP rate limiting bits are cached state about
a destination. So move it into the inet_peer entries.
If an inet_peer cannot be bound (the reason is memory allocation
failure or similar), the policy is to allow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_cancel can accept NULL as its second argument, so for similarity,
this patch extends genlmsg_cancel to be able to accept a NULL second
argument as well.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These variables are unused as a result of the recent netns work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
For the following rule:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -j CT --ctevents assured
The event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Note that the TCP protocol state is not included. For that reason
the CT event filtering is not very useful for conntrackd.
To resolve this issue, instead of conditionally setting the CT events
bits based on the ctmask, we always set them and perform the filtering
in the late stage, just before the delivery.
Thus, the event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch adds the NFNL_SUBSYS_IPSET id and NLA_PUT_NET* macros to the
vanilla kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Both fib_trie and fib_hash have a local implementation of
fib_table_select_default(). This is completely unnecessary
code duplication.
Since we now remember the fib_table and the head of the fib
alias list of the default route, we can implement one single
generic version of this routine.
Looking at the fib_hash implementation you may get the impression
that it's possible for there to be multiple top-level routes in
the table for the default route. The truth is, it isn't, the
insert code will only allow one entry to exist in the zero
prefix hash table, because all keys evaluate to zero and all
keys in a hash table must be unique.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used later to implement fib_select_default() in a
completely generic manner, instead of the current situation where the
default route is re-looked up in the TRIE/HASH table and then the
available aliases are analyzed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIOCGETSGCNT is not a unique ioctl value as it it maps tio SIOCPROTOPRIVATE +1,
which unfortunately means the existing infrastructure for compat networking
ioctls is insufficient. A trivial compact ioctl implementation would conflict
with:
SIOCAX25ADDUID
SIOCAIPXPRISLT
SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6
SIOCGETSGCNT
SIOCRSSCAUSE
SIOCX25SSUBSCRIP
SIOCX25SDTEFACILITIES
To make this work I have updated the compat_ioctl decode path to mirror the
the normal ioctl decode path. I have added an ipv4 inet_compat_ioctl function
so that I can have ipv4 specific compat ioctls. I have added a compat_ioctl
function into struct proto so I can break out ioctls by which kind of ip socket
I am using. I have added a compat_raw_ioctl function because SIOCGETSGCNT only
works on raw sockets. I have added a ipmr_compat_ioctl that mirrors the normal
ipmr_ioctl.
This was necessary because unfortunately the struct layout for the SIOCGETSGCNT
has unsigned longs in it so changes between 32bit and 64bit kernels.
This change was sufficient to run a 32bit ip multicast routing daemon on a
64bit kernel.
Reported-by: Bill Fenner <fenner@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are no explicit metrics attached to a route, hook
fi->fib_info up to dst_default_metrics.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the initial gateway towards super-sharing metrics
if they are all set to zero for a route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the MCS information we currently get
from the drivers into radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TCP is going to record metrics for the connection,
so pre-COW the route metrics at route cache entry
creation time.
This avoids several atomic operations that have to
occur if we COW the metrics after the entry reaches
global visibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the RTAX_LOCKED metric to INETPEER_METRICS_NEW (basically,
all ones) on fresh inetpeer entries.
This way code can determine if default metrics have been loaded
in from a routing table entry already.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routing metrics are now copy-on-write.
Initially a route entry points it's metrics at a read-only location.
If a routing table entry exists, it will point there. Else it will
point at the all zero metric place-holder called 'dst_default_metrics'.
The writeability state of the metrics is stored in the low bits of the
metrics pointer, we have two bits left to spare if we want to store
more states.
For the initial implementation, COW is implemented simply via kmalloc.
However future enhancements will change this to place the writable
metrics somewhere else, in order to increase sharing. Very likely
this "somewhere else" will be the inetpeer cache.
Note also that this means that metrics updates may transiently fail
if we cannot COW the metrics successfully.
But even by itself, this patch should decrease memory usage and
increase cache locality especially for routing workloads. In those
cases the read-only metric copies stay in place and never get written
to.
TCP workloads where metrics get updated, and those rare cases where
PMTU triggers occur, will take a very slight performance hit. But
that hit will be alleviated when the long-term writable metrics
move to a more sharable location.
Since the metrics storage went from a u32 array of RTAX_MAX entries to
what is essentially a pointer, some retooling of the dst_entry layout
was necessary.
Most importantly, we need to preserve the alignment of the reference
count so that it doesn't share cache lines with the read-mostly state,
as per Eric Dumazet's alignment assertion checks.
The only non-trivial bit here is the move of the 'flags' member into
the writeable cacheline. This is OK since we are always accessing the
flags around the same moment when we made a modification to the
reference count.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Ben Hutchings: we presumably won't be defining features that
can only be enabled on 64-bit architectures.
Occurences found by `grep -r` on net/, drivers/net, include/
[ Move features and vlan_features next to each other in
struct netdev, as per Eric Dumazet's suggestion -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 44b8288308 (net_sched: pfifo_head_drop problem), we fixed
a problem with pfifo_head drops that incorrectly decreased
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Several qdiscs (CHOKe, SFQ, pfifo_head, ...) are able to drop a
previously enqueued packet, and bstats cannot be changed, so
bstats/rates are not accurate (over estimated)
This patch changes the qdisc_bstats updates to be done at dequeue() time
instead of enqueue() time. bstats counters no longer account for dropped
frames, and rates are more correct, since enqueue() bursts dont have
effect on dequeue() rate.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts stab qdisc management to RCU, so that we can perform
the qdisc_calculate_pkt_len() call before getting qdisc lock.
This shortens the lock's held time in __dev_xmit_skb().
This permits more qdiscs to get TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS status, avoiding lot of
cache misses and so reducing latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3711210576 (net: QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit
ops) I moved QDISC_STATE_RUNNING flag to __state container, located in
the cache line containing qdisc lock and often dirtied fields.
I now move TCQ_F_THROTTLED bit too, so that we let first cache line read
mostly, and shared by all cpus. This should speedup HTB/CBQ for example.
Not using test_bit()/__clear_bit()/__test_and_set_bit allows to use an
"unsigned int" for __state container, reducing by 8 bytes Qdisc size.
Introduce helpers to hide implementation details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/built-in.o: In function `nf_conntrack_init_net':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1521:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_init'
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1531:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_fini'
Add dummy inline functions for the =n case to fix this.
Reported-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
sctp: user perfect name for Delayed SACK Timer option
net: fix can_checksum_protocol() arguments swap
Revert "netlink: test for all flags of the NLM_F_DUMP composite"
gianfar: Fix misleading indentation in startup_gfar()
net/irda/sh_irda: return to RX mode when TX error
net offloading: Do not mask out NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_TX for vlan.
USB CDC NCM: tx_fixup() race condition fix
ns83820: Avoid bad pointer deref in ns83820_init_one().
ipv6: Silence privacy extensions initialization
bnx2x: Update bnx2x version to 1.62.00-4
bnx2x: Fix AER setting for BCM57712
bnx2x: Fix BCM84823 LED behavior
bnx2x: Mark full duplex on some external PHYs
bnx2x: Fix BCM8073/BCM8727 microcode loading
bnx2x: LED fix for BCM8727 over BCM57712
bnx2x: Common init will be executed only once after POR
bnx2x: Swap BCM8073 PHY polarity if required
iwlwifi: fix valid chain reading from EEPROM
ath5k: fix locking in tx_complete_poll_work
ath9k_hw: do PA offset calibration only on longcal interval
...
The option name of Delayed SACK Timer should be SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
not SCTP_DELAYED_ACK.
Left SCTP_DELAYED_ACK be concomitant with SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
for making compatibility with existing applications.
Reference:
8.1.19. Get or Set Delayed SACK Timer (SCTP_DELAYED_SACK)
（http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-25)
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conn->sec_level value is supposed to represent the current level of
security that the connection has. However, by assigning to it before
requesting authentication it will have the wrong value during the
authentication procedure. To fix this a pending_sec_level variable is
added which is used to track the desired security level while making
sure that sec_level always represents the current level of security.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send
up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since
it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead
since it doesn't have any information.
However, drivers might have that information, so allow
them to set a variable giving it, which will then be
used. The default of zero will be fine since to the
peer that means we don't know and it will just use its
own limit for the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the
buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max
buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as
the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0
instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it
isn't possible to honour this request.
In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the
addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to
the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called
with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That
way the driver can limit the number of subframes in
aggregates appropriately.
Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the
addition of the new argument -- they all need to be
updated separately to use this variable!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we
need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration.
This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value
suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max
supported.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds flow-based timestamping for conntracks. This
conntrack extension is disabled by default. Basically, we use
two 64-bits variables to store the creation timestamp once the
conntrack has been confirmed and the other to store the deletion
time. This extension is disabled by default, to enable it, you
have to:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_timestamp
This patch allows to save memory for user-space flow-based
loogers such as ulogd2. In short, ulogd2 does not need to
keep a hashtable with the conntrack in user-space to know
when they were created and destroyed, instead we use the
kernel timestamp. If we want to have a sane IPFIX implementation
in user-space, this nanosecs resolution timestamps are also
useful. Other custom user-space applications can benefit from
this via libnetfilter_conntrack.
This patch modifies the /proc output to display the delta time
in seconds since the flow start. You can also obtain the
flow-start date by means of the conntrack-tools.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Packet filter (BPF) doesnt need to disable softirqs, being fully
re-entrant and lock-less.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for SNMP broadcast connection tracking. The SNMP
broadcast requests are now paired with the SNMP responses.
Thus allowing using SNMP broadcasts with firewall enabled.
Please refer to the following conversation:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=125992205006600&w=2
Patrick McHardy wrote:
> > The best solution would be to add generic broadcast tracking, the
> > use of expectations for this is a bit of abuse.
> > The second best choice I guess would be to move the help() function
> > to a shared module and generalize it so it can be used for both.
This patch implements the "second best choice".
Since the netbios-ns conntrack module uses the same helper
functionality as the snmp, only one helper function is added
for both snmp and netbios-ns modules into the new object -
nf_conntrack_broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
My previous patch (netfilter: nf_nat: don't use atomic bit operation)
made a mistake when converting atomic_set to a normal bit 'or'.
IPS_*_BIT should be replaced with IPS_*.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
GRETH: resolve SMP issues and other problems
GRETH: handle frame error interrupts
GRETH: avoid writing bad speed/duplex when setting transfer mode
GRETH: fixed skb buffer memory leak on frame errors
GRETH: GBit transmit descriptor handling optimization
GRETH: fix opening/closing
GRETH: added raw AMBA vendor/device number to match against.
cassini: Fix build bustage on x86.
e1000e: consistent use of Rx/Tx vs. RX/TX/rx/tx in comments/logs
e1000e: update Copyright for 2011
e1000: Avoid unhandled IRQ
r8169: keep firmware in memory.
netdev: tilepro: Use is_unicast_ether_addr helper
etherdevice.h: Add is_unicast_ether_addr function
ks8695net: Use default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_link
ks8695net: Disable non-working ethtool operations
USB CDC NCM: Don't deref NULL in cdc_ncm_rx_fixup() and don't use uninitialized variable.
vxge: Remember to release firmware after upgrading firmware
netdev: bfin_mac: Remove is_multicast_ether_addr use in netdev_for_each_mc_addr
ipsec: update MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to support sha512
...
Use is_vmalloc_addr() in nf_ct_free_hashtable() and get rid of
the vmalloc flags to indicate that a hash table has been allocated
using vmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix dependencies of netfilter realm match: it depends on NET_CLS_ROUTE,
which itself depends on NET_SCHED; this dependency is missing from netfilter.
Since matching on realms is also useful without having NET_SCHED enabled and
the option really only controls whether the tclassid member is included in
route and dst entries, rename the config option to IP_ROUTE_CLASSID and move
it outside of traffic scheduling context to get rid of the NET_SCHED dependeny.
Reported-by: Vladis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
icv_truncbits is set to 256 for sha512, so update
MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to 64.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RED statistics structure includes backlog field which is not
set or used by any code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last two global vars to be moved,
ip_vs_ftpsvc_counter and ip_vs_nullsvc_counter.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
trash list per namspace,
and reordering of some params in dst struct.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch makes defense work timer per name-space,
A net ptr had to be added to the ipvs struct,
since it's needed by defense_work_handler.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Moving global vars to ipvs struct, except for svc table lock.
Next patch for ctl will be drop-rate handling.
*v3
__ip_vs_mutex remains global
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled(struct netns_ipvs *ipvs)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connection hash table is now name space aware.
i.e. net ptr >> 8 is xor:ed to the hash,
and this is the first param to be compared.
The net struct is 0xa40 in size ( a little bit smaller for 32 bit arch:s)
and cache-line aligned, so a ptr >> 5 might be a more clever solution ?
All lookups where net is compared uses net_eq() which returns 1 when netns
is disabled, and the compiler seems to do something clever in that case.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param() have *net as first param now.
Three new inlines added to keep conn struct smaller
when names space is disabled.
- ip_vs_conn_net()
- ip_vs_conn_net_set()
- ip_vs_conn_net_eq()
*v3
moved net compare to the end in "fast path"
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The statistic counter locks for every packet are now removed,
and that statistic is now per CPU, i.e. no locks needed.
However summing is made in ip_vs_est into ip_vs_stats struct
which is moved to ipvs struc.
procfs, ip_vs_stats now have a "per cpu" count and a grand total.
A new function seq_file_single_net() in ip_vs.h created for handling of
single_open_net() since it does not place net ptr in a struct, like others.
/var/lib/lxc # cat /proc/net/ip_vs_stats_percpu
Total Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing
CPU Conns Packets Packets Bytes Bytes
0 0 3 1 9D 34
1 0 1 2 49 70
2 0 1 2 34 76
3 1 2 2 70 74
~ 1 7 7 18A 18E
Conns/s Pkts/s Pkts/s Bytes/s Bytes/s
0 0 0 0 0
*v3
ip_vs_stats reamains as before, instead ip_vs_stats_percpu is added.
u64 seq lock added
*v4
Bug correction inbytes and outbytes as own vars..
per_cpu counter for all stats now as suggested by Julian.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All global variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in sync_buf create + 4 replaced by sizeof(struct..)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
*v3
timer per ns instead of a common timer in estimator.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in ip_vs_protocol param struct net *net added to:
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
This affected almost all proto_xxx.c files
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
appcnt and timeout_table moved from struct ip_vs_protocol to
ip_vs proto_data.
struct net *net added as first param to
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
- app_conn_bind()
- ip_vs_conn_new()
[horms@verge.net.au: removed cosmetic-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_protocol *pp is replaced by ip_vs_proto_data *pd in
function call in ip_vs_protocol struct i.e. :,
- timeout_change()
- state_transition()
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() got ipvs as param, due to above
and a upcoming patch - defence work
Most of this changes are triggered by Julians comment:
"tcp_timeout_change should work with the new struct ip_vs_proto_data
so that tcp_state_table will go to pd->state_table
and set_tcp_state will get pd instead of pp"
*v3
Mostly comments from Julian
The pp -> pd conversion should start from functions like
ip_vs_out() that use pp = ip_vs_proto_get(iph.protocol),
now they should use ip_vs_proto_data_get(net, iph.protocol).
conn_in_get() and conn_out_get() unused param *pp, removed.
*v4
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() walk the proto_data path.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unuset function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use all
ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function as sugested by Simon
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for protocol data per name-space.
in struct ip_vs_protocol, appcnt will be removed when all protos
are modified for network name-space.
This patch causes warnings of unused functions, they will be used
when next patch will be applied.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblc_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblc_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblcr_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblcr_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Services hash tables got netns ptr a hash arg,
While Real Servers (rs) has been moved to ipvs struct.
Two new inline functions added to get net ptr from skb.
Since ip_vs is called from different contexts there is two
places to dig for the net ptr skb->dev or skb->sk
this is handled in skb_net() and skb_sknet()
Global functions, ip_vs_service_get() ip_vs_lookup_real_service()
etc have got struct net *net as first param.
If possible get net ptr skb etc,
- if not &init_net is used at this early stage of patching.
ip_vs_ctl.c procfs not ready for netns yet.
*v3
Comments by Julian
- __ip_vs_service_find and __ip_vs_svc_fwm_find are fast path,
net_eq(svc->net, net) so the check is at the end now.
- net = skb_net(skb) in ip_vs_out moved after check for skb_dst.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Preparation for network name-space init, in this stage
some empty functions exists.
In most files there is a check if it is root ns i.e. init_net
if (!net_eq(net, &init_net))
return ...
this will be removed by the last patch, when enabling name-space.
*v3
ip_vs_conn.c merge error corrected.
net_ipvs #ifdef removed as sugested by Jan Engelhardt
[ horms@verge.net.au: Removed whitespace-change-only hunks ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For SHA256, RFC4868 requires to truncate ICV length to 128 bits,
hence MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN should be updated to 16.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 over firewire needs to be able to remove ARP entries
from the ARP cache that belong to nodes that are removed, because
IPv4 over firewire uses ARP packets for private information
about nodes.
This information becomes invalid as soon as node drops
off the bus and when it reconnects, its only possible
to start talking to it after it responded to an ARP packet.
But ARP cache prevents such packets from being sent.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB takes into account skb is segmented in stats updates.
Generalize this to all schedulers.
They should use qdisc_bstats_update() helper instead of manipulating
bstats.bytes and bstats.packets
Add bstats_update() helper too for classes that use
gnet_stats_basic_packed fields.
Note : Right now, TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS shortcurt can be taken only if no
stab is setup on qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Rosenberg pointed out that there were some signed comparison bugs
in the phonet protocol.
http://marc.info/?l=full-disclosure&m=129424528425330&w=2
The problem is that we check for array overflows but "protocol" is
signed and we don't check for array underflows. If you have already
have CAP_SYS_ADMIN then you could use the bugs to get root, or someone
could cause an oops by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I made the patch to add mesh join/leave I
didn't pay attention to docs because it was a
proof of concept, and then when we actually did
merge it I forgot -- add docs now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had
added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add documentation for the new callbacks that I
forgot in the patch adding the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in sock.h by annotating skc_dontcopy_*
as private fields.
Warning(include/net/sock.h:163): No description found for parameter 'skc_dontcopy_end[0]'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock
locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way.
In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of
nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation
flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX
The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature
to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the
features is enabled after the negotiation.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for
setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of
supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a
subset of the advertised attributes.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If
application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority
consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to
be notified when these changes occur.
This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register
with.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks
may use the application priority to set the skb priority of
their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority.
This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the
stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers
can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is
needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The
standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE
version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning
in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards.
Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping
between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested
IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy
is,
[DCB_ATTR_IFNAME]
[DCB_ATTR_STATE]
...
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP]
...
The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle
the IEEE standard,
int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4465b46900.
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
As reported by Ben Greear, this causes regressions:
> Change 4465b46900 caused rules
> to stop matching the input device properly because the
> FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF is always defined in ip_dev_find().
>
> This breaks rules such as:
>
> ip rule add pref 512 lookup local
> ip rule del pref 0 lookup local
> ip link set eth2 up
> ip -4 addr add 172.16.0.102/24 broadcast 172.16.0.255 dev eth2
> ip rule add to 172.16.0.102 iif eth2 lookup local pref 10
> ip rule add iif eth2 lookup 10001 pref 20
> ip route add 172.16.0.0/24 dev eth2 table 10001
> ip route add unreachable 0/0 table 10001
>
> If you had a second interface 'eth0' that was on a different
> subnet, pinging a system on that interface would fail:
>
> [root@ct503-60 ~]# ping 192.168.100.1
> connect: Invalid argument
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends
many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only
return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs).
Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which
causes __hci_request to return prematurely.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable
which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete
function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command
matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller
addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG
and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic
info about an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_index_list command through which
userspace can get a list of current adapter indices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace
will use before any other management interface operations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
arch/arm/mach-omap2/pm24xx.c
drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_fcpim.c
Needed to update to apply fixes for which the old branch was too
outdated.
This function has three bugs:
1) The offset should be valid most of the time, this is just
a sanity check, therefore we should use "likely" not "unlikely"
2) This is the only place where we can check for arithmetic overflow
of the pointer plus the length.
3) The existing range checks are off by one, the valid range is
skb->head to skb_tail_pointer(), inclusive.
Based almost entirely upon a patch by Ralph Loader.
Reported-by: Ralph Loader <suckfish@ihug.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss
(defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum
of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460).
draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends
increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB.
Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet
experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where
we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by
approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in
retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications
opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme
worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further
conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal
negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small
buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10.
However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP
receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss.
Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most
widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows
of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial
congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that
advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is
to fix this shortcoming.
References:
1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date.
http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html
2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10.
http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621
3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a
fairness study.
http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf
4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers)
with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss.
http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10
5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window.
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the
network namespace in which the purge event occurred.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Pawel reported a panic related to handling shared skbs in ixgbe
incorrectly. So we need to revert my previous patch to work around
this bug. Instead of reverting the patch completely, I just revert
the essential lines, so we can add the previous optimization
back more easily in future.
commit 3511c9132f
Author: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Date: Sat Oct 16 13:04:08 2010 +0000
net_sched: remove the unused parameter of qdisc_create_dflt()
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies IPsec6 to fragment IPv6 packets that are
locally generated as needed.
This version of the patch only fragments in tunnel mode, so that fragment
headers will not be obscured by ESP in transport mode.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special care is taken inside sk_port_alloc to avoid overwriting
skc_node/skc_nulls_node. We should also avoid overwriting
skc_bind_node/skc_portaddr_node.
The patch fixes the following crash:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffffffffffff0
IP: [<ffffffff812ec6dd>] udp4_lib_lookup2+0xad/0x370
[<ffffffff812ecc22>] __udp4_lib_lookup+0x282/0x360
[<ffffffff812ed63e>] __udp4_lib_rcv+0x31e/0x700
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ? ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812eda35>] udp_rcv+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812bb2cd>] ip_rcv_finish+0x32d/0x6f0
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] ? netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
[<ffffffff812bb94b>] ip_rcv+0x2bb/0x350
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez <lcrestez@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some windows versions have wrong RFC1323 implementations, with SYN and
SYNACKS messages containing zero tcp timestamps.
We relaxed in commit fc1ad92dfc the passive connection case
(Windows connects to a linux machine), but the reverse case (linux
connects to a Windows machine) has an analogue problem when tsvals from
windows machine are 'negative' (high order bit set) : PAWS triggers and
we drops incoming messages.
Fix this by making zero ts_recent value special, allowing frame to be
processed.
Based on a report and initial patch from Dmitiy Balakin
Bugzilla reference : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24842
Reported-by: dmitriy.balakin@nicneiron.ru
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another
sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path.
$ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
$ ip link set dev dummy* up
$ time rmmod dummy
Without the patch With the patch
real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s
user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops
method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache
entries.
Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are
created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function,
dst_metric_advmss().
Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot,
and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops
AF specific callback.
For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which
preserves existing behavior.
Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates
advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling
results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.
Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.
The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).
v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6.
This allowed several simplifications:
1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer
userd.
2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use
ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in
routing cache metrics any longer.
3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and
therefore can be marked static.
When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago,
the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around
so kill that off too.
We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into
ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because
currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has
a back dependency on net/route.h
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures
Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified
length.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup of commit b178bb3dfc (net: reorder struct sock fields)
Optimize INET input path a bit further, by :
1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock.
This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and
64 bytes cache line size).
2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk
(same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node)
This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont
increase size of inet and timewait socks.
inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields.
Before patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274
After patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4
compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored
item, instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes,
to dst_entry metrics values.
This will allow us to:
1) More easily change how the metrics are stored.
2) Implement COW for metrics.
In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer
cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics
member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point
at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set
grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to send data to management control sockets the function should:
- skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events
- make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to
management control sockets
In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth
skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add initial definitions for the new Bluetooth Management interface to
the bluetooth headers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel Emelyanov tried to fix a race between sk_filter_(de|at)tach and
sk_clone() in commit 47e958eac2
Problem is we can have several clones sharing a common sk_filter, and
these clones might want to sk_filter_attach() their own filters at the
same time, and can overwrite old_filter->rcu, corrupting RCU queues.
We can not use filter->rcu without being sure no other thread could do
the same thing.
Switch code to a more conventional ref-counting technique : Do the
atomic decrement immediately and queue one rcu call back when last
reference is released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer
necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called
by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that
kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for
those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by
TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include
file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent.
The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in
that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been defined for several years since v2.6.12-rc2（tracing by git）,
but never be used. So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ICMP_MIB_MAX is equal to the total number of icmp mib,
So no need to add 1. This wastes 4/8 bytes memory.
Change it to be same as ICMP6_MIB_MAX, TCP_MIB_MAX, UDP_MIB_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp
for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer.
Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector.
Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but
curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work
for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove extra spaces from legal text so that legal stuff looks
the same for all bluetooth code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces,
fixing typos, simplify code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values
shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static
variables, extra braces. Fix includes.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp()
that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific
code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement
the ipv6 side of TW recycling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its easy to eat all kernel memory and trigger NMI watchdog, using an
exploit program that queues unix sockets on top of others.
lkml ref : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/25/8
This mechanism is used in applications, one choice we have is to have a
recursion limit.
Other limits might be needed as well (if we queue other types of files),
since the passfd mechanism is currently limited by socket receive queue
sizes only.
Add a recursion_level to unix socket, allowing up to 4 levels.
Each time we send an unix socket through sendfd mechanism, we copy its
recursion level (plus one) to receiver. This recursion level is cleared
when socket receive queue is emptied.
Reported-by: Марк Коренберг <socketpair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS,SCTP_CMD_MAX
These two macros have never been used for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
2.sctp_port_rover,sctp_port_alloc_lock
The commit 063930 abandoned global variables of port_rover and port_alloc_lock,
but still keep two macros to refer to them.
So, remove them now.
commit 0639300900
Author: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Wed Oct 10 17:30:18 2007 -0700
[SCTP]: port randomization
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl->fl_gre_key is network byte order contrary to fl->fl_icmp_*.
Make xfrm_flowi_{s|d}port return network byte order values for gre
key too.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been existed for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
But they never be used. So remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes
are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and
one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already
leaving the link behind in a undefined state.
This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions
validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed
to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before
any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to
commit the changes later.
This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient
to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the
validation function method will not be able to detect all error
scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors
depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex
and thus may change between validation and setting.
Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and
config blocks for address families which did not register a set
function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are
returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without
notifying the user.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a sysclt net.ipv4.vs.sync_version
that can be used to send sync msg in version 0 or 1 format.
sync_version value is logical,
Value 1 (default) New version
0 Plain old version
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Enable sending and removal of version 0 sending
Affected functions,
ip_vs_sync_buff_create()
ip_vs_sync_conn()
ip_vs_core.c removal of IPv4 check.
*v5
Just check cp->pe_data_len in ip_vs_sync_conn
Check if padding needed before adding a new sync_conn
to the buffer, i.e. avoid sending padding at the end.
*v4
moved sanity check and pe_name_len after sloop.
use cp->pe instead of cp->dest->svc->pe
real length in each sync_conn, not padded length
however total size of a sync_msg includes padding.
*v3
Sending ip_vs_sync_conn_options in network order.
Sending Templates for ONE_PACKET conn.
Renaming of ip_vs_sync_mesg to ip_vs_sync_mesg_v0
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Functionality improvements
* flags changed from 16 to 32 bits
* fwmark added (32 bits)
* timeout in sec. added (32 bits)
* pe data added (Variable length)
* IPv6 capabilities (3x16 bytes for addr.)
* Version and type in every conn msg.
ip_vs_process_message() now handles Version 1 messages
and will call ip_vs_process_message_v0() for version 0 messages.
ip_vs_proc_conn() is common for both version, and handles the update of
connection hash.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync() - Version 1 messages only
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync_v0() - Version 0 messages only
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
One struct will have fwmark added:
* ip_vs_conn
ip_vs_conn_new() and ip_vs_find_dest()
will have an extra param - fwmark
The effects of that, is in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are
halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure)
scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck
warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate
needed size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock.
readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read
lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore.
struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain
if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory
domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug
on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a
request as the last request it was already the currently set
regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale
regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory
domain since the alpha2 would match.
We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically,
and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed.
In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam.
This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the
CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known
regression.
Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card
would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it
to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with
two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up
rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request.
This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2)
and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter
options.
This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this
CRDA delayer:
#!/bin/bash
echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log
sleep 2
/sbin/crda.orig
And these regulatory tests:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3
Reported-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit is same in nature as v2.6.37-rc1-755-g3654654; the network
namespace itself is not modified when calling net_generic, so the
parameter can be const.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
jiffies is defined as "volatile".
extern unsigned long volatile __jiffy_data jiffies;
ACCESS_ONCE() uses "volatile".
As a result, some compilers warn duplicate `volatile' for ACCESS_ONCE(jiffies).
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each net_device contains address family specific data such as
per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data
via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink.
The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK
request for each address family it wishes to receive data of
and then merge this data itself.
This patch implements a new API which combines all address family
specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC.
IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each
address family which in turn defines the structure of its own
attribute. Example:
[IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
[AF_INET] = {
[IFLA_INET_CONF] = ...,
},
[AF_INET6] = {
[IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ...,
[IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ...,
}
}
The API also allows for address families to implement a function
which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to
implement address family specific link options.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now, fields in struct sock are not optimally ordered, because each
path (RX softirq, TX completion, RX user, TX user) has to touch fields
that are contained in many different cache lines.
The really critical thing is to shrink number of cache lines that are
used at RX softirq time : CPU handling softirqs for a device can receive
many frames per second for many sockets. If load is too big, we can drop
frames at NIC level. RPS or multiqueue cards can help, but better reduce
latency if possible.
This patch starts with UDP protocol, then additional patches will try to
reduce latencies of other ones as well.
At RX softirq time, fields of interest for UDP protocol are :
(not counting ones in inet struct for the lookup)
Read/Written:
sk_refcnt (atomic increment/decrement)
sk_rmem_alloc & sk_backlog.len (to check if there is room in queues)
sk_receive_queue
sk_backlog (if socket locked by user program)
sk_rxhash
sk_forward_alloc
sk_drops
Read only:
sk_rcvbuf (sk_rcvqueues_full())
sk_filter
sk_wq
sk_policy[0]
sk_flags
Additional notes :
- sk_backlog has one hole on 64bit arches. We can fill it to save 8
bytes.
- sk_backlog is used only if RX sofirq handler finds the socket while
locked by user.
- sk_rxhash is written only once per flow.
- sk_drops is written only if queues are full
Final layout :
[1] One section grouping all read/write fields, but placing rxhash and
sk_backlog at the end of this section.
[2] One section grouping all read fields in RX handler
(sk_filter, sk_rcv_buf, sk_wq)
[3] Section used by other paths
I'll post a patch on its own to put sk_refcnt at the end of struct
sock_common so that it shares same cache line than section [1]
New offsets on 64bit arch :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x268
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x68
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x9c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0xa4
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xa0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0xa8
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0xb0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0xd0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0xe0
Instead of :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x270
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x50
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0xc0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x70
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0xac
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x10c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x128
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0x4c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0x16c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0x198
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0x88
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0x130
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to
be queued in receive or backlog queue.
Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because
processor issues less memory transactions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changed functions do not modify the NL messages and/or attributes
at all. They should use const (similar to strchr), so that callers
which have a const nlmsg/nlattr around can make use of them without
casting.
While at it, constify a data array.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dest of a connection may not exist if it has been created as the result
of connection synchronisation. But in order for connection entries for
templates with persistence engine data created through connection
synchronisation to be valid access to the persistence engine pointer is
required. So add the persistence engine to the connection itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is BIT(7) as is WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL. Change
to BIT(8).
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When b43legacy is compiled on the arm platform, the following errors are seen:
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o
In file included from include/net/dst.h:11,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:31:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__'
before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
make[4]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[3]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy] Error 2
make[2]: *** [drivers/net/wireless] Error 2
make[1]: *** [drivers/net] Error 2
make: *** [drivers] Error 2
The cause is a missing include of <linux/cache.h>, which is present for
i386 and x86_64 architectures, but not for arm.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Hannemann <arnd@arndnet.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual
traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM
policy selector matches to have different policies for different
GRE tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY
even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver
if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers
that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all
Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170.
This was part of the original design, however it was completely
overlooked...
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some __rcu annotations and use helpers to reduce number of sparse
warnings (CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As we own the conntrack and the others can't see it until we confirm it,
we don't need to use atomic bit operation on ct->status.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (66 commits)
can-bcm: fix minor heap overflow
gianfar: Do not call device_set_wakeup_enable() under a spinlock
ipv6: Warn users if maximum number of routes is reached.
docs: Add neigh/gc_thresh3 and route/max_size documentation.
axnet_cs: fix resume problem for some Ax88790 chip
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address is being kept
tcp: Don't change unlocked socket state in tcp_v4_err().
x25: Prevent crashing when parsing bad X.25 facilities
cxgb4vf: add call to Firmware to reset VF State.
cxgb4vf: Fail open if link_start() fails.
cxgb4vf: flesh out PCI Device ID Table ...
cxgb4vf: fix some errors in Gather List to skb conversion
cxgb4vf: fix bug in Generic Receive Offload
cxgb4vf: don't implement trivial (and incorrect) ndo_select_queue()
ixgbe: Look inside vlan when determining offload protocol.
bnx2x: Look inside vlan when determining checksum proto.
vlan: Add function to retrieve EtherType from vlan packets.
virtio-net: init link state correctly
ucc_geth: Fix deadlock
ucc_geth: Do not bring the whole IF down when TX failure.
...
in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock).
This can easily be converted to a RCU protection.
Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cypher Wu <cypher.w@gmail.com>
Cc: Américo Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ct->proto is big(60 bytes) due to structure ip_ct_tcp, and we don't need
to initialize the whole for all the other protocols. This patch moves
proto to the end of structure nf_conn, and pushes the initialization down
to the individual protocols.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's
an output or an input route.
Make that explicit with some helper functions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding
extra atomic ops.
We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty
cheap in current kernel).
infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev
Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using
shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of
atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet.
About 5% speedup on routing test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache
line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send()
This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf404 (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[]
with a seqlock)
This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]
We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:
Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.
Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.
Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Presently the b43legacy build fails on an sh randconfig:
In file included from include/net/dst.h:12,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:32:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__' before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
make[5]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
de2104x: fix panic on load
atl1 : fix panic on load
netxen: remove unused firmware exports
caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
...
This will let us use it on a nlmsghdr stored inside a netlink_callback.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute priority instead.
o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.
o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.
o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
containing padding info must be initialized.
o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
netxen: fix kdump
pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
igbvf: fix panic on load
...
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.
Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
modified metadata unless that metadata is needed in order to allow a
subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]
Description
Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
response.
target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]
Description
TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure. Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure
getlock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
'start' through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
in case of reply
client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
has the conflicting lock
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]
Description
Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request
flock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
flags[4] - Flags could be either of
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
client_id[4] - Unique client id
status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
requests in this period (except locks with
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
(struct inet_peer)->avl_right
This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().
Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_tunnel)->prl
(struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
(struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
struct net_protocol *inet_protos
struct net_protocol *inet6_protos
And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct dst_entry)->rt_next
(struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_ra_chain)->next
struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotation to :
(struct sock)->sk_filter
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.
This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.
Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.
The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.
This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function only defined and used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local real servers:
- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.
- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.
- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack
- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net
- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.
- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.
- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.
- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.
Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.
The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.
Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.
Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.
Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.
Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
(eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)
tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40) 2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0
In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
- Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
- Remote address set as an unicast addr.
- Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.
This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.
Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.
Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.
Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In a network bench, I noticed an unfortunate false sharing between
'loopback_dev' and 'count' fields in "struct net".
'count' is written each time a socket is created or destroyed, while
loopback_dev might be often read in routing code.
Move loopback_dev in a read mostly section of "struct net"
Note: struct netns_xfrm is cache line aligned on SMP.
(It contains a "struct dst_ops")
Move it at the end to avoid holes, and reduce sizeof(struct net) by 128
bytes on ia32.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
1. Don't export unused symbols
2. Eliminate dead code
3. Make functions and variables local
4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files
Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic, this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic
User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets. This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.
L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data. Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data. The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.
Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mardi 12 octobre 2010 à 00:02 +0200, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Here is the followup patch.
>
> Thanks !
>
Oops, this was an old version, the up2date ones also took care of "used"
field.
I guess its time for a sleep, sorry again.
[PATCH net-next V2] neigh: reorder struct neighbour fields
(refcnt) and (ha_lock, ha, used, dev, output, ops, primary_key) should
be placed on a separate cache lines.
refcnt can be often written, while other fields are mostly read.
This gave me good result on stress test :
before:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
After:
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.
Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.
Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)
Before:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
After:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.
(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)
neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)
struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.
Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David
This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.
Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.
Thanks
[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :
struct neigh_hash_table {
struct neighbour **hash_buckets;
unsigned int hash_mask;
__u32 hash_rnd;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.
This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.
This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
a) include private flags in each operation
b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
before an operation's doit() callback and
may return an error directly,
c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
and finally
d) include two private pointers in each info
struct passed between all these operations
including doit(). (It's two because I'll
need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The net/cfg80211.h header file isn't exported to
userspace, so there's no need for any kind of
__KERNEL__ protection in it. If it was exported,
everything else in it would need protection as
well, not just the logging stuff ...
Cc:Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another exported symbol only used in one file
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forgot to add xt_log.h in commit a8defca0 (netfilter: ipt_LOG:
add bufferisation to call printk() once)
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.
This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.
I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.
When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())
But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.
Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.
With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :
Before patch:
real 2m28.406s
user 0m11.781s
sys 36m17.964s
After patch:
real 1m26.532s
user 0m12.185s
sys 20m3.903s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit arches, there are two 32bit holes that we can remove.
sizeof(struct neighbour) shrinks from 0xf8 to 0xf0 bytes
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Enhanced Retransmission Mode(ERTM) is a realiable mode of operation
of the Bluetooth L2CAP layer. Think on it like a simplified version of
TCP.
The problem we were facing here was a deadlock. ERTM uses a backlog
queue to queue incomimg packets while the user is helding the lock. At
some moment the sk_sndbuf can be exceeded and we can't alloc new skbs
then the code sleep with the lock to wait for memory, that stalls the
ERTM connection once we can't read the acknowledgements packets in the
backlog queue to free memory and make the allocation of outcoming skb
successful.
This patch actually affect all users of bt_skb_send_alloc(), i.e., all
L2CAP modes and SCO.
We are safe against socket states changes or channels deletion while the
we are sleeping wait memory. Checking for the sk->sk_err and
sk->sk_shutdown make the code safe, since any action that can leave the
socket or the channel in a not usable state set one of the struct
members at least. Then we can check both of them when getting the lock
again and return with the proper error if something unexpected happens.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
This patch allows a host to be configured to respond to any address in
a specified range as if it were local, without actually needing to
configure the address on an interface. This is done through routing
table configuration. For instance, to configure a host to respond
to any address in 10.1/16 received on eth0 as a local address we can do:
ip rule add from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip route add local 10.1/16 dev lo proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1 table 200
This host is now reachable by any 10.1/16 address (route lookup on
input for packets received on eth0 can find the route). On output, the
rule will not be matched so that this host can still send packets to
10.1/16 (not sent on loopback). Presumably, external routing can be
configured to make sense out of this.
To make this work, we needed to modify the logic in finding the
interface which is assigned a given source address for output
(dev_ip_find). We perform a normal fib_lookup instead of just a
lookup on the local table, and in the lookup we ignore the input
interface for matching.
This patch is useful to implement IP-anycast for subnets of virtual
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the basic infrastructure to support user-space
expectation helpers via ctnetlink and the netfilter queuing
infrastructure NFQUEUE. Basically, this patch:
* adds NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE flag to identify user-space
created expectations. I have also added a sanity check in
__nf_ct_expect_check() to avoid that kernel-space helpers
may create an expectation if the master conntrack has no
helper assigned.
* adds some branches to check if the master conntrack helper
exists, otherwise we skip the code that refers to kernel-space
helper such as the local expectation list and the expectation
policy.
* allows to set the timeout for user-space expectations with
no helper assigned.
* a list of expectations created from user-space that depends
on ctnetlink (if this module is removed, they are deleted).
* includes USERSPACE in the /proc output for expectations
that have been created by a user-space helper.
This patch also modifies ctnetlink to skip including the helper
name in the Netlink messages if no kernel-space helper is set
(since no user-space expectation has not kernel-space kernel
assigned).
You can access an example user-space FTP conntrack helper at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-userspace-POC.tar.bz
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tunnels are going to use percpu for their accounting.
They are going to use a new tstats field in net_device.
skb_tunnel_rx() is changed to be a wrapper around __skb_tunnel_rx()
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is changed to be a wrapper around __IPTUNNEL_XMIT()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet stack assumes the presence of Pipe Controller, either in Modem or
on Application Processing Engine user-space for the Pipe data.
Nokia Slim Modems like WG2.5 used in ST-Ericsson U8500 platform do not
implement Pipe controller in them.
This patch adds Pipe Controller implemenation to Phonet stack to support
Pipe data over Phonet stack for Nokia Slim Modems.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up a missing exit path in the ipv6 module init routines. In
addrconf_init we call ipv6_addr_label_init which calls register_pernet_subsys
for the ipv6_addr_label_ops structure. But if module loading fails, or if the
ipv6 module is removed, there is no corresponding unregister_pernet_subsys call,
which leaves a now-bogus address on the pernet_list, leading to oopses in
subsequent registrations. This patch cleans up both the failed load path and
the unload path. Tested by myself with good results.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/net/addrconf.h | 1 +
net/ipv6/addrconf.c | 11 ++++++++---
net/ipv6/addrlabel.c | 5 +++++
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF current value is 256 bytes
It doesnt permit to receive the smallest possible frame, considering
socket sk_rmem_alloc/sk_rcvbuf account skb truesizes. On 64bit arches,
sizeof(struct sk_buff) is 240 bytes. Add the typical 64 bytes of
headroom, and we go over the limit.
With old kernels and 32bit arches, we were under the limit, if netdriver
was doing copybreak.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reset queue mapping when an skb is reentering the stack via a tunnel.
On second pass, the queue mapping from the original device is no
longer valid.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, you can specify the expectation flags for user-space
created expectations.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- Use rcu_dereference_rtnl() in __in6_dev_get
- kerneldoc for __in6_dev_get() and in6_dev_get()
- Use inline functions instead of macros
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sysctl flag "snat_reroute". Recent kernels use
ip_route_me_harder() to route LVS-NAT responses properly by
VIP when there are multiple paths to client. But setups
that do not have alternative default routes can skip this
routing lookup by using snat_reroute=0.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add more code to IPVS to work with Netfilter connection
tracking and fix some problems.
- Allow IPVS to be compiled without connection tracking as in
2.6.35 and before. This can avoid keeping conntracks for all
IPVS connections because this costs memory. ip_vs_ftp still
depends on connection tracking and NAT as implemented for 2.6.36.
- Add sysctl var "conntrack" to enable connection tracking for
all IPVS connections. For loaded IPVS directors it needs
tuning of nf_conntrack_max limit.
- Add IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT connection flag to request the connection
to use connection tracking. This allows user space to provide this
flag, for example, in dest->conn_flags. This can be useful to
request connection tracking per real server instead of forcing it
for all connections with the "conntrack" sysctl. This flag is
set currently only by ip_vs_ftp and of course by "conntrack" sysctl.
- Add ip_vs_nfct.c file to hold all connection tracking code,
by this way main code should not depend of netfilter conntrack
support.
- Return back the ip_vs_post_routing handler as in 2.6.35 and use
skb->ipvs_property=1 to allow IPVS to work without connection
tracking
Connection tracking:
- most of the code is already in 2.6.36-rc
- alter conntrack reply tuple for LVS-NAT connections when first packet
from client is forwarded and conntrack state is NEW or RELATED.
Additionally, alter reply for RELATED connections from real server,
again for packet in original direction.
- add IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to confirm conntrack (without altering
reply) for LVS-TUN early because we want to call nf_reset. It is
needed because we add IPIP header and the original conntrack
should be preserved, not destroyed. The transmitted IPIP packets
can reuse same conntrack, so we do not set skb->ipvs_property.
- try to destroy conntrack when the IPVS connection is destroyed.
It is not fatal if conntrack disappears before that, it depends
on the used timers.
Fix problems from long time:
- add skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE for the LVS-TUN transmitters
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The family parameter xfrm_state_find is used to find a state matching a
certain policy. This value is set to the template's family
(encap_family) right before xfrm_state_find is called.
The family parameter is however also used to construct a temporary state
in xfrm_state_find itself which is wrong for inter-family scenarios
because it produces a selector for the wrong family. Since this selector
is included in the xfrm_user_acquire structure, user space programs
misinterpret IPv6 addresses as IPv4 and vice versa.
This patch splits up the original init_tempsel function into a part that
initializes the selector respectively the props and id of the temporary
state, to allow for differing ip address families whithin the state.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- the sync protocol supports 16 bits only, so bits 0..15 should be
used only for flags that should go to backup server, bits 16 and
above should be allocated for flags not sent to backup.
- use IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK as mask of connection flags in
destination that can be changed by user space
- allow IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET to be set in destination
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The output becomes:
[ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When both destination device and object are nul, Phonet routes the
packet according to the resource field. In fact, this is the most
common pattern when sending Phonet "request" packets. In this case,
the packet is delivered to whichever endpoint (socket) has
registered the resource.
This adds a new table so that Linux processes can register their
Phonet sockets to Phonet resources, if they have adequate privileges.
(Namespace support is not implemented at the moment.)
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Closing a pipe endpoint is not normally allowed by the Phonet pipe,
other than as a side after-effect of removing the pipe between two
endpoints. But there is no way to prevent Linux userspace processes
from being killed or suffering from bugs, so this can still happen.
We might as well forcefully close Phonet pipe endpoints then.
The cellular modem supports only a few existing pipes at a time. So we
really should not leak them. This change instructs the modem to destroy
the pipe if either of the pipe's endpoint (Linux socket) is closed too
early.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If peer uses tiny MSS (say, 75 bytes) and similarly tiny advertised
window, the SWS logic will packetize to half the MSS unnecessarily.
This causes problems with some embedded devices.
However for large MSS devices we do want to half-MSS packetize
otherwise we never get enough packets into the pipe for things
like fast retransmit and recovery to work.
Be careful also to handle the case where MSS > window, otherwise
we'll never send until the probe timer.
Reported-by: ツ Leandro Melo de Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 30fff923 introduced in linux-2.6.33 (udp: bind() optimisation)
added a secondary hash on UDP, hashed on (local addr, local port).
Problem is that following sequence :
fd = socket(...)
connect(fd, &remote, ...)
not only selects remote end point (address and port), but also sets
local address, while UDP stack stored in secondary hash table the socket
while its local address was INADDR_ANY (or ipv6 equivalent)
Sequence is :
- autobind() : choose a random local port, insert socket in hash tables
[while local address is INADDR_ANY]
- connect() : set remote address and port, change local address to IP
given by a route lookup.
When an incoming UDP frame comes, if more than 10 sockets are found in
primary hash table, we switch to secondary table, and fail to find
socket because its local address changed.
One solution to this problem is to rehash datagram socket if needed.
We add a new rehash(struct socket *) method in "struct proto", and
implement this method for UDP v4 & v6, using a common helper.
This rehashing only takes care of secondary hash table, since primary
hash (based on local port only) is not changed.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Do not create expectation when forwarding the PORT
command to avoid blocking the connection. The problem is that
nf_conntrack_ftp.c:help() tries to create the same expectation later in
POST_ROUTING and drops the packet with "dropping packet" message after
failure in nf_ct_expect_related.
- Change ip_vs_update_conntrack to alter the conntrack
for related connections from real server. If we do not alter the reply in
this direction the next packet from client sent to vport 20 comes as NEW
connection. We alter it but may be some collision happens for both
conntracks and the second conntrack gets destroyed immediately. The
connection stucks too.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave reported an rcu lockdep warning on 2.6.35.4 kernel
task->cgroups and task->cgroups->subsys[i] are protected by RCU.
So we avoid accessing invalid pointers here. This might happen,
for example, when you are deref-ing those pointers while someone
move @task from one cgroup to another.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This updates the use of larger initial windows, as originally specified in
RFC 3390, to use the newer IW values specified in RFC 5681, section 3.1.
The changes made in RFC 5681 are:
a) the setting now is more clearly specified in units of segments (as the
comments by John Heffner emphasized, this was not very clear in RFC 3390);
b) for connections with 1095 < SMSS <= 2190 there is now a change:
- RFC 3390 says that IW <= 4380,
- RFC 5681 says that IW = 3 * SMSS <= 6570.
Since RFC 3390 is older and "only" proposed standard, whereas the newer RFC 5681
is already draft standard, it seems preferable to use the newer IW variant.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates initial-window code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides a "user timeout" support as described in RFC793. The
socket option is also needed for the the local half of RFC5482 "TCP User
Timeout Option".
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that takes an unsigned int,
when > 0, to specify the maximum amount of time in ms that transmitted
data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the
corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If
0 is given, TCP will continue to use the system default.
Increasing the user timeouts allows a TCP connection to survive extended
periods without end-to-end connectivity. Decreasing the user timeouts
allows applications to "fail fast" if so desired. Otherwise it may take
upto 20 minutes with the current system defaults in a normal WAN
environment.
The socket option can be made during any state of a TCP connection, but
is only effective during the synchronized states of a connection
(ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, or LAST-ACK).
Moreover, when used with the TCP keepalive (SO_KEEPALIVE) option,
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT will overtake keepalive to determine when to close a
connection due to keepalive failure.
The option does not change in anyway when TCP retransmits a packet, nor
when a keepalive probe will be sent.
This option, like many others, will be inherited by an acceptor from its
listener.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.
Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
for AP implementation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK and SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_IPADDR to
use do { print } while (0) guards.
Add SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_CONT to fix errors in log when
lines were continued.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Add a missing newline in "Failed bind hash alloc"
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc:
s/issueing/issuing/g
s/approriate/appropriate/g
s/supported by simply/supported simply by/
s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Anton Blanchard when we use
percpu_counter_read_positive() to make our orphan socket limit checks,
the check can be off by up to num_cpus_online() * batch (which is 32
by default) which on a 128 cpu machine can be as large as the default
orphan limit itself.
Fix this by doing the full expensive sum check if the optimized check
triggers.
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add some documentation for cfg80211. I'm hoping some of
the regulatory documentation will be filled by somebody
more familiar with it, hint hint! :)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a small problem in the documentation for
ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous
inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no
longer exists after the change to ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:
text data bss dec hex filename
362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before)
362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after)
a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
struct net_device has its own struct net_device_stats member, so use
this one instead of a private copy in the irlan_cb struct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPP: introduce "pptp" module which implements point-to-point tunneling protocol using pppox framework
NET: introduce the "gre" module for demultiplexing GRE packets on version criteria
(required to pptp and ip_gre may coexists)
NET: ip_gre: update to use the "gre" module
This patch introduces then pptp support to the linux kernel which
dramatically speeds up pptp vpn connections and decreases cpu usage in
comparison of existing user-space implementation
(poptop/pptpclient). There is accel-pptp project
(https://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp/) to utilize this module,
it contains plugin for pppd to use pptp in client-mode and modified
pptpd (poptop) to build high-performance pptp NAS.
There was many changes from initial submitted patch, most important are:
1. using rcu instead of read-write locks
2. using static bitmap instead of dynamically allocated
3. using vmalloc for memory allocation instead of BITS_PER_LONG + __get_free_pages
4. fixed many coding style issues
Thanks to Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
- IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
- IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...
An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.
Version 3 changes:
- remove useless goto instructions
- improve IPv6 hop options decoding
Version 2 changes:
- coding style correction
- remove useless arguments of some functions
- use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
- add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code
Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The task_cls_classid() function applies rcu_dereference() to integers,
which does not work with the shiny new sparse-based checking in
rcu_dereference(). This commit therefore moves to the new RCU API
rcu_dereference_index_check().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch removes the abstraction introduced by the union skb_shared_tx in
the shared skb data.
The access of the different union elements at several places led to some
confusion about accessing the shared tx_flags e.g. in skb_orphan_try().
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128084897415886&w=2
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous value of 672 for L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_PDU_SIZE is based on
the default L2CAP MTU. That default MTU is calculated from the size
of two DH5 packets, minus ACL and L2CAP b-frame header overhead.
ERTM is used with newer basebands that typically support larger 3-DH5
packets, and i-frames and s-frames have more header overhead. With
clean RF conditions, basebands will typically attempt to use 1021-byte
3-DH5 packets for maximum throughput. Adjusting for 2 bytes of ACL
headers plus 10 bytes of worst-case L2CAP headers yields 1009 bytes
of payload.
This PDU size imposes less overhead for header bytes and gives the
baseband the option to choose 3-DH5 packets, but is small enough for
ERTM traffic to interleave well with other L2CAP or SCO data.
672-byte payloads do not allow the most efficient over-the-air
packet choice, and cannot achieve maximum throughput over BR/EDR.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP specification requires that the ERTM retransmit timeout be at
least 2 seconds for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add missing kernel-doc notation to struct sock:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_pid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_cred'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_classid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_peercred' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1443 commits)
phy/marvell: add 88ec048 support
igb: Program MDICNFG register prior to PHY init
e1000e: correct MAC-PHY interconnect register offset for 82579
hso: Add new product ID
can: Add driver for esd CAN-USB/2 device
l2tp: fix export of header file for userspace
can-raw: Fix skb_orphan_try handling
Revert "net: remove zap_completion_queue"
net: cleanup inclusion
phy/marvell: add 88e1121 interface mode support
u32: negative offset fix
net: Fix a typo from "dev" to "ndev"
igb: Use irq_synchronize per vector when using MSI-X
ixgbevf: fix null pointer dereference due to filter being set for VLAN 0
e1000e: Fix irq_synchronize in MSI-X case
e1000e: register pm_qos request on hardware activation
ip_fragment: fix subtracting PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu twice
net: Add getsockopt support for TCP thin-streams
cxgb4: update driver version
cxgb4: add new PCI IDs
...
Manually fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/net/e1000e/netdev.c: due to pm_qos registration
infrastructure changes
- drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: conflict between adding 88ec048 support
and cleaning up the IDs
- drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c: trivial ipw2100_pm_qos_req
conflict (registration change vs marking it static)
TXATTRCREATE: Prepare a fid for setting xattr value on a file system object.
size[4] TXATTRCREATE tag[2] fid[4] name[s] attr_size[8] flags[4]
size[4] RXATTRCREATE tag[2]
txattrcreate gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to set the xattr value.
flag value is derived from set Linux setxattr. The manpage says
"The flags parameter can be used to refine the semantics of the operation.
XATTR_CREATE specifies a pure create, which fails if the named attribute
exists already. XATTR_REPLACE specifies a pure replace operation, which
fails if the named attribute does not already exist. By default (no flags),
the extended attribute will be created if need be, or will simply replace
the value if the attribute exists."
The actual setxattr operation happens when the fid is clunked. At that point
the written byte count and the attr_size specified in TXATTRCREATE should be
same otherwise an error will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
TXATTRWALK: Descend a ATTR namespace
size[4] TXATTRWALK tag[2] fid[4] newfid[4] name[s]
size[4] RXATTRWALK tag[2] size[8]
txattrwalk gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to read the xattr value. If name is NULL the fid returned
can be used to get the list of extended attribute associated to
the file system object.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement 9p2000.L version of open(LOPEN) interface in 9p client.
For LOPEN, no need to convert the flags to and from 9p mode to VFS mode.
Synopsis:
size[4] Tlopen tag[2] fid[4] mode[4]
size[4] Rlopen tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
[Fix mode bit format - jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlcreate tag[2] fid[4] name[s] flags[4] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rlcreate tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
DESCRIPTION
The Tlreate request asks the file server to create a new regular file with the
name supplied, in the directory (dir) represented by fid.
The mode argument specifies the permissions to use. New file is created with
the uid if the fid and with supplied gid.
The flags argument represent Linux access mode flags with which the caller
is requesting to open the file with. Protocol allows all the Linux access
modes but it is upto the server to allow/disallow any of these acess modes.
If the server doesn't support any of the access mode, it is expected to
return error.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement TMKDIR as part of 2000.L Work
Synopsis
size[4] Tmkdir tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmkdir tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mkdir asks the file server to create a directory with given name,
mode and gid. The qid for the new directory is returned with
the mkdir reply message.
Note: 72 is selected as the opcode for TMKDIR from the reserved list.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] Tmknod tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] major[4] minor[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmknod tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mknod asks the file server to create a device node with given major and
minor number, mode and gid. The qid for the new device node is returned
with the mknod reply message.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com: Fix error handling code]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Create a symbolic link
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsymlink tag[2] fid[4] name[s] symtgt[s] gid[4]
size[4] Rsymlink tag[2] qid[13]
DESCRIPTION
Create a symbolic link named 'name' pointing to 'symtgt'.
gid represents the effective group id of the caller.
The permissions of a symbolic link are irrelevant hence it is omitted
from the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds a helper function to get the dentry from inode and
uses it in creating a Hardlink
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlink tag[2] dfid[4] oldfid[4] newpath[s]
size[4] Rlink tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
Create a link 'newpath' in directory pointed by dfid linking to oldfid path.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com : p9_client_link should not free req structure
if p9_client_rpc has returned an error.]
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsetattr tag[2] attr[n]
size[4] Rsetattr tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The setattr command changes some of the file status information.
attr resembles the iattr structure used in Linux kernel. It
specifies which status parameter is to be changed and to what
value. It is laid out as follows:
valid[4]
specifies which status information is to be changed. Possible
values are:
ATTR_MODE (1 << 0)
ATTR_UID (1 << 1)
ATTR_GID (1 << 2)
ATTR_SIZE (1 << 3)
ATTR_ATIME (1 << 4)
ATTR_MTIME (1 << 5)
ATTR_ATIME_SET (1 << 7)
ATTR_MTIME_SET (1 << 8)
The last two bits represent whether the time information
is being sent by the client's user space. In the absense
of these bits the server always uses server's time.
mode[4]
File permission bits
uid[4]
Owner id of file
gid[4]
Group id of the file
size[8]
File size
atime_sec[8]
Time of last file access, seconds
atime_nsec[8]
Time of last file access, nanoseconds
mtime_sec[8]
Time of last file modification, seconds
mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last file modification, nanoseconds
Explanation of the patches:
--------------------------
*) The kernel just copies relevent contents of iattr structure to
p9_iattr_dotl structure and passes it down to the client. The
only check it has is calling inode_change_ok()
*) The p9_iattr_dotl structure does not have ctime and ia_file
parameters because I don't think these are needed in our case.
The client user space can request updating just ctime by calling
chown(fd, -1, -1). This is handled on server side without a need
for putting ctime on the wire.
*) The server currently supports changing mode, time, ownership and
size of the file.
*) 9P RFC says "Either all the changes in wstat request happen, or
none of them does: if the request succeeds, all changes were made;
if it fails, none were."
I have not done anything to implement this specifically because I
don't see a reason.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tgetattr tag[2] fid[4] request_mask[8]
size[4] Rgetattr tag[2] lstat[n]
DESCRIPTION
The getattr transaction inquires about the file identified by fid.
request_mask is a bit mask that specifies which fields of the
stat structure is the client interested in.
The reply will contain a machine-independent directory entry,
laid out as follows:
st_result_mask[8]
Bit mask that indicates which fields in the stat structure
have been populated by the server
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
st_mode[4]
Permission and flags
st_uid[4]
User id of owner
st_gid[4]
Group ID of owner
st_nlink[8]
Number of hard links
st_rdev[8]
Device ID (if special file)
st_size[8]
Size, in bytes
st_blksize[8]
Block size for file system IO
st_blocks[8]
Number of file system blocks allocated
st_atime_sec[8]
Time of last access, seconds
st_atime_nsec[8]
Time of last access, nanoseconds
st_mtime_sec[8]
Time of last modification, seconds
st_mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last modification, nanoseconds
st_ctime_sec[8]
Time of last status change, seconds
st_ctime_nsec[8]
Time of last status change, nanoseconds
st_btime_sec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, seconds
st_btime_nsec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, nanoseconds
st_gen[8]
Inode generation
st_data_version[8]
Data version number
request_mask and result_mask bit masks contain the following bits
#define P9_STATS_MODE 0x00000001ULL
#define P9_STATS_NLINK 0x00000002ULL
#define P9_STATS_UID 0x00000004ULL
#define P9_STATS_GID 0x00000008ULL
#define P9_STATS_RDEV 0x00000010ULL
#define P9_STATS_ATIME 0x00000020ULL
#define P9_STATS_MTIME 0x00000040ULL
#define P9_STATS_CTIME 0x00000080ULL
#define P9_STATS_INO 0x00000100ULL
#define P9_STATS_SIZE 0x00000200ULL
#define P9_STATS_BLOCKS 0x00000400ULL
#define P9_STATS_BTIME 0x00000800ULL
#define P9_STATS_GEN 0x00001000ULL
#define P9_STATS_DATA_VERSION 0x00002000ULL
#define P9_STATS_BASIC 0x000007ffULL
#define P9_STATS_ALL 0x00003fffULL
This patch implements the client side of getattr implementation for
9P2000.L. It introduces a new structure p9_stat_dotl for getting
Linux stat information along with QID. The data layout is similar to
stat structure in Linux user space with the following major
differences:
inode (st_ino) is not part of data. Instead qid is.
device (st_dev) is not part of data because this doesn't make sense
on the client.
All time variables are 64 bit wide on the wire. The kernel seems to use
32 bit variables for these variables. However, some of the architectures
have used 64 bit variables and glibc exposes 64 bit variables to user
space on some architectures. Hence to be on the safer side we have made
these 64 bit in the protocol. Refer to the comments in
include/asm-generic/stat.h
There are some additional fields: st_btime_sec, st_btime_nsec, st_gen,
st_data_version apart from the bitmask, st_result_mask. The bit mask
is filled by the server to indicate which stat fields have been
populated by the server. Currently there is no clean way for the
server to obtain these additional fields, so it sends back just the
basic fields.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the kernel part of readdir() implementation for 9p2000.L
Change from V3: Instead of inode, server now sends qids for each dirent
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Treaddir tag[2] fid[4] offset[8] count[4]
size[4] Rreaddir tag[2] count[4] data[count]
DESCRIPTION
The readdir request asks the server to read the directory specified by 'fid'
at an offset specified by 'offset' and return as many dirent structures as
possible that fit into count bytes. Each dirent structure is laid out as
follows.
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
offset[8]
offset into the next dirent.
type[1]
type of this directory entry.
name[256]
name of this directory entry.
This patch adds v9fs_dir_readdir_dotl() as the readdir() call for 9p2000.L.
This function sends P9_TREADDIR command to the server. In response the server
sends a buffer filled with dirent structures. This is different from the
existing v9fs_dir_readdir() call which receives stat structures from the server.
This results in significant speedup of readdir() on large directories.
For example, doing 'ls >/dev/null' on a directory with 10000 files on my
laptop takes 1.088 seconds with the existing code, but only takes 0.339 seconds
with the new readdir.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The only user of unique_tuple() get_unique_tuple() doesn't care about the
return value of unique_tuple(), so make unique_tuple() return void (nothing).
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This removes duplicate code by providing a default implementation
which is used by 3 of the 4 modules that provide these call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
some users of nf_ct_ext_exist() know ct->ext isn't NULL. For these users, the
check for ct->ext isn't necessary, the function __nf_ct_ext_exist() can be
used instead.
the type of the return value of nf_ct_ext_exist() is changed to bool.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The bdaddr in the list root is completely unused and just
taking up space.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Save a few bytes of text
(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old
$ size net/wireless/core.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new
12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.
If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.
The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nf_conntrack/nf_nat code to do the packet mangling and the TCP
sequence adjusting. The function 'ip_vs_skb_replace' is now dead
code, so it is removed.
To SNAT FTP, use something like:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vport 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
and for the data connections in passive mode:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vportctl 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
using '-m state --state RELATED' would also works.
Make sure the kernel modules ip_vs_ftp, nf_conntrack_ftp, and
nf_nat_ftp are loaded.
[ up-port and minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove IRDA_PACKED macro, which maps to __attribute__((packed)). IRDA is
one of the last users of __attribute__((packet)). Networking code uses
__packed now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make net/ and include/net/ code consistent use __packed instead of
__attribute__ ((packed)). Bluetooth subsystem was one of the last net
subsys still using __attribute__ ((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implements feature to reassemble received HCI frames from any input stream
Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Copyright for the time I worked on L2CAP during the Google Summer of Code
program.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using a lock to deal with the ERTM race condition - interruption with
new data from the hci layer - is wrong. We should use the native skb
backlog queue.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mode is mandatory we shall not send connect request and report this
to the userspace as well.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Qualcomm, Inc. has reassigned rights to Code Aurora Forum. Accordingly,
as files are modified by Code Aurora Forum members, the copyright
statement will be updated.
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Deleted extraneous white space from the end of several lines
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances it could be desirable to reject incoming
connections on the baseband level. This patch adds this feature through
two new ioctl's: HCIBLOCKADDR and HCIUNBLOCKADDR. Both take a simple
Bluetooth address as a parameter. BDADDR_ANY can be used with
HCIUNBLOCKADDR to remove all devices from the blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/vhost/net.c
net/bridge/br_device.c
Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.
Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy. This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct comment stating sizeof(struct tcp_skb_cb) is 36 or 40, since its
44 bytes, since commit 951dbc8ac7 ([IPV6]: Move nextheader offset
to the IP6CB).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves NFULNL_COPY_PACKET definition from
linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h to net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h
since this copy mode is only for internal use.
I have also changed the value from 0x03 to 0xff. Thus, we avoid
a gap from user-space that may confuse users if we add new
copy modes in the future.
This change was introduced in:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg13535.html
Since this change is not included in any stable Linux kernel,
I think it's safe to make this change now. Anyway, this copy
mode does not make any sense from user-space, so this patch
should not break any existing setup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix problem in reading the tx_queue recorded in a socket. In
dev_pick_tx, the TX queue is read by doing a check with
sk_tx_queue_recorded on the socket, followed by a sk_tx_queue_get.
The problem is that there is not mutual exclusion across these
calls in the socket so it it is possible that the queue in the
sock can be invalidated after sk_tx_queue_recorded is called so
that sk_tx_queue get returns -1, which sets 65535 in queue_index
and thus dev_pick_tx returns 65536 which is a bogus queue and
can cause crash in dev_queue_xmit.
We fix this by only calling sk_tx_queue_get which does the proper
checks. The interface is that sk_tx_queue_get returns the TX queue
if the sock argument is non-NULL and TX queue is recorded, else it
returns -1. sk_tx_queue_recorded is no longer used so it can be
completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a new boolean flag no_autobind is added to structure proto to avoid the autobind
calls when the protocol is TCP. Then sock_rps_record_flow() is called int the
TCP's sendmsg() and sendpage() pathes.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_common.h | 4 ++++
include/net/sock.h | 1 +
include/net/tcp.h | 8 ++++----
net/ipv4/af_inet.c | 15 +++++++++------
net/ipv4/tcp.c | 11 +++++------
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c | 3 +++
net/ipv6/af_inet6.c | 8 ++++----
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c | 3 +++
8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reducing real_num_queues needs to flush the qdisc otherwise
skbs with queue_mappings greater then real_num_tx_queues can
be sent to the underlying driver.
The flow for this is,
dev_queue_xmit()
dev_pick_tx()
skb_tx_hash() => hash using real_num_tx_queues
skb_set_queue_mapping()
...
qdisc_enqueue_root() => enqueue skb on txq from hash
...
dev->real_num_tx_queues -= n
...
sch_direct_xmit()
dev_hard_start_xmit()
ndo_start_xmit(skb,dev) => skb queue set with old hash
skbs are enqueued on the qdisc with skb->queue_mapping set
0 < queue_mappings < real_num_tx_queues. When the driver
decreases real_num_tx_queues skb's may be dequeued from the
qdisc with a queue_mapping greater then real_num_tx_queues.
This fixes a case in ixgbe where this was occurring with DCB
and FCoE. Because the driver is using queue_mapping to map
skbs to tx descriptor rings we can potentially map skbs to
rings that no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling qdisc_reset() the qdisc lock needs to be held. In
this case there is at least one driver i4l which is using this
without holding the lock. Add the locking here.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add fast path for in-order fragments
As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_frag.h | 1 +
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c | 12 ++++++++++++
net/ipv6/reassembly.c | 11 +++++++++++
3 files changed, 24 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/netstat expose SNMP counters.
Width of these counters is either 32 or 64 bits, depending on the size
of "unsigned long" in kernel.
This means user program parsing these files must already be prepared to
deal with 64bit values, regardless of user program being 32 or 64 bit.
This patch introduces 64bit snmp values for IPSTAT mib, where some
counters can wrap pretty fast if they are 32bit wide.
# netstat -s|egrep "InOctets|OutOctets"
InOctets: 244068329096
OutOctets: 244069348848
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine the size of the xfrm_mark struct, not of its pointer.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF SPI Protocol Driver for
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific SPI device. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no SPI Slave side Kernel API defined.
A sample CAIF SPI Platform device can be found in
.../Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/sch_generic.h | 11 +++++++++--
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 +++---
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows use of ECN when syncookies are in effect by encoding ecn_ok
into the syn-ack tcp timestamp.
While at it, remove a uneeded #ifdef CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
With CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=nm want_cookie is ifdef'd to 0 and gcc
removes the "if (0)".
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for 64bit snmp counters for some mibs,
add an 'align' parameter to snmp_mib_init(), instead
of assuming mibs only contain 'unsigned long' fields.
Callers can use __alignof__(type) to provide correct
alignment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check at rule install time that CT accounting is enabled. Force it
to be enabled if not while also emitting a warning since this is not
the default state.
This is in preparation for deprecating CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT upon which
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES depended being set.
Added 2 CT accounting support functions:
nf_ct_acct_enabled() - Get CT accounting state.
nf_ct_set_acct() - Enable/disable CT accountuing.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this patch is implementing IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket.
The reason is, there's no other way to send out the packet with user
customized header of the reassembly part.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo in include/net/netlink.h
should be finalize instead of finanlize
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit aa2ea0586d (tcp: fix outsegs stat for TSO segments) incorrectly
assumed SNMP_ADD_STATS() was used from BH context.
Fix this using mib[!in_softirq()] instead of mib[0]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously CAIF supported maximum transfer size of ~4050.
The transfer size is now calculated dynamically based on the
link layers mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Remote File Manager may send or receive more than 4050 bytes.
Due to this The CAIF RFM service have to support segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control is not used by all CAIF services.
The usage of flow control is now part of the gerneal
initialization function for CAIF Services.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2.6.34 introduced 'conntrack zones' to deal with cases where packets
from multiple identical networks are handled by conntrack/NAT. Packets
are looped through veth devices, during which they are NATed to private
addresses, after which they can continue normally through the stack
and possibly have NAT rules applied a second time.
This works well, but is needlessly complicated for cases where only
a single SNAT/DNAT mapping needs to be applied to these packets. In that
case, all that needs to be done is to assign each network to a seperate
zone and perform NAT as usual. However this doesn't work for packets
destined for the machine performing NAT itself since its corrently not
possible to configure SNAT mappings for the LOCAL_IN chain.
This patch adds a new INPUT chain to the NAT table and changes the
targets performing SNAT to be usable in that chain.
Example usage with two identical networks (192.168.0.0/24) on eth0/eth1:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j MARK --set-mark 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j CT --zone 2
iptabels -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 2
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In unix_skb_parms store pointers to struct pid and struct cred instead
of raw uid, gid, and pid values, then translate the credentials on
reception into values that are meaningful in the receiving processes
namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start capturing not only the userspace pid, uid and gid values of the
sending process but also the struct pid and struct cred of the sending
process as well.
This is in preparation for properly supporting SCM_CREDENTIALS for
sockets that have different uid and/or pid namespaces at the different
ends.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct pid and struct cred to store the peer credentials on struct
sock. This gives enough information to convert the peer credential
information to a value relative to whatever namespace the socket is in
at the time.
This removes nasty surprises when using SO_PEERCRED on socket
connetions where the processes on either side are in different pid and
user namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder the fields in scm_cookie so they pack better on 64bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discard the ACK if we find options that do not match current sysctl
settings.
Previously it was possible to create a connection with sack, wscale,
etc. enabled even if the feature was disabled via sysctl.
Also remove an unneeded call to tcp_sack_reset() in
cookie_check_timestamp: Both call sites (cookie_v4_check,
cookie_v6_check) zero "struct tcp_options_received", hand it to
tcp_parse_options() (which does not change tcp_opt->num_sacks/dsack)
and then call cookie_check_timestamp().
Even if num_sacks/dsacks were changed, the structure is allocated on
the stack and after cookie_check_timestamp returns only a few selected
members are copied to the inet_request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addition of rcu_head to struct inet_peer added 16bytes on 64bit arches.
Thats a bit unfortunate, since old size was exactly 64 bytes.
This can be solved, using an union between this rcu_head an four fields,
that are normally used only when a refcount is taken on inet_peer.
rcu_head is used only when refcnt=-1, right before structure freeing.
Add a inet_peer_refcheck() function to check this assertion for a while.
We can bring back SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN qualifier in kmem cache creation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer currently uses an AVL tree protected by an rwlock.
It's possible to make most lookups use RCU
1) Add a struct rcu_head to struct inet_peer
2) add a lookup_rcu_bh() helper to perform lockless and opportunistic
lookup. This is a normal function, not a macro like lookup().
3) Add a limit to number of links followed by lookup_rcu_bh(). This is
needed in case we fall in a loop.
4) add an smp_wmb() in link_to_pool() right before node insert.
5) make unlink_from_pool() use atomic_cmpxchg() to make sure it can take
last reference to an inet_peer, since lockless readers could increase
refcount, even while we hold peers.lock.
6) Delay struct inet_peer freeing after rcu grace period so that
lookup_rcu_bh() cannot crash.
7) inet_getpeer() first attempts lockless lookup.
Note this lookup can fail even if target is in AVL tree, but a
concurrent writer can let tree in a non correct form.
If this attemps fails, lock is taken a regular lookup is performed
again.
8) convert peers.lock from rwlock to a spinlock
9) Remove SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN when peer_cachep is created, because
rcu_head adds 16 bytes on 64bit arches, doubling effective size (64 ->
128 bytes)
In a future patch, this is probably possible to revert this part, if rcu
field is put in an union to share space with rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts &
tcp_ts_stamp. These fields being manipulated only with refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.
This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.
A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove useless union keyword in rtable, rt6_info and dn_route.
Since there is only one member in a union, the union keyword isn't useful.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 66018506e1 (ip: Router Alert RCU conversion) introduced RCU
lookups to ip_call_ra_chain(). It missed proper deinit phase :
When ip_ra_control() deletes an ip_ra_chain, it should make sure
ip_call_ra_chain() users can not start to use socket during the rcu
grace period. It should also delay the sock_put() after the grace
period, or we risk a premature socket freeing and corruptions, as
raw sockets are not rcu protected yet.
This delay avoids using expensive atomic_inc_not_zero() in
ip_call_ra_chain().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use call_rcu rather than synchronize_rcu.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet, slowing down performance.
This patch converts it to a per_cpu variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet. This is bad for performance.
__read_mostly annotation is also a bad choice.
This patch introduces IPS_UNTRACKED bit so that we can use later a
per_cpu untrack structure more easily.
A new helper, nf_ct_untracked_get() returns a pointer to
nf_conntrack_untracked.
Another one, nf_ct_untracked_status_or() is used by nf_nat_init() to add
IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK bits to untracked status.
nf_ct_is_untracked() prototype is changed to work on a nf_conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings
and errors that crop up when running it on
mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't
normally done so lots of bit-rot happened.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently dirty two cache lines in struct xt_rateest, this hurts SMP
performance.
This patch moves lock/bstats/rstats at beginning of structure so that
they share a single cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Straightforward conversion to RCU.
One rwlock becomes a spinlock, and is static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a serious performance issue in reading the
TCP sockets table (/proc/net/tcp).
Reading the full table is done by a number of sequential read
operations. At each read operation, a seek is done to find the
last socket that was previously read. This seek operation requires
that the sockets in the table need to be counted up to the current
file position, and to count each of these requires taking a lock for
each non-empty bucket. The whole algorithm is O(n^2).
The fix is to cache the last bucket value, offset within the bucket,
and the file position returned by the last read operation. On the
next sequential read, the bucket and offset are used to find the
last read socket immediately without needing ot scan the previous
buckets the table. This algorithm t read the whole table is O(n).
The improvement offered by this patch is easily show by performing
cat'ing /proc/net/tcp on a machine with a lot of connections. With
about 182K connections in the table, I see the following:
- Without patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 1m56.729s
user 0m0.214s
sys 1m56.344s
- With patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 0m0.894s
user 0m0.290s
sys 0m0.594s
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm triggers a warning if dst_pop() drops a refcount
on a noref dst. This patch changes dst_pop() to
skb_dst_pop(). skb_dst_pop() drops the refcnt only
on a refcounted dst. Also we don't clone the child
dst_entry, so it is not refcounted and we can use
skb_dst_set_noref() in xfrm_output_one().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a single use of this struct member, but
as it is write-only it clearly not necessary.
Thus we can free up some space here, even if we
don't need it right now it seems pointless to
carry around the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are more than a dozen occurrences of following code in the
IPv6 stack:
if (opt && opt->srcrt) {
struct rt0_hdr *rt0 = (struct rt0_hdr *) opt->srcrt;
ipv6_addr_copy(&final, &fl.fl6_dst);
ipv6_addr_copy(&fl.fl6_dst, rt0->addr);
final_p = &final;
}
Replace those with a helper. Note that the helper overrides final_p
in all cases. This is ok as final_p was previously initialized to
NULL when declared.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.
The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.
One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.
The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.
Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.
Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)
for j in `seq 0 3`; do
for i in `seq 0 7`; do
netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
done
done
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING is always changed while qdisc lock is held.
We can avoid two atomic operations in xmit path, if we move this bit in
a new __state container.
Location of this __state container is carefully chosen so that fast path
only dirties one qdisc cache line.
THROTTLED bit could later be moved into this __state location too, to
avoid dirtying first qdisc cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct sk_forward_alloc handling for error_queue would need to use a
backlog of frames that softirq handler could not deliver because socket
is owned by user thread. Or extend backlog processing to be able to
process normal and error packets.
Another possibility is to not use mem charge for error queue, this is
what I implemented in this patch.
Note: this reverts commit 29030374
(net: fix sk_forward_alloc corruptions), since we dont need to lock
socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (22 commits)
netlink: bug fix: wrong size was calculated for vfinfo list blob
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump
xt_tee: use skb_dst_drop()
netdev/fec: fix ifconfig eth0 down hang issue
cnic: Fix context memory init. on 5709.
drivers/net: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
drivers/net/hamradio: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
be2net: Patch removes redundant while statement in loop.
ipv6: Add GSO support on forwarding path
net: fix __neigh_event_send()
vhost: fix the memory leak which will happen when memory_access_ok fails
vhost-net: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: Fix host panic if ioctl called with wrong index
net: fix lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
net/iucv: Add missing spin_unlock
net: ll_temac: fix checksum offload logic
net: ll_temac: fix interrupt bug when interrupt 0 is used
sctp: dubious bitfields in sctp_transport
ipmr: off by one in __ipmr_fill_mroute()
...
This new sock lock primitive was introduced to speedup some user context
socket manipulation. But it is unsafe to protect two threads, one using
regular lock_sock/release_sock, one using lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
This patch changes lock_sock_bh to be careful against 'owned' state.
If owned is found to be set, we must take the slow path.
lock_sock_bh() now returns a boolean to say if the slow path was taken,
and this boolean is used at unlock_sock_bh time to call the appropriate
unlock function.
After this change, BH are either disabled or enabled during the
lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh protected section. This might be misleading,
so we rename these functions to lock_sock_fast()/unlock_sock_fast().
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse complains because these one-bit bitfields are signed.
include/net/sctp/structs.h:879:24: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:889:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:895:26: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:898:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:901:27: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
It doesn't cause a problem in the current code, but it would be better
to clean it up. This was introduced by c0058a35aa: "sctp: Save some
room in the sctp_transport by using bitfields".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the cls_cgroup module is not loaded, task_cls_classid will
return an uninitialised classid instead of zero.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (63 commits)
drivers/net/usb/asix.c: Fix pointer cast.
be2net: Bug fix to avoid disabling bottom half during firmware upgrade.
proc_dointvec: write a single value
hso: add support for new products
Phonet: fix potential use-after-free in pep_sock_close()
ath9k: remove VEOL support for ad-hoc
ath9k: change beacon allocation to prefer the first beacon slot
sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
macvlan: do proper cleanup in macvlan_common_newlink() V2
be2net: Bug fix in init code in probe
net/dccp: expansion of error code size
ath9k: Fix rx of mcast/bcast frames in PS mode with auto sleep
wireless: fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
iwlwifi: testing the wrong variable in iwl_add_bssid_station()
ath9k_htc: rare leak in ath9k_hif_usb_alloc_tx_urbs()
ath9k_htc: dereferencing before check in hif_usb_tx_cb()
rt2x00: Fix rt2800usb TX descriptor writing.
rt2x00: Fix failed SLEEP->AWAKE and AWAKE->SLEEP transitions.
...
- C99 knows about USHRT_MAX/SHRT_MAX/SHRT_MIN, not
USHORT_MAX/SHORT_MAX/SHORT_MIN.
- Make SHRT_MIN of type s16, not int, for consistency.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/dma/timb_dma.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix security/keys/keyring.c]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix sock.h kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:1438): No description found for parameter 'wq'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a typo in cgroup_cls_state when cls_cgroup is built-in.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97.
This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.
In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes
says:
"Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
and completely unnecessary."
Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Up until now cls_cgroup has relied on fetching the classid out of
the current executing thread. This runs into trouble when a packet
processing is delayed in which case it may execute out of another
thread's context.
Furthermore, even when a packet is not delayed we may fail to
classify it if soft IRQs have been disabled, because this scenario
is indistinguishable from one where a packet unrelated to the
current thread is processed by a real soft IRQ.
In fact, the current semantics is inherently broken, as a single
skb may be constructed out of the writes of two different tasks.
A different manifestation of this problem is when the TCP stack
transmits in response of an incoming ACK. This is currently
unclassified.
As we already have a concept of packet ownership for accounting
purposes in the skb->sk pointer, this is a natural place to store
the classid in a persistent manner.
This patch adds the cls_cgroup classid in struct sock, filling up
an existing hole on 64-bit :)
The value is set at socket creation time. So all sockets created
via socket(2) automatically gains the ID of the thread creating it.
Whenever another process touches the socket by either reading or
writing to it, we will change the socket classid to that of the
process if it has a valid (non-zero) classid.
For sockets created on inbound connections through accept(2), we
inherit the classid of the original listening socket through
sk_clone, possibly preceding the actual accept(2) call.
In order to minimise risks, I have not made this the authoritative
classid. For now it is only used as a backup when we execute
with soft IRQs disabled. Once we're completely happy with its
semantics we can use it as the sole classid.
Footnote: I have rearranged the error path on cls_group module
creation. If we didn't do this, then there is a window where
someone could create a tc rule using cls_group before the cgroup
subsystem has been registered.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bug when running high number of parallel connect requests.
Replace buggy home brewed list with linux/list.h.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches.
All the changes were due to change in some offsets.
rename - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
size[4] Rrename tag[2]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The 9P wstat message can only rename a file within the
same directory.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches. The
change was adding v9fs_statfs pointer to v9fs_super_ops_dotl
instead of v9fs_super_ops.
statfs - get file system statistics
size[4] Tstatfs tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rstatfs tag[2] type[4] bsize[4] blocks[8] bfree[8] bavail[8]
files[8] ffree[8] fsid[8] namelen[4]
The statfs message is used to request file system information returned
by the statfs(2) system call, which is used by df(1) to report file
system and disk space usage.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This race was triggered by a 'conntrack -F' command running in parallel
to the insertion of a hash for a new connection. Losing this race led to
a dead conntrack entry effectively blocking traffic for a particular
connection until timeout or flushing the conntrack hashes again.
Now the check for an already dying connection is done inside the lock.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Marx <joerg.marx@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch replaces the boolean dead flag on inet6_ifaddr with
a state enum. This allows us to roll back changes when deleting
an address according to whether DAD has completed or not.
This patch only adds the state field and does not change the logic.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb rxhash should be cleared when a skb is handled by a tunnel before
being delivered again, so that correct packet steering can take place.
There are other cleanups and accounting that we can factorize in a new
helper, skb_tunnel_rx()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 accept approve flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 interrupt flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the X25 q bit flag from char into a bitfield to allow BKL cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_input() is the version returning a refcounted dst, while
ip_route_input_noref() returns a non refcounted one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use low order bit of skb->_skb_dst to tell dst is not refcounted.
Change _skb_dst to _skb_refdst to make sure all uses are catched.
skb_dst() returns the dst, regardless of noref bit set or not, but
with a lockdep check to make sure a noref dst is not given if current
user is not rcu protected.
New skb_dst_set_noref() helper to set an notrefcounted dst on a skb.
(with lockdep check)
skb_dst_drop() drops a reference only if skb dst was refcounted.
skb_dst_force() helper is used to force a refcount on dst, when skb
is queued and not anymore RCU protected.
Use skb_dst_force() in __sk_add_backlog(), __dev_xmit_skb() if
!IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE or skb enqueued on qdisc queue, in
sock_queue_rcv_skb(), in __nf_queue().
Use skb_dst_force() in dev_requeue_skb().
Note: dst_use_noref() still dirties dst, we might transform it
later to do one dirtying per jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP-MD5 sessions have intermittent failures, when route cache is
invalidated. ip_queue_xmit() has to find a new route, calls
sk_setup_caps(sk, &rt->u.dst), destroying the
sk->sk_route_caps &= ~NETIF_F_GSO_MASK
that MD5 desperately try to make all over its way (from
tcp_transmit_skb() for example)
So we send few bad packets, and everything is fine when
tcp_transmit_skb() is called again for this socket.
Since ip_queue_xmit() is at a lower level than TCP-MD5, I chose to use a
socket field, sk_route_nocaps, containing bits to mask on sk_route_caps.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP MD5 support uses percpu data for temporary storage. It currently
disables preemption so that same storage cannot be reclaimed by another
thread on same cpu.
We also have to make sure a softirq handler wont try to use also same
context. Various bug reports demonstrated corruptions.
Fix is to disable preemption and BH.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Dropped the infiniband part, because Tetsuo modified the related code,
I will send a separate patch for it once this is accepted.)
This patch introduces /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports which
allows users to reserve ports for third-party applications.
The reserved ports will not be used by automatic port assignments
(e.g. when calling connect() or bind() with port number 0). Explicit
port allocation behavior is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate comments in TIPC's main API files that are either obsolete,
incorrect, misleading, or unhelpful. It also adds in one new comment.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".
Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT6_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ip6mr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT6_TABLE_DFLT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pim6reg
devices have the table number appended ("pim6regX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pim6reg" for
compatibility reasons.
Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.
Example usage:
- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:
uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_IPV6, MRT6_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));
- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:
# ip -6 mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip -6 mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.
As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Instead of having a global workqueue for all controllers, it makes
more sense to have a workqueue per controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
l2cap_ertm_send() can be called both from user context and bottom half
context. The socket locks for that contexts are different, the user
context uses a mutex(which can sleep) and the second one uses a
spinlock_bh. That creates a race condition when we have interruptions on
both contexts at the same time.
The better way to solve this is to add a new spinlock to lock
l2cap_ertm_send() and the vars it access. The other solution was to defer
l2cap_ertm_send() with a workqueue, but we the sending process already
has one defer on the hci layer. It's not a good idea add another one.
The patch refactor the code to create l2cap_retransmit_frames(), then we
encapulate the lock of l2cap_ertm_send() for some call. It also changes
l2cap_retransmit_frame() to l2cap_retransmit_one_frame() to avoid
confusion
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Supports Local Busy condition handling through a waitqueue that wake ups
each 200ms and try to push the packets to the upper layer. If it can
push all the queue then it leaves the Local Busy state.
The patch modifies the behaviour of l2cap_ertm_reassembly_sdu() to
support retry of the push operation.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hci_send_acl can't fail, so we can make it void. This patch changes
that and all the funcions that use hci_send_acl().
That change exposed a bug on sending connectionless data. We were not
reporting the lenght send back to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the sockopt extension we can set a per-channel MaxTx value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we can set the txWindow we need to change the acknowledgement
procedure to ack after each (pi->txWindow/6 + 1). The plus 1 is to avoid
the zero value.
It also renames pi->num_to_ack to a better name: pi->num_acked.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now we can set/get Transmission Window size via sockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We were accepting values bigger than we can accept. This was leading
ERTM to drop packets because of wrong FCS checks.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We ack I-frames on each txWindow/5 I-frames received, but if the sender
stop to send I-frames and it's not a txWindow multiple we can leave some
frames unacked.
So I added a timer to ack I-frames on this case. The timer expires in
200ms.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After receive a RR with P bit set ERTM shall use this funcion to choose
what type of frame to reply with F bit = 1.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It also removes an unneeded check for the MTU. The check is done before
on sco_send_frame()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A while back there was a discussion regarding the rt_secret_interval timer.
Given that we've had the ability to do emergency route cache rebuilds for awhile
now, based on a statistical analysis of the various hash chain lengths in the
cache, the use of the flush timer is somewhat redundant. This patch removes the
rt_secret_interval sysctl, allowing us to rely solely on the statistical
analysis mechanism to determine the need for route cache flushes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.
Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.
Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous
hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include
the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may
confuse drivers.
Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out
which things are going to be reconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ICMP protocol unreachable handling completely disregarded
the fact that the user may have locked the socket. It proceeded
to destroy the association, even though the user may have
held the lock and had a ref on the association. This resulted
in the following:
Attempt to release alive inet socket f6afcc00
=========================
[ BUG: held lock freed! ]
-------------------------
somenu/2672 is freeing memory f6afcc00-f6afcfff, with a lock still held
there!
(sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
1 lock held by somenu/2672:
#0: (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
stack backtrace:
Pid: 2672, comm: somenu Not tainted 2.6.32-telco #55
Call Trace:
[<c1232266>] ? printk+0xf/0x11
[<c1038553>] debug_check_no_locks_freed+0xce/0xff
[<c10620b4>] kmem_cache_free+0x21/0x66
[<c1185f25>] __sk_free+0x9d/0xab
[<c1185f9c>] sk_free+0x1c/0x1e
[<c1216e38>] sctp_association_put+0x32/0x89
[<c1220865>] __sctp_connect+0x36d/0x3f4
[<c122098a>] ? sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
[<c102d073>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x33
[<c12209a8>] sctp_connect+0x31/0x4c
[<c11d1e80>] inet_dgram_connect+0x4b/0x55
[<c11834fa>] sys_connect+0x54/0x71
[<c103a3a2>] ? lock_release_non_nested+0x88/0x239
[<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
[<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
[<c11847ab>] sys_socketcall+0x6d/0x178
[<c10da994>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0xc/0x10
[<c1002959>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb
This was because the sctp_wait_for_connect() would aqcure the socket
lock and then proceed to release the last reference count on the
association, thus cause the fully destruction path to finish freeing
the socket.
The simplest solution is to start a very short timer in case the socket
is owned by user. When the timer expires, we can do some verification
and be able to do the release properly.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix this one:
include/net/sock.h: error: two or more data types in declaration specifiers
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_callback_lock rwlock actually protects sk->sk_sleep pointer, so we
need two atomic operations (and associated dirtying) per incoming
packet.
RCU conversion is pretty much needed :
1) Add a new structure, called "struct socket_wq" to hold all fields
that will need rcu_read_lock() protection (currently: a
wait_queue_head_t and a struct fasync_struct pointer).
[Future patch will add a list anchor for wakeup coalescing]
2) Attach one of such structure to each "struct socket" created in
sock_alloc_inode().
3) Respect RCU grace period when freeing a "struct socket_wq"
4) Change sk_sleep pointer in "struct sock" by sk_wq, pointer to "struct
socket_wq"
5) Change sk_sleep() function to use new sk->sk_wq instead of
sk->sk_sleep
6) Change sk_has_sleeper() to wq_has_sleeper() that must be used inside
a rcu_read_lock() section.
7) Change all sk_has_sleeper() callers to :
- Use rcu_read_lock() instead of read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
- Use wq_has_sleeper() to eventually wakeup tasks.
- Use rcu_read_unlock() instead of read_unlock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
8) sock_wake_async() is modified to use rcu protection as well.
9) Exceptions :
macvtap, drivers/net/tun.c, af_unix use integrated "struct socket_wq"
instead of dynamically allocated ones. They dont need rcu freeing.
Some cleanups or followups are probably needed, (possible
sk_callback_lock conversion to a spinlock for example...).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we create the sctp_datamsg and fragment the user data,
we know exactly if we are sending full segments or not and
how they might be bundled. During this time, we can mark
messages a Nagle capable or not. This makes the check at
transmit time much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Right now, sctp transports are not fully initialized and when
adding any new fields, they have to be explicitely initialized.
This is prone to mistakes. So we switch to calling kzalloc()
which makes things much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The 'resent' bit is used to make sure that we don't update
rto estimate based on retransmitted chunks. However, we already
have the 'rto_pending' bit that we test when need to update rto,
so 'resent' bit is just extra. Additionally, we currently have
a bug in that we always set a 'resent' bit and thus rto estimate
is only updated by Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
In current implementation if ABORT chunk is received with T flag is set
and zero verification tag in COOKIE-WAIT state, the ABORT chunk will be
always accepted. This is because in COOKIE-WAIT state, the endpoint does
not know the peer's verification tag, and it's zero in the endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() is fat and slow (~ 4% of cpu time on some
profiles)
We can test all socket flags at once to make fast path fast again.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queueing a skb to socket, we can immediately release its dst if
target socket do not use IP_CMSG_PKTINFO.
tcp_data_queue() can drop dst too.
This to benefit from a hot cache line and avoid the receiver, possibly
on another cpu, to dirty this cache line himself.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 95766fff ([UDP]: Add memory accounting.),
each received packet needs one extra sock_lock()/sock_release() pair.
This added latency because of possible backlog handling. Then later,
ticket spinlocks added yet another latency source in case of DDOS.
This patch introduces lock_sock_bh() and unlock_sock_bh()
synchronization primitives, avoiding one atomic operation and backlog
processing.
skb_free_datagram_locked() uses them instead of full blown
lock_sock()/release_sock(). skb is orphaned inside locked section for
proper socket memory reclaim, and finally freed outside of it.
UDP receive path now take the socket spinlock only once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ok, version 4
Change Notes:
1) Minor cleanups, from Vlads notes
Summary:
Hey-
Recently, it was reported to me that the kernel could oops in the
following way:
<5> kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:91!
<5> invalid operand: 0000 [#1]
<5> Modules linked in: sctp netconsole nls_utf8 autofs4 sunrpc iptable_filter
ip_tables cpufreq_powersave parport_pc lp parport vmblock(U) vsock(U) vmci(U)
vmxnet(U) vmmemctl(U) vmhgfs(U) acpiphp dm_mirror dm_mod button battery ac md5
ipv6 uhci_hcd ehci_hcd snd_ens1371 snd_rawmidi snd_seq_device snd_pcm_oss
snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd_page_alloc snd_ac97_codec snd soundcore
pcnet32 mii floppy ext3 jbd ata_piix libata mptscsih mptsas mptspi mptscsi
mptbase sd_mod scsi_mod
<5> CPU: 0
<5> EIP: 0060:[<c02bff27>] Not tainted VLI
<5> EFLAGS: 00010216 (2.6.9-89.0.25.EL)
<5> EIP is at skb_over_panic+0x1f/0x2d
<5> eax: 0000002c ebx: c033f461 ecx: c0357d96 edx: c040fd44
<5> esi: c033f461 edi: df653280 ebp: 00000000 esp: c040fd40
<5> ds: 007b es: 007b ss: 0068
<5> Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo=c040f000 task=c0370be0)
<5> Stack: c0357d96 e0c29478 00000084 00000004 c033f461 df653280 d7883180
e0c2947d
<5> 00000000 00000080 df653490 00000004 de4f1ac0 de4f1ac0 00000004
df653490
<5> 00000001 e0c2877a 08000800 de4f1ac0 df653490 00000000 e0c29d2e
00000004
<5> Call Trace:
<5> [<e0c29478>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb0/0x128 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2947d>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb5/0x128 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2877a>] sctp_init_cause+0x3f/0x47 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c29d2e>] sctp_process_unk_param+0xac/0xb8 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c29e90>] sctp_verify_init+0xcc/0x134 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c20322>] sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init+0x83/0x28e [sctp]
<5> [<e0c25333>] sctp_do_sm+0x41/0x77 [sctp]
<5> [<c01555a4>] cache_grow+0x140/0x233
<5> [<e0c26ba1>] sctp_endpoint_bh_rcv+0xc5/0x108 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2b863>] sctp_inq_push+0xe/0x10 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c34600>] sctp_rcv+0x454/0x509 [sctp]
<5> [<e084e017>] ipt_hook+0x17/0x1c [iptable_filter]
<5> [<c02d005e>] nf_iterate+0x40/0x81
<5> [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5> [<c02e0c7f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0xc6/0x151
<5> [<c02d0362>] nf_hook_slow+0x83/0xb5
<5> [<c02e0bb2>] ip_local_deliver+0x1a2/0x1a9
<5> [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5> [<c02e103e>] ip_rcv+0x334/0x3b4
<5> [<c02c66fd>] netif_receive_skb+0x320/0x35b
<5> [<e0a0928b>] init_stall_timer+0x67/0x6a [uhci_hcd]
<5> [<c02c67a4>] process_backlog+0x6c/0xd9
<5> [<c02c690f>] net_rx_action+0xfe/0x1f8
<5> [<c012a7b1>] __do_softirq+0x35/0x79
<5> [<c0107efb>] handle_IRQ_event+0x0/0x4f
<5> [<c01094de>] do_softirq+0x46/0x4d
Its an skb_over_panic BUG halt that results from processing an init chunk in
which too many of its variable length parameters are in some way malformed.
The problem is in sctp_process_unk_param:
if (NULL == *errp)
*errp = sctp_make_op_error_space(asoc, chunk,
ntohs(chunk->chunk_hdr->length));
if (*errp) {
sctp_init_cause(*errp, SCTP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PARAM,
WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)));
sctp_addto_chunk(*errp,
WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)),
param.v);
When we allocate an error chunk, we assume that the worst case scenario requires
that we have chunk_hdr->length data allocated, which would be correct nominally,
given that we call sctp_addto_chunk for the violating parameter. Unfortunately,
we also, in sctp_init_cause insert a sctp_errhdr_t structure into the error
chunk, so the worst case situation in which all parameters are in violation
requires chunk_hdr->length+(sizeof(sctp_errhdr_t)*param_count) bytes of data.
The result of this error is that a deliberately malformed packet sent to a
listening host can cause a remote DOS, described in CVE-2010-1173:
http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=2010-1173
I've tested the below fix and confirmed that it fixes the issue. We move to a
strategy whereby we allocate a fixed size error chunk and ignore errors we don't
have space to report. Tested by me successfully
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try
to figure it out based on other things, but making
it explicit is definitely better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changes:
o Function cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer is changed to do asynchronous
disconnect, not waiting for any response from the modem. Due to this
the function cfcnfg_linkdestroy_rsp does nothing anymore.
o Because disconnect may take down a connection before a connect response
is received the function cfcnfg_linkup_rsp is checking if the client is
still waiting for the response, if not a disconnect request is sent to
the modem.
o cfctrl is no longer keeping track of pending disconnect requests.
o Added function cfctrl_cancel_req, which is used for deleting a pending
connect request if disconnect is done before connect response is received.
o Removed unused function cfctrl_insert_req2
o Added better handling of connect reject from modem.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Added functions cfsrvl_get and cfsrvl_put.
o Added support release_client to use by socket and net device.
o Increase reference counting for in-flight packets from cfmuxl
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Renamed cfcnfg_del_adapt_layer to cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer
o Fixed typo cfcfg to cfcnfg
o Renamed linkid to channel_id
o Updated documentation in caif_dev.h
o Minor formatting changes
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_data_ready() of sctp socket can be called from both BH and non-BH
contexts, but the default sk->sk_data_ready(), sock_def_readable(), can
not be used in this case. Therefore, we have to make a new function
sctp_data_ready() to grab sk->sk_data_ready() with BH disabling.
=========================================================
[ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
2.6.33-rc6 #129
---------------------------------------------------------
sctp_darn/1517 just changed the state of lock:
(clock-AF_INET){++.?..}, at: [<c06aab60>] sock_def_readable+0x20/0x80
but this lock took another, SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
(slock-AF_INET){+.-...}
and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.
other info that might help us debug this:
1 lock held by sctp_darn/1517:
#0: (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<cdfe363d>] sctp_sendmsg+0x23d/0xc00 [sctp]
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now there's no need to use this fuction directly because it's handled by
register_pernet_device. So to make this simple and easy to understand,
make this static to do not tempt potentional users.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current socket backlog limit is not enough to really stop DDOS attacks,
because user thread spend many time to process a full backlog each
round, and user might crazy spin on socket lock.
We should add backlog size and receive_queue size (aka rmem_alloc) to
pace writers, and let user run without being slow down too much.
Introduce a sk_rcvqueues_full() helper, to avoid taking socket lock in
stress situations.
Under huge stress from a multiqueue/RPS enabled NIC, a single flow udp
receiver can now process ~200.000 pps (instead of ~100 pps before the
patch) on a 8 core machine.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Idea from Eric Dumazet.
As for placement inside of struct sock, I tried to choose a place
that otherwise has a 32-bit hole on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan
on the correct virtual interface. All drivers
that currently implement hw_scan only support a
single virtual interface, but that may change
and then we'd want to be ready.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that the mac80211 is choosing dynamic ps timeouts based on the ps-qos
network latency configuration, configure a default value of -1 as the dynamic
ps timeout in cfg80211. This value allows the mac80211 to determine the value
to be used.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__sk_dst_set() might be called while no state can be integrated in a
rcu_dereference_check() condition.
So use rcu_dereference_raw() to shutup lockdep warnings (if
CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is set)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const qualifier on sock argument is misleading, since we can modify rxhash.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 1122 says the following:
...
Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
acknowledgement packets have been received for the
connection within an interval.
...
The acknowledgement packet is reseting the keepalive
timer but the data packet isn't. This patch fixes it by
checking the timestamp of the last received data packet
too when the keepalive timer expires.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to twsk_net() are in some cases protected by reference counting
as an alternative to RCU protection. Cases covered by reference counts
include __inet_twsk_kill(), inet_twsk_free(), inet_twdr_do_twkill_work(),
inet_twdr_twcal_tick(), and tcp_timewait_state_process(). RCU is used
by inet_twsk_purge(). Locking is used by established_get_first()
and established_get_next(). Finally, __inet_twsk_hashdance() is an
initialization case.
It appears to be non-trivial to locate the appropriate locks and
reference counts from within twsk_net(), so used rcu_dereference_raw().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_register() duplicates the template passed to it without modification,
mark the argument as const. Additionally the templates are only needed when
instantiating a new namespace, so mark them as __net_initdata, which means
they can be discarded when CONFIG_NET_NS=n.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Finally add support to detect a local IPV6_DONTFRAG event
and return the relevant data to the user if they've enabled
IPV6_RECVPATHMTU on the socket. The next recvmsg() will
return no data, but have an IPV6_PATHMTU as ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dontfrag argument to relevant functions for
IPV6_DONTFRAG support, as well as allowing the value
to be passed-in via ancillary cmsg data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
V2 Feedback from John Hughes.
- Add header for userspace implementations such as xot/xoe to use
- Use explicit values for interface stability
- No changes to driver patches
V1
- Use identifiers instead of magic numbers for X25 layer 3 to device interface.
- Also fixed checkpatch notes on updated code.
[ Add new user header to include/linux/Kbuild -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Account for TSO segments of an skb in TCP_MIB_OUTSEGS counter. Without
doing this, the counter can be off by orders of magnitude from the
actual number of segments sent.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I updated this from the corresponding
userspace library, an annotation error crept
in -- this variable needs to be annotated as
little endian. No effect on code generation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new function to return the waitqueue of a "struct sock".
static inline wait_queue_head_t *sk_sleep(struct sock *sk)
{
return sk->sk_sleep;
}
Change all read occurrences of sk_sleep by a call to this function.
Needed for a future RCU conversion. sk_sleep wont be a field directly
available.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim.
For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which
cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially
not a magically conjured one :-)
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that
the traffic may be lost after a while.
The detailed phenomenon is
1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get
into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered
successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally.
2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well,
because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the
broadcast trouble.
It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this
issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet.
I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k.
The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and
associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware
supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160.
Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems
to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word
STATUS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers
received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where
the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an
extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS).
The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg
(or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash
table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in
the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on
the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet,
the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table,
if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using
the RPS mechanisms.
The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially
allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple
threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing
CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets--
we consider this a non-starter.
To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash
tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table.
rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU
number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above.
This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows.
rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry
contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current"
CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value
of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at
the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry.
Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented
on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head
count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue,
the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash
entry of the rps_dev_flow_table.
And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu)
the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue
are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the
rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the
rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU
if one of the following is true:
- The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU)
- Current CPU is offline
- The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the
rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced
beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry.
This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been
dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery.
Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages:
1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so
keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2)
this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue
tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion
from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from
device napi_poll which is non-reentrant.
This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets.
It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols.
There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The
"rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of
entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry
"rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow
table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two.
The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves
CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the
applications processing; this can result in increased performance
(higher pps, lower latency).
The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application
load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily
see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more
complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is
much higher this technique seems to perform very well.
Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of
this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR
test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response
test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on
each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf.
e1000e on 8 core Intel
No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU
No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU
RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU
RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev
No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35
RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66
RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm
for each buffer the the tx_info flags.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As Herbert Xu said: we should be able to simply replace ipfragok
with skb->local_df. commit f88037(sctp: Drop ipfargok in sctp_xmit function)
has droped ipfragok and set local_df value properly.
The patch kills the ipfragok parameter of .queue_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix IP DNAT on vlan- or pppoe-encapsulated traffic: The functions
neigh_hh_output() or dst->neighbour->output() overwrite the complete
Ethernet header, although we only need the destination MAC address.
For encapsulated packets, they ended up overwriting the encapsulating
header. The new code copies the Ethernet source MAC address and
protocol number before calling dst->neighbour->output(). The Ethernet
source MAC and protocol number are copied back in place in
br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow(). This also makes the IP DNAT
more transparent because in the old scheme the source MAC of the
bridge was copied into the source address in the Ethernet header. We
also let skb->protocol equal ETH_P_IP resp. ETH_P_IPV6 during the
execution of the PF_INET resp. PF_INET6 hooks.
- Speed up IP DNAT by calling neigh_hh_bridge() instead of
neigh_hh_output(): if dst->hh is available, we already know the MAC
address so we can just copy it.
Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.be>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".
Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ipmr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT_TABLE_DEFAULT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pimreg
devices have the table number appended ("pimregX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pimreg" for
compatibility reasons.
Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.
Example usage:
- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:
uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));
- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:
# ip mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.
As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A following patch will use struct raw_sock to store state for ipmr,
so having the definitions in icmp.h doesn't fit very well anymore.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both functions are equivalent, consolidate them since a following patch
needs a third implementation for multicast routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With latest CONFIG_PROVE_RCU stuff, I felt more comfortable to make this
work.
sk->sk_dst_cache is currently protected by a rwlock (sk_dst_lock)
This rwlock is readlocked for a very small amount of time, and dst
entries are already freed after RCU grace period. This calls for RCU
again :)
This patch converts sk_dst_lock to a spinlock, and use RCU for readers.
__sk_dst_get() is supposed to be called with rcu_read_lock() or if
socket locked by user, so use appropriate rcu_dereference_check()
condition (rcu_read_lock_held() || sock_owned_by_user(sk))
This patch avoids two atomic ops per tx packet on UDP connected sockets,
for example, and permits sk_dst_lock to be much less dirtied.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet: Remove unused send_check length argument
This patch removes the unused length argument from the send_check
function in struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Yinghai <yinghai.lu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Happens because CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY is not enabled, and one of
the helper functions I used did unexpected things in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a patch to stop X.25 examining fields beyond the end of the packet.
For example, when a simple CALL ACCEPTED was received:
10 10 0f
x25_parse_facilities was attempting to decode the FACILITIES field, but this
packet contains no facilities field.
Signed-off-by: John Hughes <john@calva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.
Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__xfrm_lookup() is called for each packet transmitted out of
system. The xfrm_find_bundle() does a linear search which can
kill system performance depending on how many bundles are
required per policy.
This modifies __xfrm_lookup() to store bundles directly in
the flow cache. If we did not get a hit, we just create a new
bundle instead of doing slow search. This means that we can now
get multiple xfrm_dst's for same flow (on per-cpu basis).
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to validate the cached object before returning it.
It also allows to destruct object properly, if the last reference
was held in flow cache. This is also a prepartion for caching
bundles in the flow cache.
In return for virtualizing the methods, we save on:
- not having to regenerate the whole flow cache on policy removal:
each flow matching a killed policy gets refreshed as the getter
function notices it smartly.
- we do not have to call flow_cache_flush from policy gc, since the
flow cache now properly deletes the object if it had any references
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9p: saving negative to unsigned char
9p: return on mutex_lock_interruptible()
9p: Creating files with names too long should fail with ENAMETOOLONG.
9p: Make sure we are able to clunk the cached fid on umount
9p: drop nlink remove
fs/9p: Clunk the fid resulting from partial walk of the name
9p: documentation update
9p: Fix setting of protocol flags in v9fs_session_info structure.
dcache prune happen on umount. So we cannot mark the client
satus disconnect. That will prevent a 9p call to the server
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list.
+uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global"
variant) instead of a function parameter.
+removes dev_mcast.c completely.
+exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for
manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers)
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The head element of rt6_info{} is dst_entry{}, and
IPv6 specific elements follow.
Because elements at the end of dst_entry{} are frequently
updated, it is not good to put frequently-used static
elements, such as rt6i_idev, rt6i_dst or rt6i_flags in the
same cache line.
On the other hand, fib6_table, rt6i_node or rt6i_gateway are
rarely used, so it is okay to stay in the same cache line.
Let's rearrange rt6_info{}.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of my test machine got a deadlock during "tc" sessions,
adding/deleting classes & filters, using traffic estimators.
After some analysis, I believe we have a potential use after free case
in est_timer() :
spin_lock(e->stats_lock); << HERE >>
read_lock(&est_lock);
if (e->bstats == NULL) << TEST >>
goto skip;
Test is done a bit late, because after estimator is killed, and before
rcu grace period elapsed, we might already have freed/reuse memory where
e->stats_locks points to (some qdisc->q.lock)
A possible fix is to respect a rcu grace period at Qdisc dismantle time.
On 64bit, sizeof(struct Qdisc) is exactly 192 bytes. Adding 16 bytes to
it (for struct rcu_head) is a problem because it might change
performance, given QDISC_ALIGNTO is 32 bytes.
This is why I also change QDISC_ALIGNTO to 64 bytes, to satisfy most
current alignment requirements.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because we have ensured that the argument is non-zero,
it is better to use __fls() and generate better code.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Header files for CAIF Link layer net-device,
and link-layer registration.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add include files for the CAIF Core protocol stack.
caif_layer.h - Defines the structure of the CAIF protocol layers
cfcnfg.h - CAIF Configuration Module for services and link layers
cfctrl.h - CAIF Control Protocol Layer
cffrml.h - CAIF Framing Layer
cfmuxl.h - CAIF Muxing Layer
cfpkt.h - CAIF Packet layer (skb helper functions)
cfserl.h - CAIF Serial Layer
cfsrvl.h - CAIF Service Layer
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.
For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for basic configuration of a connection quality monitoring to the
nl80211 interface, and basic support for notifying about triggered monitoring
events.
Via this interface a user-space connection manager may configure and receive
pre-warning events of deteriorating WLAN connection quality, and start
preparing for roaming in advance, before the connection is already lost.
An example usage of such a trigger is starting scanning for nearby AP's in
an attempt to find one with better connection quality, and associate to it
before the connection characteristics of the existing connection become too bad
or the association is even lost, leading in a prolonged delay in connectivity.
The interface currently supports only RSSI, but it could be later extended
to include other parameters, such as signal-to-noise ratio, if need for that
arises.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.
The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.
Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is no point to align or pad mibs to cache lines, they are per cpu
allocated with a 8 bytes alignment anyway.
This wastes space for no gain. This patch removes __SNMP_MIB_ALIGN__
Since SNMP mibs contain "unsigned long" fields only, we can relax the
allocation alignment from "unsigned long long" to "unsigned long"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the debug files ended up wrongly in sysfs, because at that point
of time, debugfs didn't exist. Convert these files to use debugfs and
also seq_file. This patch converts all of these files at once and then
removes the exported symbol for the Bluetooth sysfs class.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Convert to list macro's for the list of addresses per interface
in IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert from reader/writer lock to RCU and spinlock for addrconf
hash list.
Adds an additional helper macro for hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
to handle the continue case.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using hash list macros, simplifies code and helps later RCU.
This patch includes some initialization that is not strictly necessary,
since an empty hlist node/list is all zero; and list is in BSS
and node is allocated with kzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use list macros instead of open coded linked list.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a unaligned access in nla_get_be64() that was
introduced by myself in a17c859849.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9p: Skip check for mandatory locks when unlocking
9p: Fixes a simple bug enabling writes beyond 2GB.
9p: Change the name of new protocol from 9p2010.L to 9p2000.L
fs/9p: re-init the wstat in readdir loop
net/9p: Add sysfs mount_tag file for virtio 9P device
net/9p: Use the tag name in the config space for identifying mount point
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (108 commits)
bridge: ensure to unlock in error path in br_multicast_query().
drivers/net/tulip/eeprom.c: fix bogus "(null)" in tulip init messages
sky2: Avoid rtnl_unlock without rtnl_lock
ipv6: Send netlink notification when DAD fails
drivers/net/tg3.c: change the field used with the TG3_FLAG_10_100_ONLY constant
ipconfig: Handle devices which take some time to come up.
mac80211: Fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_write()
mac80211: Fix (dynamic) power save entry
ipw2200: use kmalloc for large local variables
ath5k: read eeprom IQ calibration values correctly for G mode
ath5k: fix I/Q calibration (for real)
ath5k: fix TSF reset
ath5k: use fixed antenna for tx descriptors
libipw: split ieee->networks into small pieces
mac80211: Fix sta_mtx unlocking on insert STA failure path
rt2x00: remove KSEG1ADDR define from rt2x00soc.h
net: add ColdFire support to the smc91x driver
asix: fix setting mac address for AX88772
ipv6 ip6_tunnel: eliminate unused recursion field from ip6_tnl{}.
net: Fix dev_mc_add()
...
This patch changes the name of the new 9P protocol from 9p2010.L to
9p2000.u. This is because we learnt that the name 9p2010 is already
being used by others.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (56 commits)
doc: fix typo in comment explaining rb_tree usage
Remove fs/ntfs/ChangeLog
doc: fix console doc typo
doc: cpuset: Update the cpuset flag file
Fix of spelling in arch/sparc/kernel/leon_kernel.c no longer needed
Remove drivers/parport/ChangeLog
Remove drivers/char/ChangeLog
doc: typo - Table 1-2 should refer to "status", not "statm"
tree-wide: fix typos "ass?o[sc]iac?te" -> "associate" in comments
No need to patch AMD-provided drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
devres/irq: Fix devm_irq_match comment
Remove reference to kthread_create_on_cpu
tree-wide: Assorted spelling fixes
tree-wide: fix 'lenght' typo in comments and code
drm/kms: fix spelling in error message
doc: capitalization and other minor fixes in pnp doc
devres: typo fix s/dev/devm/
Remove redundant trailing semicolons from macros
fix typo "definetly" -> "definitely" in comment
tree-wide: s/widht/width/g typo in comments
...
Fix trivial conflict in Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX
Remove INIT_NSPROXY(), use C99 initializer.
Remove INIT_IPC_NS(), INIT_NET_NS() while I'm at it.
Note: headers trim will be done later, now it's quite pointless because
results will be invalidated by merge window.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit a43912ab19... ("tunnel: eliminate recursion field") eliminated
use of recursion field from tunnel structures, but its definition
still exists in ip6_tnl{}.
Let's remove that unused field.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.
Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the "__must_check" tag to sk_add_backlog() so that any failure to
check and drop packets will be warned about.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPV6_PREFER_SRC_xxx definitions:
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_TMP 0x0001
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_PUBLIC 0x0002
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_COA 0x0004
RT6_LOOKUP_F_xxx definitions:
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_TMP 0x00000008
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_PUBLIC 0x00000010
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_COA 0x00000020
So, we can translate between these two groups by shift operation
instead of multiple 'if's.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog -> __sk_add_backlog
sk_add_backlog_limited -> sk_add_backlog
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We got system OOM while running some UDP netperf testing on the loopback
device. The case is multiple senders sent stream UDP packets to a single
receiver via loopback on local host. Of course, the receiver is not able
to handle all the packets in time. But we surprisingly found that these
packets were not discarded due to the receiver's sk->sk_rcvbuf limit.
Instead, they are kept queuing to sk->sk_backlog and finally ate up all
the memory. We believe this is a secure hole that a none privileged user
can crash the system.
The root cause for this problem is, when the receiver is doing
__release_sock() (i.e. after userspace recv, kernel udp_recvmsg ->
skb_free_datagram_locked -> release_sock), it moves skbs from backlog to
sk_receive_queue with the softirq enabled. In the above case, multiple
busy senders will almost make it an endless loop. The skbs in the
backlog end up eat all the system memory.
The issue is not only for UDP. Any protocols using socket backlog is
potentially affected. The patch adds limit for socket backlog so that
the backlog size cannot be expanded endlessly.
Reported-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru
Cc: "Pekka Savola (ipv6)" <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes 'dotu' variable and make everything dependent
on 'proto_version' field.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add new mount V9FS mount option to specify protocol version
This patch adds a new mount option to specify protocol version.
With this option it is possible to use "-o version=" switch to
specify 9P protocol version to use. Valid options for version
are:
9p2000
9p2000.u
9p2010.L
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Decreases the odds wakee will suffer from frequent cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.
This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.
Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I merged the bundle creation code, I introduced a bogus
flowi value in the bundle. Instead of getting from the caller,
it was instead set to the flow in the route object, which is
totally different.
The end result is that the bundles we created never match, and
we instead end up with an ever growing bundle list.
Thanks to Jamal for find this problem.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the Bluetooth 3.0 specification and the introduction of alternate
MAC/PHY (AMP) support, it is required to differentiate between primary
BR/EDR controllers and 802.11 AMP controllers. So introduce a special
type inside HCI device for differentiation.
For now all AMP controllers will be treated as raw devices until an
AMP manager has been implemented.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The output of the inquiry cache is only useful for debugging purposes
and so move it into debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100
Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though
rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING
in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup,
rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes
and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well.
Two examples:
# add macvlan to eth0
#
$ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN
link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500
link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a
[ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
[ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE
[ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084
[ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic
valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec
# add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down
#
$ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000
RTNETLINK answers: Network is down
<no events>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4291 section 2.4 states that all uncategorized addresses
should be considered as Global Unicast.
This will remove IPV6_ADDR_RESERVED completely
and return IPV6_ADDR_UNICAST in ipv6_addr_type() instead.
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update rcu_dereference() primitives to use new lockdep-based
checking. The rcu_dereference() in __in6_dev_get() may be
protected either by rcu_read_lock() or RTNL, per Eric Dumazet.
The rcu_dereference() in __sk_free() is protected by the fact
that it is never reached if an update could change it. Check
for this by using rcu_dereference_check() to verify that the
struct sock's ->sk_wmem_alloc counter is zero.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josh@joshtriplett.org
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
Cc: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Cc: dhowells@redhat.com
LKML-Reference: <1266887105-1528-5-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
pass mark to all SP lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pass mark to all SA lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic structuring and accessors for xfrm mark
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert AF_PACKET to use RCU, eliminating one more reader/writer lock.
There is no need for a real sk_del_node_init_rcu(), because sk_del_node_init
is doing the equivalent thing to hlst_del_init_rcu already; but added
some comments to try and make that obvious.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch enables fast retransmissions after one dupACK for
TCP if the stream is identified as thin. This will reduce
latencies for thin streams that are not able to trigger fast
retransmissions due to high packet interarrival time. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will make TCP use only linear timeouts if the
stream is thin. This will help to avoid the very high latencies
that thin stream suffer because of exponential backoff. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin. A maximum of 6 linear
timeouts is tried before exponential backoff is resumed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inline function to dynamically detect thin streams based on
the number of packets in flight. Used to dynamically trigger
thin-stream mechanisms if enabled by ioctl or sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make remaining netlink policies as const.
Fixup coding style where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>, compilation
of nf_defrag_ipv4 fails with:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:94: error: field 'ct_general' has incomplete type
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:178: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:185: error: implicit declaration of function 'nf_conntrack_put'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:294: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:45: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:46: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/nf_conntrack.h must not be included with NF_CONNTRACK=n, add a
few #ifdefs. Long term the header file should be fixed to be usable
even with NF_CONNTRACK=n.
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Enhance IPVS to load balance SCTP transport protocol packets. This is done
based on the SCTP rfc 4960. All possible control chunks have been taken
care. The state machine used in this code looks some what lengthy. I tried
to make the state machine easy to understand.
Signed-off-by: Venkata Mohan Reddy Koppula <mohanreddykv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Only used for writing, so convert to spinlock
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __percpu sparse annotations to net.
These annotations are to make sparse consider percpu variables to be
in a different address space and warn if accessed without going
through percpu accessors. This patch doesn't affect normal builds.
The macro and type tricks around snmp stats make things a bit
interesting. DEFINE/DECLARE_SNMP_STAT() macros mark the target field
as __percpu and SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS() macro is updated accordingly. All
snmp_mib_*() users which used to cast the argument to (void **) are
updated to cast it to (void __percpu **).
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop computing the number of neighbour table settings we have by
counting the number of binary sysctls. This behaviour was silly
and meant that we could not add another neighbour table setting
without also adding another binary sysctl.
Don't pass the binary sysctl path for neighour table entries
into neigh_sysctl_register. These parameters are no longer
used and so are just dead code.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Normally, each connection needs a unique identity. Conntrack zones allow
to specify a numerical zone using the CT target, connections in different
zones can use the same identity.
Example:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i veth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -o veth1 -j CT --zone 1
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The error handlers might need the template to get the conntrack zone
introduced in the next patches to perform a conntrack lookup.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function name must be followed by a space, hypen, space, and a
short description.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kernel side should use uxx instead of __uxx types
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the fib size exceeds what can be dumped in a single skb, the
dump is suspended and resumed once the last skb has been received
by userspace. When the fib is changed while the dump is suspended,
the walker might contain stale pointers, causing a crash when the
dump is resumed.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000018
IP: [<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
PGD 5347a067 PUD 65c7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
...
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa01bce04>]
[<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8104aca3>] ? mutex_spin_on_owner+0x59/0x71
[<ffffffffa01bd105>] inet6_dump_fib+0x11b/0x1b9 [ipv6]
[<ffffffff81371af4>] netlink_dump+0x5b/0x19e
[<ffffffff8134f288>] ? consume_skb+0x28/0x2a
[<ffffffff81373b69>] netlink_recvmsg+0x1ab/0x2c6
[<ffffffff81372781>] ? netlink_unicast+0xfa/0x151
[<ffffffff813483e0>] __sock_recvmsg+0x6d/0x79
[<ffffffff81348a53>] sock_recvmsg+0xca/0xe3
[<ffffffff81066d4b>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x38
[<ffffffff811ed1f8>] ? radix_tree_lookup_slot+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff810b3ed7>] ? find_get_page+0x90/0xa5
[<ffffffff810b5dc5>] ? filemap_fault+0x201/0x34f
[<ffffffff810ef152>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0xac
[<ffffffff813519e7>] ? verify_iovec+0x4f/0x94
[<ffffffff81349a65>] sys_recvmsg+0x14d/0x223
Store the serial number when beginning to walk the fib and reload
pointers when continuing to walk after a change occured. Similar
to other dumping functions, this might cause unrelated entries to
be missed when entries are deleted.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove #ifdef at nf_ct_exp_net() by using nf_ct_net().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() can currently only handle a single mangling
per window because it only maintains two sequence adjustment positions:
the one before the last adjustment and the one after.
This patch makes sequence number adjustment tracking in
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() optional and allows a helper to manually
update the offsets after the packet has been fully handled.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make the output a bit more informative by showing the helper an expectation
belongs to and the expectation class.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
get_tx_stats() driver operation is not currently used anywhere in mac80211
and there are no plans to use it in the not-so-near future. So it can go
without anyone missing it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upstream radiotap has adopted the namespace
proposal David Young made and I then took care
of, for which I had adapted the radiotap parser
as a library outside the kernel. This brings
the in-kernel parser up to speed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As noticed by Jon Masters <jonathan@jonmasters.org>, the conntrack hash
size is global and not per namespace, but modifiable at runtime through
/sys/module/nf_conntrack/hashsize. Changing the hash size will only
resize the hash in the current namespace however, so other namespaces
will use an invalid hash size. This can cause crashes when enlarging
the hashsize, or false negative lookups when shrinking it.
Move the hash size into the per-namespace data and only use the global
hash size to initialize the per-namespace value when instanciating a
new namespace. Additionally restrict hash resizing to init_net for
now as other namespaces are not handled currently.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_conntrack_cachep is currently shared by all netns instances, but
because of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU special semantics, this is wrong.
If we use a shared slab cache, one object can instantly flight between
one hash table (netns ONE) to another one (netns TWO), and concurrent
reader (doing a lookup in netns ONE, 'finding' an object of netns TWO)
can be fooled without notice, because no RCU grace period has to be
observed between object freeing and its reuse.
We dont have this problem with UDP/TCP slab caches because TCP/UDP
hashtables are global to the machine (and each object has a pointer to
its netns).
If we use per netns conntrack hash tables, we also *must* use per netns
conntrack slab caches, to guarantee an object can not escape from one
namespace to another one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
[Patrick: added unique slab name allocation]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a new target for the raw table, which can be used to specify conntrack
parameters for specific connections, f.i. the conntrack helper.
The target attaches a "template" connection tracking entry to the skb, which
is used by the conntrack core when initializing a new conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Support initializing selected parameters of new conntrack entries from a
"conntrack template", which is a specially marked conntrack entry attached
to the skb.
Currently the helper and the event delivery masks can be initialized this
way.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add two masks for conntrack end expectation events to struct nf_conntrack_ecache
and use them to filter events. Their default value is "all events" when the
event sysctl is on and "no events" when it is off. A following patch will add
specific initializations. Expectation events depend on the ecache struct of
their master conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Split up the IPCT_STATUS event into an IPCT_REPLY event, which is generated
when the IPS_SEEN_REPLY bit is set, and an IPCT_ASSURED event, which is
generated when the IPS_ASSURED bit is set.
In combination with a following patch to support selective event delivery,
this can be used for "sparse" conntrack replication: start replicating the
conntrack entry after it reached the ASSURED state and that way it's SYN-flood
resistant.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make sure not to assign a helper for a different network or transport
layer protocol to a connection.
Additionally change expectation deletion by helper to compare the name
directly - there might be multiple helper registrations using the same
name, currently one of them is chosen in an unpredictable manner and
only those expectations are removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When an injected frame gets buffered for a powersave STA or filtered
and retransmitted, mac80211 attempts to parse the radiotap header
again, which doesn't work because it's gone at that point.
This patch adds a new flag for checking the availability of a radiotap
header, so that it only attempts to parse it once, reusing the tx info
on the next call to ieee80211_tx().
This fixes severe issues with rekeying in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a new regulatory hint to be used when we know all
devices have been disconnected and idle. This can happen
when we suspend, for instance. When we disconnect we can
no longer assume the same regulatory rules learned from
a country IE or beacon hints are applicable so restore
regulatory settings to an initial state.
Since driver hints are cached on the wiphy that called
the hint, those hints are not reproduced onto cfg80211
as the wiphy will respect its own wiphy->regd regardless.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds an additional queuing strategy, called pfifo_head_drop,
to remove the oldest skb in the case of an overflow within the queue -
the head element - instead of the last skb (tail). To remove the oldest
skb in congested situations is useful for sensor network environments
where newer packets reflect the superior information.
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure about rcu stuff near kmem cache destruction:
* checks for non-empty hashes look bogus, they're done _before_
rcu_berrier()
* unregistering netns ops is done before kmem_cache destoy
(as it should), and unregistering involves rcu barriers by itself
So it looks nothing should be done.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because DTIM information is required for powersave
but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon
before enabling powersave, and change the way the
information is conveyed to the driver accordingly.
mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but
requires the DTIM period in a different way; after
talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do
the parsing itself in the finalize_join work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new function (previously a static function
called just "find_ie" can be used to find a
specific IE in a buffer of IEs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of
update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all
RX code is run inside rcu critical section.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GC is non-existent in netns, so after you hit GC threshold, no new
dst entries will be created until someone triggers cleanup in init_net.
Make xfrm4_dst_ops and xfrm6_dst_ops per-netns.
This is not done in a generic way, because it woule waste
(AF_MAX - 2) * sizeof(struct dst_ops) bytes per-netns.
Reorder GC threshold initialization so it'd be done before registering
XFRM policies.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"ip xfrm state|policy count" report SA/SP count from init_net,
not from netns of caller process.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a device has multiple MAC addresses, userspace will
need to know about that. Similarly, if it allows the
MAC addresses to vary by a bitmask.
If a driver exports multiple addresses, it is assumed
that it will be able to deal with that many different
addresses, which need not necessarily match the ones
programmed into the device; if a mask is set then the
device should deal addresses within that mask based
on an arbitrary "base address".
To test it all and show how it is used, add support
to hwsim even though it can't actually deal with
addresses different from the default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station
pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can
use that to store their own data. We also need to pass
the virtual interface pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use macro to define high/low thresh value, refer to IPV6_FRAG_TIMEOUT.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In an earlier commit,
mac80211: disable software retry for now
Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to
software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns
out that we've never done that correctly, but due to
some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've
added a comment in the patch that explains the problem
better and also points to possible solutions -- which
I can't implement right now.
I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames
because it was broken. With the work of the previous
patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it
by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't
be modified, but still running it through the transmit
handlers to populate the control information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we don't increment SYN-ACK timeouts & retransmissions
although we do increment the same stats for SYN. We seem to have lost
the SYN-ACK accounting with the introduction of tcp_syn_recv_timer
(commit 2248761e in the netdev-vger-cvs tree).
This patch fixes this issue. In the process we also rename the v4/v6
syn/ack retransmit functions for clarity. We also add a new
request_socket operations (syn_ack_timeout) so we can keep code in
inet_connection_sock.c protocol agnostic.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrong ax25_cb refcounting in ax25_send_frame() and by its callers can
cause timer oopses (first reported with 2.6.29.6 kernel).
Fixes: http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14905
Reported-by: Bernard Pidoux <bpidoux@free.fr>
Tested-by: Bernard Pidoux <bpidoux@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave
support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what
drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: fix build erros with CONFIG_BUG=n, CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG=n
ipv6: skb_dst() can be NULL in ipv6_hop_jumbo().
tg3: Update copyright and driver version
tg3: Disable 5717 serdes and B0 support
tg3: Add reliable serdes detection for 5717 A0
tg3: Fix std rx prod ring handling
tg3: Fix std prod ring nicaddr for 5787 and 57765
sfc: Fix conditions for MDIO self-test
sfc: Fix polling for slow MCDI operations
e1000e: workaround link issues on busy hub in half duplex on 82577/82578
e1000e: MDIO slow mode should always be done for 82577
ixgbe: update copyright dates
ixgbe: Do not attempt to perform interrupts in netpoll when down
cfg80211: fix refcount imbalance when wext is disabled
mac80211: fix queue selection for data frames on monitor interfaces
iwlwifi: silence buffer overflow warning
iwlwifi: disable tx on beacon update notification
iwlwifi: fix iwl_queue_used bug when read_ptr == write_ptr
mac80211: fix endian error
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames
...
Fixed build errors introduced by commit 7ad6848c (ip: fix mc_loop
checks for tunnels with multicast outer addresses)
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (56 commits)
sky2: Fix oops in sky2_xmit_frame() after TX timeout
Documentation/3c509: document ethtool support
af_packet: Don't use skb after dev_queue_xmit()
vxge: use pci_dma_mapping_error to test return value
netfilter: ebtables: enforce CAP_NET_ADMIN
e1000e: fix and commonize code for setting the receive address registers
e1000e: e1000e_enable_tx_pkt_filtering() returns wrong value
e1000e: perform 10/100 adaptive IFS only on parts that support it
e1000e: don't accumulate PHY statistics on PHY read failure
e1000e: call pci_save_state() after pci_restore_state()
netxen: update version to 4.0.72
netxen: fix set mac addr
netxen: fix smatch warning
netxen: fix tx ring memory leak
tcp: update the netstamp_needed counter when cloning sockets
TI DaVinci EMAC: Handle emac module clock correctly.
dmfe/tulip: Let dmfe handle DM910x except for SPARC on-board chips
ixgbe: Fix compiler warning about variable being used uninitialized
netfilter: nf_ct_ftp: fix out of bounds read in update_nl_seq()
mv643xx_eth: don't include cache padding in rx desc buffer size
...
Fix trivial conflict in drivers/scsi/cxgb3i/cxgb3i_offload.c
Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The
idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered
frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it
possible to save even more power.
Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current
implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and
hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported.
Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running
various test traffic with ping.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Store information elements from Beacon and Probe Response frames in
separate buffers to allow both sets to be made available through
nl80211. This allows user space applications to get access to IEs from
Beacon frames even if we have received Probe Response frames from the
BSS. Previously, the IEs from Probe Response frames would have
overridden the IEs from Beacon frames.
This feature is of somewhat limited use since most protocols include
the same (or extended) information in Probe Response frames. However,
there are couple of exceptions where the IEs from Beacon frames could
be of some use: TIM IE is only included in Beacon frames (and it would
be needed to figure out the DTIM period used in the BSS) and at least
some implementations of Wireless Provisioning Services seem to include
the full IE only in Beacon frames).
The new BSS attribute for scan results is added to allow both the IE
sets to be delivered. This is done in a way that maintains the
previously used behavior for applications that are not aware of the
new NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template
for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which
creates the template and drivers send it to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission
of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible
for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211,
that way all drivers can benefit from this.
Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get()
which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible
for updating the templates after each association.
Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it
easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK command and related
attributes to provide support for setting TX rate mask for rate
control. This uses the existing cfg80211 set_bitrate_mask operation
that was previously used only with WEXT compat code (SIOCSIWRATE). The
nl80211 command allows more generic configuration of allowed rates as
a mask instead of fixed/max rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask
instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change
itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it
prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting
which rates can be used in TX rate control.
Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm
unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now
be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to
optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled.
The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained
(but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing
RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to
use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the basic rate set is configured to not include the lowest rate
(e.g., basic rate set = 6, 12, 24 Mbps in IEEE 802.11g mode), the AP
should not send out broadcast frames at 1 Mbps. This type of
configuration can be used to optimize channel usage in cases where
there is no need for backwards compatibility with IEEE 802.11b-only
devices.
In AP mode, mac80211 was unconditionally using the lowest rate for
Beacon frames and similarly, with all rate control algorithms that use
rate_control_send_low(), the lowest rate ended up being used for all
broadcast frames (and all unicast frames that are sent before
association). Change this to take into account the basic rate
configuration in AP mode, i.e., use the lowest rate in the basic rate
set instead of the lowest supported rate when selecting the rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK
timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional,
but it's essential for long distance links.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new attribute NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS sets IEEE 802.11
Coverage Class, which depends on maximum distance of nodes in a
wireless network. It's required for long distance links (more than a few
hundred meters).
The attribute is now ignored by two non-mac80211 drivers, rndis and
iwmc3200wifi, together with WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT and
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG. If it turns out to be a problem, we could split
set_wiphy_params callback or add new capability bits.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the kernel portions needed to implement
RFC 5082 Generalized TTL Security Mechanism (GTSM).
It is a lightweight security measure against forged
packets causing DoS attacks (for BGP).
This is already implemented the same way in BSD kernels.
For the necessary Quagga patch
http://www.gossamer-threads.com/lists/quagga/dev/17389
Description from Cisco
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/12_3t/12_3t7/feature/guide/gt_btsh.html
It does add one byte to each socket structure, but I did
a little rearrangement to reuse a hole (on 64 bit), but it
does grow the structure on 32 bit
This should be documented on ip(4) man page and the Glibc in.h
file also needs update. IPV6_MINHOPLIMIT should also be added
(although BSD doesn't support that).
Only TCP is supported, but could also be added to UDP, DCCP, SCTP
if desired.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send aligned pipe payload if requested to do so. Then, the socket buffer
needs not be fragmented anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer Nokia cellular modems can use aligned payload for their GPRS pipe.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have L3 tunnels with different inner/outer families
(i.e. IPV4/IPV6) which use a multicast address as the outer tunnel
destination address, multicast packets will be loopbacked back to the
sending socket even if IP*_MULTICAST_LOOP is set to disabled.
The mc_loop flag is present in the family specific part of the socket
(e.g. the IPv4 or IPv4 specific part). setsockopt sets the inner
family mc_loop flag. When the packet is pushed through the L3 tunnel
it will eventually be processed by the outer family which if different
will check the flag in a different part of the socket then it was set.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was very frustrated about the fact that I have to recompile the kernel
to change the hash size. So, I created this patch.
If IPVS is built-in you can append ip_vs.conn_tab_bits=?? to kernel
command line, or, if you built IPVS as modules, you can add
options ip_vs conn_tab_bits=??.
To keep everything backward compatible, you still can select the size at
compile time, and that will be used as default.
It has been about a year since this patch was originally posted
and subsequently dropped on the basis of insufficient test data.
Mark Bergsma has provided the following test results which seem
to strongly support the need for larger hash table sizes:
We do however run into the same problem with the default setting (212 =
4096 entries), as most of our LVS balancers handle around a million
connections/SLAB entries at any point in time (around 100-150 kpps
load). With only 4096 hash table entries this implies that each entry
consists of a linked list of 256 connections *on average*.
To provide some statistics, I did an oprofile run on an 2.6.31 kernel,
with both the default 4096 table size, and the same kernel recompiled
with IP_VS_CONN_TAB_BITS set to 18 (218 = 262144 entries). I built a
quick test setup with a part of Wikimedia/Wikipedia's live traffic
mirrored by the switch to the test host.
With the default setting, at ~ 120 kpps packet load we saw a typical %si
CPU usage of around 30-35%, and oprofile reported a hot spot in
ip_vs_conn_in_get:
samples % image name app name
symbol name
1719761 42.3741 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_in_get
302577 7.4554 bnx2 bnx2 /bnx2
181984 4.4840 vmlinux vmlinux __ticket_spin_lock
128636 3.1695 vmlinux vmlinux ip_route_input
74345 1.8318 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_out_get
68482 1.6874 vmlinux vmlinux mwait_idle
After loading the recompiled kernel with 218 entries, %si CPU usage
dropped in half to around 12-18%, and oprofile looks much healthier,
with only 7% spent in ip_vs_conn_in_get:
samples % image name app name
symbol name
265641 14.4616 bnx2 bnx2 /bnx2
143251 7.7986 vmlinux vmlinux __ticket_spin_lock
140661 7.6576 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_in_get
94364 5.1372 vmlinux vmlinux mwait_idle
86267 4.6964 vmlinux vmlinux ip_route_input
[ horms@verge.net.au: trivial up-port and minor style fixes ]
Signed-off-by: Catalin(ux) M. BOIE <catab@embedromix.ro>
Cc: Mark Bergsma <mark@wikimedia.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (74 commits)
Revert "b43: Enforce DMA descriptor memory constraints"
iwmc3200wifi: fix array out-of-boundary access
wl1251: timeout one too soon in wl1251_boot_run_firmware()
mac80211: fix propagation of failed hardware reconfigurations
mac80211: fix race with suspend and dynamic_ps_disable_work
ath9k: fix missed error codes in the tx status check
ath9k: wake hardware during AMPDU TX actions
ath9k: wake hardware for interface IBSS/AP/Mesh removal
ath9k: fix suspend by waking device prior to stop
cfg80211: fix error path in cfg80211_wext_siwscan
wl1271_cmd.c: cleanup char => u8
iwlwifi: Storage class should be before const qualifier
ath9k: Storage class should be before const qualifier
cfg80211: fix race between deauth and assoc response
wireless: remove remaining qual code
rt2x00: Add USB ID for Linksys WUSB 600N rev 2.
ath5k: fix SWI calibration interrupt storm
mac80211: fix ibss join with fixed-bssid
libertas: Remove carrier signaling from the scan code
orinoco: fix GFP_KERNEL in orinoco_set_key with interrupts disabled
...
To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context,
annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time,
also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts.
mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on
the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be
removed in the future.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available
in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead
of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the
mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic
patch:
@@
identifier conf, fn, hw;
type tp;
@@
tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
-struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf)
+struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
<...
(
-conf->type
+vif->type
|
-conf->mac_addr
+vif->addr
|
-conf->vif
+vif
)
...>
}
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When, for instance, a new IBSS peer is found, userspace
wants to be notified. Add events for all new stations
that mac80211 learns about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new commands for requesting the driver to remain awake
on a specified channel for the specified amount of time
(and another command to cancel such an operation). This
can be used to implement userspace-controlled off-channel
operations, like Public Action frame exchange on another
channel than the operation channel.
The off-channel operation should behave similarly to scan,
i.e. the local station (if associated) moves into power
save mode to request the AP to buffer frames for it and
then moves to the other channel to allow the off-channel
operation to be completed. The duration parameter can be
used to request enough time to receive a response from
the target station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames
have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel
for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers
can implement to provide that confirmation, and use
it in a few places:
* before scanning sends the nullfunc frames
* after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any
* when going idle, to send any pending frames
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the remaining users of the rx status
'qual' field and the field itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For the cases where a lot of interfaces are used in conjunction with a
lot of LLC sockets bound to the same SAP, the iteration of the socket
list becomes prohibitively expensive.
Replacing the list with a a local address based hash significantly
improves the bind and listener lookup operations as well as the
datagram delivery.
Connected sockets delivery is also improved, but this patch does not
address the case where we have lots of sockets with the same local
address connected to different remote addresses.
In order to keep the socket sanity checks alive and fast a socket
counter was added to the SAP structure.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a per SAP device based hash table to solve the
multicast delivery scalability issue when we have large number of
interfaces and a large number of sockets bound to the same SAP.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the reclamation phase we use the SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU mechanism,
which require some extra checks in the lookup code:
a) If the current socket was released, reallocated & inserted in
another list it will short circuit the iteration for the current list,
thus we need to restart the lookup.
b) If the current socket was released, reallocated & inserted in the
same list we just need to recheck it matches the look-up criteria and
if not we can skip to the next element.
In this case there is no need to restart the lookup, since sockets are
inserted at the start of the list and the worst that will happen is
that we will iterate throught some of the list elements more then
once.
Note that the /proc and multicast delivery was not yet converted to
RCU, it still uses spinlocks for protection.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rtnetlink init_rcvwnd to set the TCP initial receive window size
advertised by passive and active TCP connections.
The current Linux TCP implementation limits the advertised TCP initial
receive window to the one prescribed by slow start. For short lived
TCP connections used for transaction type of traffic (i.e. http
requests), bounding the advertised TCP initial receive window results
in increased latency to complete the transaction.
Support for setting initial congestion window is already supported
using rtnetlink init_cwnd, but the feature is useless without the
ability to set a larger TCP initial receive window.
The rtnetlink init_rcvwnd allows increasing the TCP initial receive
window, allowing TCP connection to advertise larger TCP receive window
than the ones bounded by slow start.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_push checks tcp_send_head and calls __tcp_push_pending_frames,
which again checks tcp_send_head, and this unnecessary check is
done for every other caller of __tcp_push_pending_frames.
Remove tcp_send_head check in __tcp_push_pending_frames and add
the check to tcp_push_pending_frames. Other functions call
__tcp_push_pending_frames only when tcp_send_head would evaluate
to true.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the
driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action
frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode.
Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that
just logs the requested mode.
For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only,
and let you toggle the requested mode at any time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more
drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
net: sh_eth alignment fix for sh7724 using NET_IP_ALIGN V2
ixgbe: allow tx of pre-formatted vlan tagged packets
ixgbe: Fix 82598 premature copper PHY link indicatation
ixgbe: Fix tx_restart_queue/non_eop_desc statistics counters
bcm63xx_enet: fix compilation failure after get_stats_count removal
packet: dont call sleeping functions while holding rcu_read_lock()
tcp: Revert per-route SACK/DSACK/TIMESTAMP changes.
ipvs: zero usvc and udest
netfilter: fix crashes in bridge netfilter caused by fragment jumps
ipv6: reassembly: use seperate reassembly queues for conntrack and local delivery
sky2: leave PCI config space writeable
sky2: print Optima chip name
x25: Update maintainer.
ipvs: fix synchronization on connection close
netfilter: xtables: document minimal required version
drivers/net/bonding/: : use pr_fmt
can: CAN_MCP251X should depend on HAS_DMA
drivers/net/usb: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
drivers/net/cpmac.c: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
drivers/net/sfc: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
...
It creates a regression, triggering badness for SYN_RECV
sockets, for example:
[19148.022102] Badness at net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:293
[19148.022570] NIP: c02a0914 LR: c02a0904 CTR: 00000000
[19148.023035] REGS: eeecbd30 TRAP: 0700 Not tainted (2.6.32)
[19148.023496] MSR: 00029032 <EE,ME,CE,IR,DR> CR: 24002442 XER: 00000000
[19148.024012] TASK = eee9a820[1756] 'privoxy' THREAD: eeeca000
This is likely caused by the change in the 'estab' parameter
passed to tcp_parse_options() when invoked by the functions
in net/ipv4/tcp_minisocks.c
But even if that is fixed, the ->conn_request() changes made in
this patch series is fundamentally wrong. They try to use the
listening socket's 'dst' to probe the route settings. The
listening socket doesn't even have a route, and you can't
get the right route (the child request one) until much later
after we setup all of the state, and it must be done by hand.
This stuff really isn't ready, so the best thing to do is a
full revert. This reverts the following commits:
f55017a93f022c3f7d821aba721ebacda42ebd67345cda2fd6dc343475ed05eaade2786a2a2d6bf8
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fragments from bridge netfilter are passed to IPv4 or IPv6 conntrack
and a reassembly queue with the same fragment key already exists from
reassembling a similar packet received on a different device (f.i. with
multicasted fragments), the reassembled packet might continue on a different
codepath than where the head fragment originated. This can cause crashes
in bridge netfilter when a fragment received on a non-bridge device (and
thus with skb->nf_bridge == NULL) continues through the bridge netfilter
code.
Add a new reassembly identifier for packets originating from bridge
netfilter and use it to put those packets in insolated queues.
Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14805
Reported-and-Tested-by: Chong Qiao <qiaochong@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the same reassembly queue might be used for packets reassembled
by conntrack in different positions in the stack (PREROUTING/LOCAL_OUT),
as well as local delivery. This can cause "packet jumps" when the fragment
completing a reassembled packet is queued from a different position in the
stack than the previous ones.
Add a "user" identifier to the reassembly queue key to seperate the queues
of each caller, similar to what we do for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself
for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value.
This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom
in the most efficient manner.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (34 commits)
m68k: rename global variable vmalloc_end to m68k_vmalloc_end
percpu: add missing per_cpu_ptr_to_phys() definition for UP
percpu: Fix kdump failure if booted with percpu_alloc=page
percpu: make misc percpu symbols unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in ia64 unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in powerpc unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in x86 unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in xen unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in cpufreq unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in oprofile unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in tracer unique
percpu: make percpu symbols under kernel/ and mm/ unique
percpu: remove some sparse warnings
percpu: make alloc_percpu() handle array types
vmalloc: fix use of non-existent percpu variable in put_cpu_var()
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx in trace_functions_graph.c
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx for ftrace
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx in nmi handling
this_cpu: Use this_cpu operations in RCU
this_cpu: Use this_cpu ops for VM statistics
...
Fix up trivial (famous last words) global per-cpu naming conflicts in
arch/x86/kvm/svm.c
mm/slab.c
compat_sys_recvmmsg has a compat_timespec parameter and not a
timespec parameter. This way we also get rid of an odd cast.
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves retransmits_timed_out() from include/net/tcp.h
to tcp_timer.c, where it is used.
Reported-by: Frederic Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a problem in the TCP connection timeout calculation.
Currently, timeout decisions are made on the basis of the current
tcp_time_stamp and retrans_stamp, which is usually set at the first
retransmission.
However, if the retransmission fails in tcp_retransmit_skb(),
retrans_stamp is not updated and remains zero. This leads to wrong
decisions in retransmits_timed_out() if tcp_time_stamp is larger than
the specified timeout, which is very likely.
In this case, the TCP connection dies after the first attempted
(and unsuccessful) retransmission.
With this patch, tcp_skb_cb->when is used instead, when retrans_stamp
is not available.
This bug has been introduced together with retransmits_timed_out() in
2.6.32, as the number of retransmissions has been used for timeout
decisions before. The corresponding commit was
6fa12c8503 (Revert Backoff [v3]:
Calculate TCP's connection close threshold as a time value.).
Thanks to Ilpo Järvinen for code suggestions and Frederic Leroy for
testing.
Reported-by: Frederic Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we find a timewait connection in __inet_hash_connect() and reuse
it for a new connection request, we have a race window, releasing bind
list lock and reacquiring it in __inet_twsk_kill() to remove timewait
socket from list.
Another thread might find the timewait socket we already chose, leading to
list corruption and crashes.
Fix is to remove timewait socket from bind list before releasing the bind lock.
Note: This problem happens if sysctl_tcp_tw_reuse is set.
Reported-by: kapil dakhane <kdakhane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First patch changes __inet_hash_nolisten() and __inet6_hash()
to get a timewait parameter to be able to unhash it from ehash
at same time the new socket is inserted in hash.
This makes sure timewait socket wont be found by a concurrent
writer in __inet_check_established()
Reported-by: kapil dakhane <kdakhane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1815 commits)
mac80211: fix reorder buffer release
iwmc3200wifi: Enable wimax core through module parameter
iwmc3200wifi: Add wifi-wimax coexistence mode as a module parameter
iwmc3200wifi: Coex table command does not expect a response
iwmc3200wifi: Update wiwi priority table
iwlwifi: driver version track kernel version
iwlwifi: indicate uCode type when fail dump error/event log
iwl3945: remove duplicated event logging code
b43: fix two warnings
ipw2100: fix rebooting hang with driver loaded
cfg80211: indent regulatory messages with spaces
iwmc3200wifi: fix NULL pointer dereference in pmkid update
mac80211: Fix TX status reporting for injected data frames
ath9k: enable 2GHz band only if the device supports it
airo: Fix integer overflow warning
rt2x00: Fix padding bug on L2PAD devices.
WE: Fix set events not propagated
b43legacy: avoid PPC fault during resume
b43: avoid PPC fault during resume
tcp: fix a timewait refcnt race
...
Fix up conflicts due to sysctl cleanups (dead sysctl_check code and
CTL_UNNUMBERED removed) in
kernel/sysctl_check.c
net/ipv4/sysctl_net_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/addrconf.c
net/sctp/sysctl.c
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/sysctl-2.6: (43 commits)
security/tomoyo: Remove now unnecessary handling of security_sysctl.
security/tomoyo: Add a special case to handle accesses through the internal proc mount.
sysctl: Drop & in front of every proc_handler.
sysctl: Remove CTL_NONE and CTL_UNNUMBERED
sysctl: kill dead ctl_handler definitions.
sysctl: Remove the last of the generic binary sysctl support
sysctl net: Remove unused binary sysctl code
sysctl security/tomoyo: Don't look at ctl_name
sysctl arm: Remove binary sysctl support
sysctl x86: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl sh: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl powerpc: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl ia64: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl s390: Remove dead sysctl binary support
sysctl frv: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl mips/lasat: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl drivers: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl crypto: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl security/keys: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl kernel: Remove binary sysctl logic
...
Its currently possible that several threads issuing a connect() find
the same timewait socket and try to reuse it, leading to list
corruptions.
Condition for bug is that these threads bound their socket on same
address/port of to-be-find timewait socket, and connected to same
target. (SO_REUSEADDR needed)
To fix this problem, we could unhash timewait socket while holding
ehash lock, to make sure lookups/changes will be serialized. Only
first thread finds the timewait socket, other ones find the
established socket and return an EADDRNOTAVAIL error.
This second version takes into account Evgeniy's review and makes sure
inet_twsk_put() is called outside of locked sections.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function walks the whole hashtable so there is no point in
passing it a network namespace. Instead I purge all timewait
sockets from dead network namespaces that I find. If the namespace
is one of the once I am trying to purge I am guaranteed no new timewait
sockets can be formed so this will get them all. If the namespace
is one I am not acting for it might form a few more but I will
call inet_twsk_purge again and shortly to get rid of them. In
any even if the network namespace is dead timewait sockets are
useless.
Move the calls of inet_twsk_purge into batch_exit routines so
that if I am killing a bunch of namespaces at once I will just
call inet_twsk_purge once and save a lot of redundant unnecessary
work.
My simple 4k network namespace exit test the cleanup time dropped from
roughly 8.2s to 1.6s. While the time spent running inet_twsk_purge fell
to about 2ms. 1ms for ipv4 and 1ms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code so fib_rules_register always takes a template instead
of the actual fib_rules_ops structure that will be used. This is
required for network namespace support so 2 out of the 3 callers already
do this, it allows the error handling to be made common, and it allows
fib_rules_unregister to free the template for hte caller.
Modify fib_rules_unregister to use call_rcu instead of syncrhonize_rcu
to allw multiple namespaces to be cleaned up in the same rcu grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm.nlsk is provided by the xfrm_user module and is access via rcu from
other parts of the xfrm code. Add xfrm.nlsk_stash a copy of xfrm.nlsk that
will never be set to NULL. This allows the synchronize_net and
netlink_kernel_release to be deferred until a whole batch of xfrm.nlsk sockets
have been set to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add exit_list to struct net to support building lists of network
namespaces to cleanup.
- Add exit_batch to pernet_operations to allow running operations only
once during a network namespace exit. Instead of once per network
namespace.
- Factor opt ops_exit_list and ops_exit_free so the logic with cleanup
up a network namespace does not need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68144d350f4f6c348659c825cde6a82b34c27a91
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:25 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: add oif classification
Support routing table lookup based on the flow's oif. This is useful to
classify packets originating from sockets bound to interfaces differently.
The route cache already includes the oif and needs no changes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 229e77eec406ad68662f18e49fda8b5d366768c5
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:23 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rename ifindex/ifname/FRA_IFNAME to iifindex/iifname/FRA_IIFNAME
The next patch will add oif classification, rename interface related members
and attributes to reflect that they're used for iif classification.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b8952893d5d86f69c4e499d191b98c6658f64b0f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:22 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rearrange struct fib_rule
The ifname member is only used to resolve interface names and is not needed
during rule lookups. The target and ctarget members however are used during
rule lookups and are currently located in a second cacheline.
Move ifname further to the end to make sure both target and ctarget are
located in the same cacheline as other members used during rule lookups.
The layout on 64 bit changes from:
struct fib_rule {
...
u32 table; /* 56 4 */
u8 action; /* 60 1 */
/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */
/* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */
u32 target; /* 64 4 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct fib_rule * ctarget; /* 72 8 */
struct rcu_head rcu; /* 80 16 */
struct net * fr_net; /* 96 8 */
};
to:
struct fib_rule {
...
u32 table; /* 40 4 */
u8 action; /* 44 1 */
/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */
u32 target; /* 48 4 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct fib_rule * ctarget; /* 56 8 */
/* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */
char ifname[16]; /* 64 16 */
struct rcu_head rcu; /* 80 16 */
struct net * fr_net; /* 96 8 */
};
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RejActioned is used to prevent retransmission when a entity is on the
WAIT_F state, i.e., waiting for a frame with F-bit set due local busy
condition or a expired retransmission timer. (When these two events raise
they send a frame with the Poll bit set and enters in the WAIT_F state to
wait for a frame with the Final bit set.)
The local entity doesn't send I-frames(the data frames) until the receipt
of a frame with F-bit set. When that happens it also set RejActioned to false.
RejActioned is a mandatory feature of ERTM spec.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As specified by ERTM spec an ERTM channel can acknowledge received
I-frames(the data frames) by sending an I-frame with the proper ReqSeq
value (i.e. ReqSeq is set to BufferSeq). Until now we aren't setting the
ReqSeq value on I-frame control bits. That way we can save sending
S-frames(Supervise frames) only to acknowledge receipt of I-frames. It
is very helpful to the full-duplex channel.
ReqSeq is the packet sequence number sent in an acknowledgement frame to
acknowledge receipt of frames up to (ReqSeq - 1).
BufferSeq controls the receiver buffer, it is used to delay
acknowledgement of new frames to not cause buffer overflow. BufferSeq
value is not increased until frames are pulled by reassembly function.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The tasklet schedule function helpers are just an obfuscation. So remove
them and call the schedule functions directly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For future simplification it is important that the hci_recv_frame
function is no longer an inline function. So move it into the module
itself and export it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Eric Dumazet mentioned in a context of another problem:
"Well, it seems NFS reuses its socket, so maybe we miss some
cleaning as spotted in this old patch"
I've not check under which conditions that actually happens but
if true, we need to make sure we don't accidently leave stale
hints behind when the write queue had to be purged (whether reusing
with NFS can actually happen if purging took place is something I'm
not sure of).
...At least it compiles.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse incoming TCP_COOKIE option(s).
Calculate <SYN,ACK> TCP_COOKIE option.
Send optional <SYN,ACK> data.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1d: define TCP cookie option, extend existing struct's
TCPCT part 1e: implement socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1f: Initiator Cookie => Responder
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Data structures are carefully composed to require minimal additions.
For example, the struct tcp_options_received cookie_plus variable fits
between existing 16-bit and 8-bit variables, requiring no additional
space (taking alignment into consideration). There are no additions to
tcp_request_sock, and only 1 pointer in tcp_sock.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
The principle difference is using a TCP option to carry the cookie nonce,
instead of a user configured offset in the data. This is more flexible and
less subject to user configuration error. Such a cookie option has been
suggested for many years, and is also useful without SYN data, allowing
several related concepts to use the same extension option.
"Re: SYN floods (was: does history repeat itself?)", September 9, 1996.
http://www.merit.net/mail.archives/nanog/1996-09/msg00235.html
"Re: what a new TCP header might look like", May 12, 1998.
ftp://ftp.isi.edu/end2end/end2end-interest-1998.mail
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define sysctl (tcp_cookie_size) to turn on and off the cookie option
default globally, instead of a compiled configuration option.
Define per socket option (TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS) for setting constant
data values, retrieving variable cookie values, and other facilities.
Move inline tcp_clear_options() unchanged from net/tcp.h to linux/tcp.h,
near its corresponding struct tcp_options_received (prior to changes).
This is a straightforward re-implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
net: TCP_MSS_DEFAULT, TCP_MSS_DESIRED
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define (missing) hash message size for SHA1.
Define hashing size constants specific to TCP cookies.
Add new function: tcp_cookie_generator().
Maintain global secret values for tcp_cookie_generator().
This is a significantly revised implementation of earlier (15-year-old)
Photuris [RFC-2522] code for the KA9Q cooperative multitasking platform.
Linux RCU technique appears to be well-suited to this application, though
neither of the circular queue items are freed.
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add optional function parameters associated with sending SYNACK.
These parameters are not needed after sending SYNACK, and are not
used for retransmission. Avoids extending struct tcp_request_sock,
and avoids allocating kernel memory.
Also affects DCCP as it uses common struct request_sock_ops,
but this parameter is currently reserved for future use.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No that all of the callers have been updated to set fields in
struct pernet_operations, and simplified to let the network
namespace core handle the allocation and freeing of the storage
for them, remove the surpurpflous methods and update the docs
to the new style.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To get the full benefit of batched network namespace cleanup netowrk
device deletion needs to be performed by the generic code. When
using register_pernet_gen_device and freeing the data in exit_net
it is impossible to delay allocation until after exit_net has called
as the device uninit methods are no longer safe.
To correct this, and to simplify working with per network namespace data
I have moved allocation and deletion of per network namespace data into
the network namespace core. The core now frees the data only after
all of the network namespace exit routines have run.
Now it is only required to set the new fields .id and .size
in the pernet_operations structure if you want network namespace
data to be managed for you automatically.
This makes the current register_pernet_gen_device and
register_pernet_gen_subsys routines unnecessary. For the moment
I have left them as compatibility wrappers in net_namespace.h
They will be removed once all of the users have been updated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is fairly common to kill several network namespaces at once. Either
because they are nested one inside the other or because they are cooperating
in multiple machine networking experiments. As the network stack control logic
does not parallelize easily batch up multiple network namespaces existing
together.
To get the full benefit of batching the virtual network devices to be
removed must be all removed in one batch. For that purpose I have added
a loop after the last network device operations have run that batches
up all remaining network devices and deletes them.
An extra benefit is that the reorganization slightly shrinks the size
of the per network namespace data structures replaceing a work_struct
with a list_head.
In a trivial test with 4K namespaces this change reduced the cost of
a destroying 4K namespaces from 7+ minutes (at 12% cpu) to 44 seconds
(at 60% cpu). The bulk of that 44s was spent in inet_twsk_purge.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for an additional notifier in batched netdevice
notification (rt_do_flush) only needs to be called once per batch not
once per namespace.
For further batching improvements I need a guarantee that the
netdevices are unregistered in order allowing me to unregister an all
of the network devices in a network namespace at the same time with
the guarantee that the loopback device is really and truly
unregistered last.
Additionally it appears that we moved the route cache flush after
the final synchronize_net, which seems wrong and there was no
explanation. So I have restored the original location of the final
synchronize_net.
Cc: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211
was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of
which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up
changing the order in which things were done -- this was
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
and other parts were already present in the original
commit d92684e660
Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support
The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various
checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment
indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action
callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE.
The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a
race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to
OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no
aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers
accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a
race window where crashes could happen before the driver
accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT
drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers.
For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it:
1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful
about the session state; don't drop the lock
2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop
even before the session was really started -- this is
true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but
iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers
(ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moves the CONFIG_SYSCTL ifdefs in x25_init into header.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When retransmitting due to T3 timeout, retransmit all the
in-flight chunks for the corresponding transport/path, including
chunks sent less then 1 rto ago.
This is the correct behaviour according to rfc4960 section 6.3.3
E3 and
"Note: Any DATA chunks that were sent to the address for which the
T3-rtx timer expired but did not fit in one MTU (rule E3 above)
should be marked for retransmission and sent as soon as cwnd
allows (normally, when a SACK arrives). ".
This fixes problems when more then one path is present and the T3
retransmission of the first chunk that timeouts stops the T3 timer
for the initial active path, leaving all the other in-flight
chunks waiting forever or until a new chunk is transmitted on the
same path and timeouts (and this will happen only if the cwnd
allows sending new chunks, but since cwnd was dropped to MTU by
the timeout => it will wait until the first heartbeat).
Example: 10 packets in flight, sent at 0.1 s intervals on the
primary path. The primary path is down and the first packet
timeouts. The first packet is retransmitted on another path, the
T3 timer for the primary path is stopped and cwnd is set to MTU.
All the other 9 in-flight packets will not be retransmitted
(unless more new packets are sent on the primary path which depend
on cwnd allowing it, and even in this case the 9 packets will be
retransmitted only after a new packet timeouts which even in the
best case would be more then RTO).
This commit reverts d0ce92910b and
also removes the now unused transport->last_rto, introduced in
b6157d8e03.
p.s The problem is not only when multiple paths are there. It
can happen in a single homed environment. If the application
stops sending data, it possible to have a hung association.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an interface to set, delete and flush PMKIDs through nl80211.
Main users would be fullmac devices which firmwares are capable of
generating the RSN IEs for the re-association requests, e.g. iwmc3200wifi.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a xfrm_state requires an authentication algorithm specified
either as xfrm_algo or as xfrm_algo_auth with a specific truncation
length. For compatibility, both attributes are dumped to userspace,
and we also accept both attributes, but prefer the new syntax.
If no truncation length is specified, or the authentication algorithm
is specified using xfrm_algo, the truncation length from the algorithm
description in the kernel is used.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of max.burst ends up limiting new
data during cwnd decay period. The decay is happening becuase
the connection is idle and we are allowed to fill the congestion
window. The point of max.burst is to limit micro-bursts in response
to large acks. This still happens, as max.burst is still applied
to each transmit opportunity. It will also apply if a very large
send is made (greater then allowed by burst).
Tested-by: Florian Niederbacher <florian.niederbacher@student.uibk.ac.at>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Recent attempt to remove deprecated socket options demonstrated
that removing options from the enum space will have severe
binary compatibility issues. The reason is that it changes
the subsequent enum space and causes option values to be redefined.
To solve this, and to get rid of the ugly double statements for
every option, we simply convert to the #define scheme.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The transport last_time_used variable is rather useless.
It was only used when determining if CWND needs to be updated
due to idle transport. However, idle transport detection was
based on a Heartbeat timer and last_time_used was not incremented
when sending Heartbeats. As a result the check for cwnd reduction
was always true. We can get rid of the variable and just base
our cwnd manipulation on the HB timer (like the code comment sais).
We also have to call into the cwnd manipulation function regardless
of whether HBs are enabled or not. That way we will detect idle
transports if the user has disabled Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP_GET_*_OLD stuffs are schedlued to be removed.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We currently send window update SACKs every time we free up 1 PMTU
worth of data. That a lot more SACKs then necessary. Instead, we'll
now send back the actuall window every time we send a sack, and do
window-update SACKs when a fraction of the receive buffer has been
opened. The fraction is controlled with a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The "Invalid Stream Identifier" error has a 16 bit reserved
field at the end, thus making the parameter length be 8 bytes.
We've never supplied that reserved field making wireshark
tag the packet as malformed.
Reported-by: Chris Dischino <cdischino@sonusnet.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch implement the sender side for SACK-IMMEDIATELY
extension.
Section 4.1. Sender Side Considerations
Whenever the sender of a DATA chunk can benefit from the
corresponding SACK chunk being sent back without delay, the sender
MAY set the I-bit in the DATA chunk header.
Reasons for setting the I-bit include
o The sender is in the SHUTDOWN-PENDING state.
o The application requests to set the I-bit of the last DATA chunk
of a user message when providing the user message to the SCTP
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to
request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only
the injected frames need TX status (the latter for
hostapd) so move setting this flag.
The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but
they don't require it.
Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and
seems to require it being set for all frames, but
that can be fixed in rt2x00.
This doesn't really change anything for any drivers
but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may
opt to not report TX status for frames that don't
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys
which make more sense as flags as we keep adding
more. Convert the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
cxgb3: fix premature page unmap
ibm_newemac: Fix EMACx_TRTR[TRT] bit shifts
vlan: Fix register_vlan_dev() error path
gro: Fix illegal merging of trailer trash
sungem: Fix Serdes detection.
net: fix mdio section mismatch warning
ppp: fix BUG on non-linear SKB (multilink receive)
ixgbe: Fixing EEH handler to handle more than one error
net: Fix the rollback test in dev_change_name()
Revert "isdn: isdn_ppp: Use SKB list facilities instead of home-grown implementation."
TI Davinci EMAC : Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down
smsc911x: Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down.
mISDN: fix error return in HFCmulti_init()
forcedeth: mac address fix
r6040: fix version printing
Bluetooth: Fix regression with L2CAP configuration in Basic Mode
Bluetooth: Select Basic Mode as default for SOCK_SEQPACKET
Bluetooth: Set general bonding security for ACL by default
r8169: Fix receive buffer length when MTU is between 1515 and 1536
can: add the missing netlink get_xstats_size callback
...
Some devices implement the entire rate control in
firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi
which does some things in software but not a lot.
Therefore generic software rate control is rather
useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead
to the transmit path.
It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that
they do not need rate control, but they need to
fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in
WARN_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The entire aggregation code currently operates on the
hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to
change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step
preparing for that make the aggregation code callable
with the station, or by the combination of virtual
interface and station address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resolve the conflict between v2.6.32-rc7 where dn_def_dev_handler
gets a small bug fix and the sysctl tree where I am removing all
sysctl strategy routines.
While investigating for network latencies, I found inet_getid() was a
contention point for some workloads, as inet_peer_idlock is shared
by all inet_getid() users regardless of peers.
One way to fix this is to make ip_id_count an atomic_t instead
of __u16, and use atomic_add_return().
In order to keep sizeof(struct inet_peer) = 64 on 64bit arches
tcp_ts_stamp is also converted to __u32 instead of "unsigned long".
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first "node" is supposed to be the cursor used in the for_each.
The second "node" is ment literally and should not be macro expanded:
it's the name of the hlist_node field from the inet_bind_bucket.
This currently works because when inet_bind_bucket_for_each is called
it's argument is still "node".
Signed-off-by: Lucian Adrian Grijincu <lgrijincu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define two symbols needed in both kernel and user space.
Remove old (somewhat incorrect) kernel variant that wasn't used in
most cases. Default should apply to both RMSS and SMSS (RFC2581).
Replace numeric constants with defined symbols.
Stand-alone patch, originally developed for TCPCT.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit 8da645e101
sctp: Get rid of an extra routing lookup when adding a transport
introduced a regression in the connection setup. The behavior was
different between IPv4 and IPv6. IPv4 case ended up working because the
route lookup routing returned a NULL route, which triggered another
route lookup later in the output patch that succeeded. In the IPv6 case,
a valid route was returned for first call, but we could not find a valid
source address at the time since the source addresses were not set on the
association yet. Thus resulted in a hung connection.
The solution is to set the source addresses on the association prior to
adding peers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY command and an get_survey()
ops that a driver can implement. The goal of this command is to allow a
drivers to report channel survey data (e.g. channel noise, channel
occupation).
For now, only the mechanism to report back channel noise has been
implemented.
In future, there will either be a survey-trigger command --- or the existing
scan-trigger command will be enhanced. This will allow user-space to
request survey for arbitrary channels.
Note: any driver that cannot report channel noise should not report
any value at all, e.g. made-up -92 dBm.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that sys_sysctl is a compatiblity wrapper around /proc/sys
all sysctl strategy routines, and all ctl_name and strategy
entries in the sysctl tables are unused, and can be
revmoed.
In addition neigh_sysctl_register has been modified to no longer
take a strategy argument and it's callers have been modified not
to pass one.
Cc: "David Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
UDP bind() can be O(N^2) in some pathological cases.
Thanks to secondary hash tables, we can make it O(N)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net/fsl_pq_mdio: add module license GPL
can: fix WARN_ON dump in net/core/rtnetlink.c:rtmsg_ifinfo()
can: should not use __dev_get_by_index() without locks
hisax: remove bad udelay call to fix build error on ARM
ipip: Fix handling of DF packets when pmtudisc is OFF
qlge: Set PCIe reset type for EEH to fundamental.
qlge: Fix early exit from mbox cmd complete wait.
ixgbe: fix traffic hangs on Tx with ioatdma loaded
ixgbe: Fix checking TFCS register for TXOFF status when DCB is enabled
ixgbe: Fix gso_max_size for 82599 when DCB is enabled
macsonic: fix crash on PowerBook 520
NET: cassini, fix lock imbalance
ems_usb: Fix byte order issues on big endian machines
be2net: Bug fix to send config commands to hardware after netdev_register
be2net: fix to set proper flow control on resume
netfilter: xt_connlimit: fix regression caused by zero family value
rt2x00: Don't queue ieee80211 work after USB removal
Revert "ipw2200: fix oops on missing firmware"
decnet: netdevice refcount leak
netfilter: nf_nat: fix NAT issue in 2.6.30.4+
...
This fixes the following bug in the current implementation of
net/xfrm: SAD entries timeouts do not count the time spent by the machine
in the suspended state. This leads to the connectivity problems because
after resuming local machine thinks that the SAD entry is still valid, while
it has already been expired on the remote server.
The cause of this is very simple: the timeouts in the net/xfrm are bound to
the old mod_timer() timers. This patch reassigns them to the
CLOCK_REALTIME hrtimer.
I have been using this version of the patch for a few months on my
machines without any problems. Also run a few stress tests w/o any
issues.
This version of the patch uses tasklet_hrtimer by Peter Zijlstra
(commit 9ba5f0).
This patch is against 2.6.31.4. Please CC me.
Signed-off-by: Yury Polyanskiy <polyanskiy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends udp_table to contain a secondary hash table.
socket anchor for this second hash is free, because UDP
doesnt use skc_bind_node : We define an union to hold
both skc_bind_node & a new hlist_nulls_node udp_portaddr_node
udp_lib_get_port() inserts sockets into second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
udp_lib_unhash() deletes socket from second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
Note : No spinlock lockdep annotation is needed, because
lock for the secondary hash chain is always get after
lock for primary hash chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Union sk_hash with two u16 hashes for udp (no extra memory taken)
One 16 bits hash on (local port) value (the previous udp 'hash')
One 16 bits hash on (local address, local port) values, initialized
but not yet used. This second hash is using jenkin hash for better
distribution.
Because the 'port' is xored later, a partial hash is performed
on local address + net_hash_mix(net)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a counter in udp_hslot to keep an accurate count
of sockets present in chain.
This will permit to upcoming UDP lookup algo to chose
the shortest chain when secondary hash is added.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the
network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier
to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace
with a well known name.
We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace
for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep
that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing
logic into rtnl_link_get_net.
In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace
to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base
device source network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for two more NL802154 commands: ADD_IFACE and DEL_IFACE,
thus allowing creation and removal of logic WPAN interfaces on the top
of wpan-phy.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
ops->get_phy should increment reference to wpan-phy. As we return
the external structure, we should do refcounting correctly.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Follow the usual pattern of devices registration by adding new function
(wpan_phy_set_dev) that sets child->parent relationship and removing
parent argument from wpan_phy_register call.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 defines channel pages that hold channels (max 32 pages,
27 channels per page). Allow the driver to specify supported channels
on pages, other than the first one.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ether.c
All CDC ethernet devices of type USB_CLASS_COMM need to use
'&mbm_info'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vitezslav Samel discovered that since 2.6.30.4+ active FTP can not work
over NAT. The "cause" of the problem was a fix of unacknowledged data
detection with NAT (commit a3a9f79e36).
However, actually, that fix uncovered a long standing bug in TCP conntrack:
when NAT was enabled, we simply updated the max of the right edge of
the segments we have seen (td_end), by the offset NAT produced with
changing IP/port in the data. However, we did not update the other parameter
(td_maxend) which is affected by the NAT offset. Thus that could drift
away from the correct value and thus resulted breaking active FTP.
The patch below fixes the issue by *not* updating the conntrack parameters
from NAT, but instead taking into account the NAT offsets in conntrack in a
consistent way. (Updating from NAT would be more harder and expensive because
it'd need to re-calculate parameters we already calculated in conntrack.)
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct can_proto had a capability field which wasn't ever used. It is
dropped entirely.
struct inet_protosw had a capability field which can be more clearly
expressed in the code by just checking if sock->type = SOCK_RAW.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to parse the option of a SYN packet that we have
no route entry for should just use global wide defaults
for route entry options.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Tested-by: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have a TODO item to make all station
management dependent on virtual interfaces, I
figured I'd start with pushing such a change
to drivers before more drivers start using the
ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and
cause us grief later on.
For now continue exporting the old API in form
of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage
its use strongly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This cleanup patch puts struct/union/enum opening braces,
in first line to ease grep games.
struct something
{
becomes :
struct something {
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch below also addresses a couple of other corner cases in readdir
seen with a large (e.g. 64k) msize. I'm not sure what people think of
my co-opting of fid->aux here. I'd be happy to rework if there's a better
way.
When the size of the user supplied buffer passed to readdir is smaller
than the data returned in one go by the 9P read request, v9fs_dir_readdir()
currently discards extra data so that, on the next call, a 9P read
request will be issued with offset < previous offset + bytes returned,
which voilates the constraint described in paragraph 3 of read(5) description.
This patch preseves the leftover data in fid->aux for use in the next call.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only
be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not
be useful there because the quality value needs to be
comparable between scan results and the current value
which is impossible when the qual value is calculated
taking into account noise, for example.
Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it
in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes
quite expensive calculations of the value.
I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best
way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do
which should probably be generalised if we have noise
values from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function
ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the
location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers
need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The
old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small
static inline wrapper around the new one to not break
all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While there may be a case for a driver adding its
own bits of radiotap information, none currently
does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code
to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211
generates. If some driver in the future needs to
add some driver-specific information I'd expect
that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we
can add a different way of passing such data up
and having mac80211 include it.
Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by
b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps.
The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX
code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged
skb support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In
commit 601ae7f25a
Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible
code was added that tried to align the radiotap header
position in memory based on the radiotap header length.
Quite obviously, that is completely useless.
Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses
to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that,
we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
packed, but that is fine since it's already packed
(and it should be marked packed anyway since its a
wire format).
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Policy routing is not looked up by mark on reverse path filtering.
This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an accessor to existing dst_entry feautres field and
refactor the only supported feature (allfrag) to use it.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need tcp_parse_options to be aware of dst_entry to
take into account per dst_entry TCP options settings
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods
allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle
them all at once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify
driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This
function must be used when in process context.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo()
is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists
of the dev_index hash table.
This considerably speedups "ip link" operations
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIT tunnels use one rwlock to protect their prl entries.
This first patch adds RCU locking for prl management,
with standard call_rcu() calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_negative_advice() should check for changed dst and reset
sk_tx_queue_mapping accordingly. Pass sock to the callers of
dst_negative_advice.
(sk_reset_txq is defined just for use by dst_negative_advice. The
only way I could find to get around this is to move dst_negative_()
from dst.h to dst.c, include sock.h in dst.c, etc)
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce sk_tx_queue_mapping; and functions that set, test and
get this value. Reset sk_tx_queue_mapping to -1 whenever the dst
cache is set/reset, and in socket alloc. Setting txq to -1 and
using valid txq=<0 to n-1> allows the tx path to use the value
of sk_tx_queue_mapping directly instead of subtracting 1 on every
tx.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 9e337b0f (net: annotate inet_timewait_sock bitfields)
added 4/8 bytes in struct inet_timewait_sock.
Fix this by declaring tw_ipv6_offset in the 'flags' bitfield
The 14 bits hole is named tw_pad to make it cleary apparent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i2400m driver uses two different bits to distinguish how much the
driver is up. i2400m->ready is used to denote that the infrastructure
to communicate with the device is up and running. i2400m->updown is
used to indicate if 'ready' and the device is up and running, ready to
take control and data traffic.
However, all this was pretty dirty and not clear, with many open spots
where race conditions were present.
This commit cleans up the situation by:
- documenting the usage of both bits
- setting them only in specific, well controlled places
(i2400m_dev_start, i2400m_dev_stop)
- ensuring the i2400m workqueue can't get in the middle of the
setting by flushing it when i2400m->ready is set to zero. This
allows the report hook not having to check again for the bit to be
set [rx.c:i2400m_report_hook_work()].
- using i2400m->updown to determine if the device is up and running
instead of the wimax state in i2400m_dev_reset_handle().
- not loosing missed messages sent by the hardware before
i2400m->ready is set. In rx.c, whatever the device sends can be
sent to user space over the message pipes as soon as the wimax
device is registered, so don't wait for i2400m->ready to be set.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The last users of skb_icv_walk are converted to ahash now,
so skb_icv_walk is unused and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ah4 and ah6 are converted to ahash now, so we can remove the
code for the obsolete hash algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support for ahash algorithms, we add a pointer to a
crypto_ahash to ah_data.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have better cache layouts of struct sock (separate zones
for rx/tx paths), we need this preliminary patch.
Goal is to transfert fields used at lookup time in the first
read-mostly cache line (inside struct sock_common) and move sk_refcnt
to a separate cache line (only written by rx path)
This patch adds inet_ prefix to daddr, rcv_saddr, dport, num, saddr,
sport and id fields. This allows a future patch to define these
fields as macros, like sk_refcnt, without name clashes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Phonet "universe" only has 64 addresses, so we keep a trivial flat
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Storing the mask (size - 1) instead of the size allows fast path to be
a bit faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meaning receive multiple messages, reducing the number of syscalls and
net stack entry/exit operations.
Next patches will introduce mechanisms where protocols that want to
optimize this operation will provide an unlocked_recvmsg operation.
This takes into account comments made by:
. Paul Moore: sock_recvmsg is called only for the first datagram,
sock_recvmsg_nosec is used for the rest.
. Caitlin Bestler: recvmmsg now has a struct timespec timeout, that
works in the same fashion as the ppoll one.
If the underlying protocol returns a datagram with MSG_OOB set, this
will make recvmmsg return right away with as many datagrams (+ the OOB
one) it has received so far.
. Rémi Denis-Courmont & Steven Whitehouse: If we receive N < vlen
datagrams and then recvmsg returns an error, recvmmsg will return
the successfully received datagrams, store the error and return it
in the next call.
This paves the way for a subsequent optimization, sk_prot->unlocked_recvmsg,
where we will be able to acquire the lock only at batch start and end, not at
every underlying recvmsg call.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new socket level option to report number of queue overflows
Recently I augmented the AF_PACKET protocol to report the number of frames lost
on the socket receive queue between any two enqueued frames. This value was
exported via a SOL_PACKET level cmsg. AFter I completed that work it was
requested that this feature be generalized so that any datagram oriented socket
could make use of this option. As such I've created this patch, It creates a
new SOL_SOCKET level option called SO_RXQ_OVFL, which when enabled exports a
SOL_SOCKET level cmsg that reports the nubmer of times the sk_receive_queue
overflowed between any two given frames. It also augments the AF_PACKET
protocol to take advantage of this new feature (as it previously did not touch
sk->sk_drops, which this patch uses to record the overflow count). Tested
successfully by me.
Notes:
1) Unlike my previous patch, this patch simply records the sk_drops value, which
is not a number of drops between packets, but rather a total number of drops.
Deltas must be computed in user space.
2) While this patch currently works with datagram oriented protocols, it will
also be accepted by non-datagram oriented protocols. I'm not sure if thats
agreeable to everyone, but my argument in favor of doing so is that, for those
protocols which aren't applicable to this option, sk_drops will always be zero,
and reporting no drops on a receive queue that isn't used for those
non-participating protocols seems reasonable to me. This also saves us having
to code in a per-protocol opt in mechanism.
3) This applies cleanly to net-next assuming that commit
977750076d (my af packet cmsg patch) is reverted
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled
since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx()
and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not
be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same
time.
It may be possible to remove this requirement after a
careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking
improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around
netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet
processing to process context in mac80211, instead of
to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit a98b65a3 (net: annotate struct sock bitfield), we lost
8 bytes in struct sock on 64bit arches because of
kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags) misplacement.
Fix this by putting together sk_shutdown, sk_no_check, sk_userlocks,
sk_protocol and sk_type in the 'flags' 32bits bitfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP_HTABLE_SIZE was initialy defined to 128, which is a bit small for
several setups.
4000 active UDP sockets -> 32 sockets per chain in average. An
incoming frame has to lookup all sockets to find best match, so long
chains hurt latency.
Instead of a fixed size hash table that cant be perfect for every
needs, let UDP stack choose its table size at boot time like tcp/ip
route, using alloc_large_system_hash() helper
Add an optional boot parameter, uhash_entries=x so that an admin can
force a size between 256 and 65536 if needed, like thash_entries and
rhash_entries.
dmesg logs two new lines :
[ 0.647039] UDP hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
[ 0.647099] UDP Lite hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
Maximal size on 64bit arches would be 65536 slots, ie 1 MBytes for non
debugging spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's useful to provide firmware and hardware version to user space and have a
generic interface to retrieve them. Users can provide the version information
in bug reports etc.
Add fields for firmware and hardware version to struct wiphy.
(Dropped nl80211 bits for now and modified remaining bits in favor of
ethtool. -- JWL)
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor wext to
* split out iwpriv handling
* split out iwspy handling
* split out procfs support
* allow cfg80211 to have wireless extensions compat code
w/o CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT
After this, drivers need to
- select WIRELESS_EXT - for wext support
- select WEXT_PRIV - for iwpriv support
- select WEXT_SPY - for iwspy support
except cfg80211 -- which gets new hooks in wext-core.c
and can then get wext handlers without CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT.
Wireless extensions procfs support is auto-selected
based on PROC_FS and anything that requires the wext core
(i.e. WIRELESS_EXT or CFG80211_WEXT).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All usages of structure net_proto_ops should be declared const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski a écrit :
>
>
> Hmm... So you made me to do some "real" work here, and guess what?:
> there is one serious checkpatch warning! ;-) Plus, this new parameter
> should be added to the function description. Otherwise:
> Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
>
> Thanks,
> Jarek P.
>
> PS: I guess full "Don't" would show we really mean it...
Okay :) Here is the last round, before the night !
Thanks again
[RFC] pkt_sched: gen_estimator: Don't report fake rate estimators
We currently send TCA_STATS_RATE_EST elements to netlink users, even if no estimator
is running.
# tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 112833764978 bytes 1495081739 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 0bit 0pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
User has no way to tell if the "rate 0bit 0pps" is a real estimation, or a fake
one (because no estimator is active)
After this patch, tc command output is :
$ tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 561075 bytes 1196 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
We add a parameter to gnet_stats_copy_rate_est() function so that
it can use gen_estimator_active(bstats, r), as suggested by Jarek.
This parameter can be NULL if check is not necessary, (htb for
example has a mandatory rate estimator)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 Rapid Deployment (6rd; draft-ietf-softwire-ipv6-6rd) builds upon
mechanisms of 6to4 (RFC3056) to enable a service provider to rapidly
deploy IPv6 unicast service to IPv4 sites to which it provides
customer premise equipment. Like 6to4, it utilizes stateless IPv6 in
IPv4 encapsulation in order to transit IPv4-only network
infrastructure. Unlike 6to4, a 6rd service provider uses an IPv6
prefix of its own in place of the fixed 6to4 prefix.
With this option enabled, the SIT driver offers 6rd functionality by
providing additional ioctl API to configure the IPv6 Prefix for in
stead of static 2002::/16 for 6to4.
Original patch was done by Alexandre Cassen <acassen@freebox.fr>
based on old Internet-Draft.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An incoming datagram must bring into cpu cache *lot* of cache lines,
in particular : (other parts omitted (hash chains, ip route cache...))
On 32bit arches :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf) =0x30 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x34 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_sleep) =0x50 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc) =0x64 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x74 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_callback_lock)=0xcc (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xd8 (read if we add dropcount support, rw if frame dropped)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter) =0xf8 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_socket) =0x138 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_data_ready) =0x15c (read)
We can avoid sk->sk_socket and socket->fasync_list referencing on sockets
with no fasync() structures. (socket->fasync_list ptr is probably already in cache
because it shares a cache line with socket->wait, ie location pointed by sk->sk_sleep)
This avoids one cache line load per incoming packet for common cases (no fasync())
We can leave (or even move in a future patch) sk->sk_socket in a cold location
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently dirty a cache line to update tunnel device stats
(tx_packets/tx_bytes). We better use the txq->tx_bytes/tx_packets
counters that already are present in cpu cache, in the cache
line shared with txq->_xmit_lock
This patch extends IPTUNNEL_XMIT() macro to use txq pointer
provided by the caller.
Also &tunnel->dev->stats can be replaced by &dev->stats
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB algorithim for IPV4 is set at compile time, but kernel goes through
the overhead of function call indirection at runtime. Save some
cycles by turning the indirect calls to direct calls to either
hash or trie code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SNMP statistic macros can be signficantly simplified.
This will also reduce code size if the arch supports these operations
in hardware.
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
This provides safety against negative optlen at the type
level instead of depending upon (sometimes non-trivial)
checks against this sprinkled all over the the place, in
each and every implementation.
Based upon work done by Arjan van de Ven and feedback
from Linus Torvalds.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The move away from having drivers assign wireless handlers,
in favour of making cfg80211 assign them, broke the sysfs
registration (the wireless/ dir went missing) because the
handlers are now assigned only after registration, which is
too late.
Fix this by special-casing cfg80211-based devices, all
of which are required to have an ieee80211_ptr, in the
sysfs code, and also using get_wireless_stats() to have
the same values reported as in procfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Tested-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 645069299a.
While the code does not actually break anything, it does not completely follow
RFC5214 yet. After talking back with Fred L. Templin, I agree that completing the
ISATAP specific RS/RA code, would pollute the kernel a lot with code that is better
implemented in userspace.
The kernel should not send RS packages for ISATAP at all.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Acked-by: Fred L. Templin <Fred.L.Templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems recursion field from "struct ip_tunnel" is not anymore needed.
recursion prevention is done at the upper level (in dev_queue_xmit()),
since we use HARD_TX_LOCK protection for tunnels.
This avoids a cache line ping pong on "struct ip_tunnel" : This structure
should be now mostly read on xmit and receive paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's unused.
It isn't needed -- read or write flag is already passed and sysctl
shouldn't care about the rest.
It _was_ used in two places at arch/frv for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds a persistent, read-only caching facility for
9p clients using the FS-Cache caching backend.
When the fscache facility is enabled, each inode is associated
with a corresponding vcookie which is an index into the FS-Cache
indexing tree. The FS-Cache indexing tree is indexed at 3 levels:
- session object associated with each mount.
- inode/vcookie
- actual data (pages)
A cache tag is chosen randomly for each session. These tags can
be read off /sys/fs/9p/caches and can be passed as a mount-time
parameter to re-attach to the specified caching session.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kulkarni <adkulkar@umail.iu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
After the recent mq change there is the new select_queue qdisc class
method used in tc_modify_qdisc, but it works OK only for direct child
qdiscs of mq qdisc. Grandchildren always get the first tx queue, which
would give wrong qdisc_root etc. results (e.g. for sch_htb as child of
sch_prio). This patch fixes it by using parent's dev_queue for such
grandchildren qdiscs. The select_queue method's return type is changed
BTW.
With feedback from: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes commit e36b9d16c6. The approach
there is to call dev_close()/dev_open() whenever the device type is changed in
order to remap the device IP multicast addresses to HW multicast addresses.
This approach suffers from 2 drawbacks:
*. It assumes tha the device is UP when calling dev_close(), or otherwise
dev_close() has no affect. It is worth to mention that initscripts (Redhat)
and sysconfig (Suse) doesn't act the same in this matter.
*. dev_close() has other side affects, like deleting entries from the routing
table, which might be unnecessary.
The fix here is to directly remap the IP multicast addresses to HW multicast
addresses for a bonding device that changes its type, and nothing else.
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@voltaire.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was once upon time so that snd_sthresh was a 16-bit quantity.
...That has not been true for long period of time. I run across
some ancient compares which still seem to trust such legacy.
Put all that magic into a single place, I hopefully found all
of them.
Compile tested, though linking of allyesconfig is ridiculous
nowadays it seems.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove long removed "inet_protocol_base" declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When new child qdiscs are attached to the mq qdisc, they are actually
attached as root qdiscs to the device queues. The lock selection for
new estimators incorrectly picks the root lock of the existing and
to be replaced qdisc, which results in a use-after-free once the old
qdisc has been destroyed.
Mark mq qdisc instances with a new flag and treat qdiscs attached to
mq as children similar to regular root qdiscs.
Additionally prevent estimators from being attached to the mq qdisc
itself since it only updates its byte and packet counters during dumps.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a classful dummy scheduler which can be used as root qdisc
for multiqueue devices and exposes each device queue as a child class.
This allows to address queues individually and graft them similar to regular
classes. Additionally it presents an accumulated view of the statistics of
all real root qdiscs in the dummy root.
Two new callbacks are added to the qdisc_ops and qdisc_class_ops:
- cl_ops->select_queue selects the tx queue number for new child classes.
- qdisc_ops->attach() overrides root qdisc device grafting to attach
non-shared qdiscs to the queues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used in a following patch by the multiqueue qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This shrinks the size of struct sctp_association a little.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch introduces a new sysctl option to make IPv4 Address Scoping
configurable <draft-stewart-tsvwg-sctp-ipv4-00.txt>.
In networking environments where DNAT rules in iptables prerouting
chains convert destination IP's to link-local/private IP addresses,
SCTP connections fail to establish as the INIT chunk is dropped by the
kernel due to address scope match failure.
For example to support overlapping IP addresses (same IP address with
different vlan id) a Layer-5 application listens on link local IP's,
and there is a DNAT rule that maps the destination IP to a link local
IP. Such applications never get the SCTP INIT if the address-scoping
draft is strictly followed.
This sysctl configuration allows SCTP to function in such
unconventional networking environments.
Sysctl options:
0 - Disable IPv4 address scoping draft altogether
1 - Enable IPv4 address scoping (default, current behavior)
2 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 private addresses in init/init-ack
3 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 link local address in init/init-ack
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskar.dutta@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We had a bug that we never stored the user-defined value for
MAXSEG when setting the value on an association. Thus future
PMTU events ended up re-writing the frag point and increasing
it past user limit. Additionally, when setting the option on
the socket/endpoint, we effect all current associations, which
is against spec.
Now, we store the user 'maxseg' value along with the computed
'frag_point'. We inherit 'maxseg' from the socket at association
creation and use it as an upper limit for 'frag_point' when its
set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP will delay the last part of a large write due to NAGLE, if that
part is smaller then MTU. Since we are doing large writes, we might
as well send the last portion now instead of waiting untill the next
large write happens. The small portion will be sent as is regardless,
so it's better to not delay it.
This is a result of much discussions with Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
and Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com>. Many thanks go out to them.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP has a problem that when small chunks are used, it is possible
to exhaust the receiver buffer without fully closing receive window.
This happens due to all overhead that we have account for with small
messages. To fix this, when receive buffer is exceeded, we'll drop
the window to 0 and save the 'drop' portion. When application starts
reading data and freeing up recevie buffer space, we'll wait until
we've reached the 'drop' window and then add back this 'drop' one
mtu at a time. This worked well in testing and under stress produced
rather even recovery.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Currenlty, sctp breaks up user messages into fragments and
sends each fragment to the lower layer by itself. This means
that for each fragment we go all the way down the stack
and back up. This also discourages bundling of multiple
fragments when they can fit into a sigle packet (ex: due
to user setting a low fragmentation threashold).
We introduce a new command SCTP_CMD_SND_MSG and hand the
whole message down state machine. The state machine and
the side-effect parser will cork the queue, add all chunks
from the message to the queue, and then un-cork the queue
thus causing the chunks to get transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If a socket has a lot of association that are in the process of
of being closed/aborted, it is possible for a remote to establish
new associations during the time period that the old ones are shutting
down. If this was a result of a close() call, there will be no socket
and will cause a memory leak. We'll prevent this by setting the
socket state to CLOSING and disallow new associations when in this state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch removes an unused union definition (sctp_cmsg_data_t)
from include/net/sctp/user.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rosenrami@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This fixed a lockdep warning which appeared when doing stress
memory tests over NFS:
inconsistent {RECLAIM_FS-ON-W} -> {IN-RECLAIM_FS-W} usage.
page reclaim => nfs_writepage => tcp_sendmsg => lock sk_lock
mount_root => nfs_root_data => tcp_close => lock sk_lock =>
tcp_send_fin => alloc_skb_fclone => page reclaim
David raised a concern that if the allocation fails in tcp_send_fin(), and it's
GFP_ATOMIC, we are going to yield() (which sleeps) and loop endlessly waiting
for the allocation to succeed.
But fact is, the original GFP_KERNEL also sleeps. GFP_ATOMIC+yield() looks
weird, but it is no worse the implicit sleep inside GFP_KERNEL. Both could
loop endlessly under memory pressure.
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan devices are currently not multi-queue capable.
We can do that with a new rtnl_link_ops method,
get_tx_queues(), called from rtnl_create_link()
This new method gets num_tx_queues/real_num_tx_queues
from real device.
register_vlan_device() is also handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function block inet_connect_sock_af_ops contains no data
make it constant.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are full of unresolved problems, mainly that conversions don't
work 1-1 from hrtimers to tasklet_hrtimers because unlike hrtimers
tasklets can't be killed from softirq context.
And when a qdisc gets reset, that's exactly what we need to do here.
We'll work this out in the net-next-2.6 tree and if warranted we'll
backport that work to -stable.
This reverts the following 3 changesets:
a2cb6a4dd4
("pkt_sched: Fix bogon in tasklet_hrtimer changes.")
38acce2d79
("pkt_sched: Convert CBQ to tasklet_hrtimer.")
ee5f9757ea
("pkt_sched: Convert qdisc_watchdog to tasklet_hrtimer")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tables are never modified at runtime. Move to read-only
section.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch affects the retransmits_timed_out() function.
Changes:
1) Variables have more meaningful names
2) retransmits_timed_out() has an introductionary comment.
3) Small coding style changes.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net::ipv6.ip6_dst_ops is separatedly dynamically allocated,
but there is no fundamental reason for it. Embed it directly into
struct netns_ipv6.
For that:
* move struct dst_ops into separate header to fix circular dependencies
I honestly tried not to, it's pretty impossible to do other way
* drop dynamical allocation, allocate together with netns
For a change, remove struct dst_ops::dst_net, it's deducible
by using container_of() given dst_ops pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 1122 specifies two threshold values R1 and R2 for connection timeouts,
which may represent a number of allowed retransmissions or a timeout value.
Currently linux uses sysctl_tcp_retries{1,2} to specify the thresholds
in number of allowed retransmissions.
For any desired threshold R2 (by means of time) one can specify tcp_retries2
(by means of number of retransmissions) such that TCP will not time out
earlier than R2. This is the case, because the RTO schedule follows a fixed
pattern, namely exponential backoff.
However, the RTO behaviour is not predictable any more if RTO backoffs can be
reverted, as it is the case in the draft
"Make TCP more Robust to Long Connectivity Disruptions"
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-zimmermann-tcp-lcd).
In the worst case TCP would time out a connection after 3.2 seconds, if the
initial RTO equaled MIN_RTO and each backoff has been reverted.
This patch introduces a function retransmits_timed_out(N),
which calculates the timeout of a TCP connection, assuming an initial
RTO of MIN_RTO and N unsuccessful, exponentially backed-off retransmissions.
Whenever timeout decisions are made by comparing the retransmission counter
to some value N, this function can be used, instead.
The meaning of tcp_retries2 will be changed, as many more RTO retransmissions
can occur than the value indicates. However, it yields a timeout which is
similar to the one of an unpatched, exponentially backing off TCP in the same
scenario. As no application could rely on an RTO greater than MIN_RTO, there
should be no risk of a regression.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here, an ICMP host/network unreachable message, whose payload fits to
TCP's SND.UNA, is taken as an indication that the RTO retransmission has
not been lost due to congestion, but because of a route failure
somewhere along the path.
With true congestion, a router won't trigger such a message and the
patched TCP will operate as standard TCP.
This patch reverts one RTO backoff, if an ICMP host/network unreachable
message, whose payload fits to TCP's SND.UNA, arrives.
Based on the new RTO, the retransmission timer is reset to reflect the
remaining time, or - if the revert clocked out the timer - a retransmission
is sent out immediately.
Backoffs are only reverted, if TCP is in RTO loss recovery, i.e. if
there have been retransmissions and reversible backoffs, already.
Changes from v2:
1) Renaming of skb in tcp_v4_err() moved to another patch.
2) Reintroduced tcp_bound_rto() and __tcp_set_rto().
3) Fixed code comments.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support of dcbnl setapp/getapp to dcbnl_rtnl_ops in netdev to allow
LLDs to implement their corresponding dcbnl setapp/getapp ops to support
the IEEE 802.1Q DCBX setapp/getapp commands.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce keepalive_probes(tp) helper, and use it, like
keepalive_time_when(tp) and keepalive_intvl_when(tp)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for
mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This eliminates the dual definition of ieee80211_channel (and possibly
others), further clarifying who defines what and paving the way for
inclusion of cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement all issues related to RemoteBusy in the RECV state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Consitfy nlmsghdr arguments to a couple of functions as preparation
for the next patch, which will constify the netlink message data in
all nfnetlink users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
None of this stuff should execute in hw IRQ context, therefore
use a tasklet_hrtimer so that it runs in softirq context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When using DEFER_SETUP on a RFCOMM socket, a SABM frame triggers
authorization which when rejected send a DM response. This is fine
according to the RFCOMM spec:
the responding implementation may replace the "proper" response
on the Multiplexer Control channel with a DM frame, sent on the
referenced DLCI to indicate that the DLCI is not open, and that
the responder would not grant a request to open it later either.
But some stacks doesn't seems to cope with this leaving DLCI 0 open after
receiving DM frame.
To fix it properly a timer was introduced to rfcomm_session which is used
to set a timeout when the last active DLC of a session is unlinked, this
will give the remote stack some time to reply with a proper DISC frame on
DLCI 0 avoiding both sides sending DISC to each other on stacks that
follow the specification and taking care of those who don't by taking
down DLCI 0.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Support for receiving of SREJ frames as specified by the state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When L2CAP loses an I-frame we send a SREJ frame to the transmitter side
requesting the lost packet. This patch implement all Recv I-frame events
on SREJ_SENT state table except the ones that deal with SendRej (the REJ
exception at receiver side is yet not implemented).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implement CRC16 check for L2CAP packets. FCS is used by Streaming Mode and
Enhanced Retransmission Mode and is a extra check for the packet content.
Using CRC16 is the default, L2CAP won't use FCS only when both side send
a "No FCS" request.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP uses retransmission and monitor timers to inquiry the other side
about unacked I-frames. After sending each I-frame we (re)start the
retransmission timer. If it expires, we start a monitor timer that send a
S-frame with P bit set and wait for S-frame with F bit set. If monitor
timer expires, try again, at a maximum of L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_TX.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving an I-frame with unexpected txSeq, receiver side start the
recovery procedure by sending a REJ S-frame to the transmitter side. So
the transmitter can re-send the lost I-frame.
This patch just adds a basic support for retransmission, it doesn't
mean that ERTM now has full support for packet retransmission.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ERTM should use Segmentation and Reassembly to break down a SDU in many
PDUs on sending data to the other side.
On sending packets we queue all 'segments' until end of segmentation and
just the add them to the queue for sending. On receiving we create a new
SKB with the SDU reassembled.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for ERTM transfers, without retransmission, with
txWindow up to 63 and with acknowledgement of packets received. Now the
packets are queued before call l2cap_do_send(), so packets couldn't be
sent at the time we call l2cap_sock_sendmsg(). They will be sent in
an asynchronous way on later calls of l2cap_ertm_send(). Besides if an
error occurs on calling l2cap_do_send() we disconnect the channel.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support to config_req and config_rsp to configure ERTM and Streaming
mode. If the remote device specifies ERTM or Streaming mode, then the
same mode is proposed. Otherwise ERTM or Basic mode is used. And in case
of a state 2 device, the remote device should propose the same mode. If
not, then the channel gets disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To enable Enhanced Retransmission mode it needs to be set via a socket
option. A different mode can be set on a socket, but on listen() and
connect() the mode is checked and ERTM is only allowed if it is enabled
via the module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hdev->req_lock is used as mutex so make it a mutex.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The device model itself has no real usable reference counting at the
moment and this causes problems if parents are deleted before their
children. The device model itself handles the memory details of this
correctly, but the uevent order is not consistent. This causes various
problems for systems like HAL or even X.
So until device_put() does a proper cleanup, the device for Bluetooth
connection will be protected with an extra reference counting to ensure
the correct order of uevents when connections are terminated.
This is not an automatic feature. Higher Bluetooth layers like HIDP or
BNEP should grab this new reference to ensure that their uevents are
send before the ones from the parent device.
Based on a report by Brian Rogers <brian@xyzw.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
My patch "cfg80211: fix deadlock" broke the code it
was supposed to fix, the scan request checking. But
it's not trivial to put it back the way it was, since
the original patch had a deadlock.
Now do it in a completely new way: queue the check
off to a work struct, where we can freely lock. But
that has some more complications, like needing to
wait for it to be done before the wiphy/rdev can be
destroyed, so some code is required to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All but two drivers have now stopped using the two
deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int,
so it's about time to remove them for good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up
with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter
operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify
things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add
a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that
need the multicast address list implement. This new
callback must be atomic, but most drivers either
don't care or just calculate a hash which can be
done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware
non-atomically.
A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170,
mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00,
wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this
new capability.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 adds new concept: channel pages, which can contain several
channels. Add support for channel pages in the API and in the fakehard driver.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
In 5e140dfc1f "net: reorder struct Qdisc
for better SMP performance" the definition of struct gnet_stats_basic
changed incompatibly, as copies of this struct are shipped to
userland via netlink.
Restoring old behavior is not welcome, for performance reason.
Fix is to use a private structure for kernel, and
teach gnet_stats_copy_basic() to convert from kernel to user land,
using legacy structure (struct gnet_stats_basic)
Based on a report and initial patch from Michael Spang.
Reported-by: Michael Spang <mspang@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes drivers might have a good reason to override
the PS default, like iwlwifi right now where it affects
RX performance significantly at this point. This will
allow them to override the default, if desired, in a
way that users can still change it according to their
trade-off choices, not the driver's, like would happen
if the driver just disabled PS completely then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the max_bandwidth attribute. It is only ever
written to, and is duplicated by max_bandwidth_khz in the
regulatory code.
Signed-off-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong,
we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could
lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory.
It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array
isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length
array into the struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for
instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation
to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last
fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This
patch allows implementation such an optimisation by
telling the driver when more frames can be expected.
Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented
frames, but could also be used in the future on other
frames when the queue was full and there are multiple
frames pending.
Note that drivers need to be careful when using this
flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just
when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets
full so that progress can be made.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave
filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some more documentation including an example so that
it's clearer what should be done for TX retries.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for userspace to be able to figure out whether
it obtained a consistent snapshot of data or not when
using netlink dumps, we need to have a generation number
in each dump message that indicates whether the list has
changed or not -- its value is arbitrary.
This patch adds such a number to all dumps, this needs
some mac80211 involvement to keep track of a generation
number to start with when adding/removing mesh paths or
stations.
The wiphy and netdev lists can be fully handled within
cfg80211, of course, but generation numbers need to be
stored there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the move of everything related to the SME from
mac80211 to cfg80211, we lost the ability to send
reassociation frames. This adds them back, but only
for wireless extensions. With the userspace SME, it
shall control assoc vs. reassoc (it already can do
so with the nl80211 interface).
I haven't touched the connect() implementation, so
it is not possible to reassociate with the nl80211
connect primitive. I think that should be done with
the NL80211_CMD_ROAM command, but we'll have to see
how that can be handled in the future, especially
with fullmac chips.
This patch addresses only the immediate regression
we had in mac80211, which previously sent reassoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE802154_SIOC_ADD_SLAVE was used to allocate 802.15.4 interfaces
on the top of radio. It's not used anymore, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which
dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that
is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the
queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue
and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we
can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the
skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving.
The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the
default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is
incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid
checks like the second line below:
+ } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
>> !q->gso_skb &&
+ !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) {
Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1,
2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are
aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on
System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards:
----------------------------------
Size | ORG BW NEW BW |
----------------------------------
128K | 156964 159381 |
256K | 158650 162042 |
----------------------------------
Changes from ver1:
1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to
pkt_sched.h
2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path.
3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset.
4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
String literals are constant, and usually, we can also tag the array
of pointers const too, moving it to the .rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211
implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames.
It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations
reliably.
The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to
ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode.
And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other
control ones, but only PS Poll ones.
This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to
FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames".
This flag is passed to the driver:
A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode.
B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in
addition to it).
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6:
"cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint"
We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly
stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked
up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions
on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable.
By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices
registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains
enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170.
The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would
never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did
support such enhancements when world roaming.
Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to
allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow
drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them.
We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default
enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift
passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from
an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz
band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed
world wide.
This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby
improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP,
and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which
would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom
regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected
by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared
upon wiphy registration.
I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfcomm tty may be used before rfcomm_tty_driver initilized,
The problem is that now socket layer init before tty layer, if userspace
program do socket callback right here then oops will happen.
reporting in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-bluetooth&m=124404919324542&w=2
make 3 changes:
1. remove #ifdef in rfcomm/core.c,
make it blank function when rfcomm tty not selected in rfcomm.h
2. tune the rfcomm_init error patch to ensure
tty driver initilized before rfcomm socket usage.
3. remove __exit for rfcomm_cleanup_sockets
because above change need call it in a __init function.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current neigh_periodic_timer() function is fired by timer IRQ, and
scans one hash bucket each round (very litle work in fact)
As we are supposed to scan whole hash table in 15 seconds, this means
neigh_periodic_timer() can be fired very often. (depending on the number
of concurrent hash entries we stored in this table)
Converting this to a workqueue permits scanning whole table, minimizing
icache pollution, and firing this work every 15 seconds, independantly
of hash table size.
This 15 seconds delay is not a hard number, as work is a deferrable one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since pr_err and friends are used instead of printk there is no point
in keeping IP_VS_ERR and friends. Furthermore make use of '__func__'
instead of hard coded function names.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Choose saner defaults for xfrm[4|6] gc_thresh values on init
Currently, the xfrm[4|6] code has hard-coded initial gc_thresh values
(set to 1024). Given that the ipv4 and ipv6 routing caches are sized
dynamically at boot time, the static selections can be non-sensical.
This patch dynamically selects an appropriate gc threshold based on
the corresponding main routing table size, using the assumption that
we should in the worst case be able to handle as many connections as
the routing table can.
For ipv4, the maximum route cache size is 16 * the number of hash
buckets in the route cache. Given that xfrm4 starts garbage
collection at the gc_thresh and prevents new allocations at 2 *
gc_thresh, we set gc_thresh to half the maximum route cache size.
For ipv6, its a bit trickier. there is no maximum route cache size,
but the ipv6 dst_ops gc_thresh is statically set to 1024. It seems
sane to select a simmilar gc_thresh for the xfrm6 code that is half
the number of hash buckets in the v6 route cache times 16 (like the v4
code does).
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we
needed to keep the implementations separate, but now
that we have all versions implemented we can combine
them and export just one handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly
queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than
the pending queue.
Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially
send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a
station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a
packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter
clearing we added for it.
(Also remove a now dead function)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to make cfg80211/nl80211 aware of network namespaces,
we have to do the following things:
* del_virtual_intf method takes an interface index rather
than a netdev pointer - simply change this
* nl80211 uses init_net a lot, it changes to use the sender's
network namespace
* scan requests use the interface index, hold a netdev pointer
and reference instead
* we want a wiphy and its associated virtual interfaces to be
in one netns together, so
- we need to be able to change ns for a given interface, so
export dev_change_net_namespace()
- for each virtual interface set the NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL
flag, and clear that flag only when the wiphy changes ns,
to disallow breaking this invariant
* when a network namespace goes away, we need to reparent the
wiphy to init_net
* cfg80211 users that support creating virtual interfaces must
create them in the wiphy's namespace, currently this affects
only mac80211
The end result is that you can now switch an entire wiphy into
a different network namespace with the new command
iw phy#<idx> set netns <pid>
and all virtual interfaces will follow (or the operation fails).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The use of a static buffer in rose2asc() to return its result is not
threadproof and can result in corruption if multiple threads are trying
to use one of the procfs files based on rose2asc().
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply
put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev,
getting rid of the master interface completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack
frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta
and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211
for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code.
Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms
are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their
gate_rate() mac80211 callback.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz>
Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we're associated we should be able to send data to
target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect
band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and
drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on
rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to
communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In cfg80211_scan_request n_channels refers to the total number
of channels to scan. Update the misleading comment accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This provides a list of sockets with their Phonet bind addresses and
some socket debug informations through /proc/net/phonet.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h (and others) naming seems to be too long
and redundant. Drop one level of subdirectories.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
This adds some perfunctory documentation comments to the IEEE 802.15.4
fakehard.c driver (Fake hard MAC) and the nl802154.h (outgoing netlink messages)
header.
These comments are not necessarily complete, but they do reference the
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 document where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Silverstone <dsilvers@simtec.co.uk>
Eric explained this to me -- and afterwards the comment
made sense, but not before. Add the the critical point
about interfaces having to be gone from the netns before
subsys notifiers are called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix MD5 signature checking so that an IPv4 active open
to an IPv6 socket can succeed. In particular, use the
correct address family's signature generation function
for the SYN/ACK.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e912b1142b
(net: sk_prot_alloc() should not blindly overwrite memory)
took care of not zeroing whole new socket at allocation time.
sock_copy() is another spot where we should be very careful.
We should not set refcnt to a non null value, until
we are sure other fields are correctly setup, or
a lockless reader could catch this socket by mistake,
while not fully (re)initialized.
This patch puts sk_node & sk_refcnt to the very beginning
of struct sock to ease sock_copy() & sk_prot_alloc() job.
We add appropriate smp_wmb() before sk_refcnt initializations
to match our RCU requirements (changes to sock keys should
be committed to memory before sk_refcnt setting)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes wireless extensions netns aware. The
tasklet sending the events is converted to a work
struct so that we can rtnl_lock() in it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ipv6_select_ident() inline function to ipv6.h and remove the unused
skb argument
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- validate and forward GSO UDP/IPv4 packets from untrusted sources.
- do software UFO if the outgoing device doesn't support UFO.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function get_net_ns_by_pid(), to get a network
namespace from a pid_t, will be required in cfg80211
as well. Therefore, let's move it to net_namespace.c
and export it. We can't make it a static inline in
the !NETNS case because it needs to verify that the
given pid even exists (and return -ESRCH).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes generic netlink network namespace aware. No
generic netlink families except for the controller family
are made namespace aware, they need to be checked one by
one and then set the family->netnsok member to true.
A new function genlmsg_multicast_netns() is introduced to
allow sending a multicast message in a given namespace,
for example when it applies to an object that lives in
that namespace, a new function genlmsg_multicast_allns()
to send a message to all network namespaces (for objects
that do not have an associated netns).
The function genlmsg_multicast() is changed to multicast
the message in just init_net, which is currently correct
for all generic netlink families since they only work in
init_net right now. Some will later want to work in all
net namespaces because they do not care about the netns
at all -- those will have to be converted to use one of
the new functions genlmsg_multicast_allns() or
genlmsg_multicast_netns() whenever they are made netns
aware in some way.
After this patch families can easily decide whether or
not they should be available in all net namespaces. Many
genl families us it for objects not related to networking
and should therefore be available in all namespaces, but
that will have to be done on a per family basis.
Note that this doesn't touch on the checkpoint/restart
problem where network namespaces could be used, genl
families and multicast groups are numbered globally and
I see no easy way of changing that, especially since it
must be possible to multicast to all network namespaces
for those families that do not care about netns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All we need to take care of is using proper RCU list
add/del primitives and inserting a synchronize_rcu()
at one place to make sure the exit notifiers are run
after everybody has stopped iterating the list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into
the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can
race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against
leaving an IBSS, etc.
Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects
most of the per-interface data that we need to keep
track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock
everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to
work structs so that we don't require being able to
sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception
to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that
currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier
to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future
drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever
exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like
mac80211 anyway...
In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc
properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will
determine locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that
the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will
simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise it becomes very hard to reset the structs
correctly since wext can be configured while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we don't really know that well in the kernel,
let's let the SME control whether it wants to use
reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the
previous BSSID in the associate() parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away
while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211
keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable
but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can
keep track of up to four separate authentications and
one association, regardless of whether it's controlled
by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and
I will need it in cfg80211 soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By dropping the noise reporting, we can implement
wireless stats in cfg80211. We also make the
handler return NULL if we have no information,
which is possible thanks to the recent wext change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For now, let's implement that using a very hackish way:
simply mirror the wext API in the cfg80211 API. This
will have to be changed later when we implement proper
bitrate API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements siocsiwap/giwap for WDS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just on/off and timeout, and with a hacky cfg80211 method
until we figure out what we want, though this is probably
sufficient as we want to use pm_qos for wifi everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to make it possible to use the cfg80211
connect() API with wireless extensions, and because the
previous patch added emulation of that API with auth()
and assoc(), by extension also supports wext on that.
At the same time, removes code from mac80211 for wext,
but doesn't yet clean up mac80211's mlme code more.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to cfg80211 so that drivers (mac80211 right
now) that don't implement connect but rather auth/assoc can
still be used with the nl80211 connect command. This will
also be necessary for the wext compat code.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces the cfg80211 connect/disconnect API.
The goal here is to run the AUTH and ASSOC steps in one call.
This is needed for some fullmac cards that run both steps
directly from the target, after the host driver sends a
connect command.
Additionally, all the new crypto parameters for connect()
are now also valid for associate() -- although associate
requires the IEs to be used, the information can be useful
for drivers and should be given.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing
and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing
like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by
default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and
shouldn't be enabled in most kernels.
The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to
identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA
attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the
command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode
multicast group).
I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the
command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement
the testmode command.
Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the
command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use
of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is
currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and
the testmode command only serves as an example of how to
use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the
TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at
http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD
licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their
own internal fabrication and validation tools.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is never changed by the function, so can be marked const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable isn't necessary -- the wext code keeps
track of the BSSID itself, and otherwise we have
current_bss.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a
new function parameter that gets the flags from the
caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers
(all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now
it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there was a reason I'm passing the ifidx I cannot
remember it any more and don't see one now, so let's
just pass the pointer itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding smp_mb__after_lock define to be used as a smp_mb call after
a lock.
Making it nop for x86, since {read|write|spin}_lock() on x86 are
full memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding memory barrier after the poll_wait function, paired with
receive callbacks. Adding fuctions sock_poll_wait and sk_has_sleeper
to wrap the memory barrier.
Without the memory barrier, following race can happen.
The race fires, when following code paths meet, and the tp->rcv_nxt
and __add_wait_queue updates stay in CPU caches.
CPU1 CPU2
sys_select receive packet
... ...
__add_wait_queue update tp->rcv_nxt
... ...
tp->rcv_nxt check sock_def_readable
... {
schedule ...
if (sk->sk_sleep && waitqueue_active(sk->sk_sleep))
wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep)
...
}
If there was no cache the code would work ok, since the wait_queue and
rcv_nxt are opposit to each other.
Meaning that once tp->rcv_nxt is updated by CPU2, the CPU1 either already
passed the tp->rcv_nxt check and sleeps, or will get the new value for
tp->rcv_nxt and will return with new data mask.
In both cases the process (CPU1) is being added to the wait queue, so the
waitqueue_active (CPU2) call cannot miss and will wake up CPU1.
The bad case is when the __add_wait_queue changes done by CPU1 stay in its
cache, and so does the tp->rcv_nxt update on CPU2 side. The CPU1 will then
endup calling schedule and sleep forever if there are no more data on the
socket.
Calls to poll_wait in following modules were ommited:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c
net/irda/af_irda.c
net/irda/irnet/irnet_ppp.c
net/mac80211/rc80211_pid_debugfs.c
net/phonet/socket.c
net/rds/af_rds.c
net/rfkill/core.c
net/sunrpc/cache.c
net/sunrpc/rpc_pipe.c
net/tipc/socket.c
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case if kernel was compiled without ebtables support
there is no need to keep ebt_table pointers in netns_xt
structure.
Make it config dependent.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused member (seq) scm_cookie; besides initialized
to 0 in the header file, it is not used.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NAT helpers change the TCP packet size, the highest seen sequence
number needs to be corrected. This is currently only done upwards, when
the packet size is reduced the sequence number is unchanged. This causes
TCP conntrack to falsely detect unacknowledged data and decrease the
timeout.
Fix by updating the highest seen sequence number in both directions after
packet mangling.
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6:
bnx2: Fix the behavior of ethtool when ONBOOT=no
qla3xxx: Don't sleep while holding lock.
qla3xxx: Give the PHY time to come out of reset.
ipv4 routing: Ensure that route cache entries are usable and reclaimable with caching is off
net: Move rx skb_orphan call to where needed
ipv6: Use correct data types for ICMPv6 type and code
net: let KS8842 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
can: let SJA1000 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
netxen: fix firmware init handshake
netxen: fix build with without CONFIG_PM
netfilter: xt_rateest: fix comparison with self
netfilter: xt_quota: fix incomplete initialization
netfilter: nf_log: fix direct userspace memory access in proc handler
netfilter: fix some sparse endianess warnings
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix conntrack lookup race
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix confirmation race condition
netfilter: nf_conntrack: death_by_timeout() fix
In order to get the tun driver to account packets, we need to be
able to receive packets with destructors set. To be on the safe
side, I added an skb_orphan call for all protocols by default since
some of them (IP in particular) cannot handle receiving packets
destructors properly.
Now it seems that at least one protocol (CAN) expects to be able
to pass skb->sk through the rx path without getting clobbered.
So this patch attempts to fix this properly by moving the skb_orphan
call to where it's actually needed. In particular, I've added it
to skb_set_owner_[rw] which is what most users of skb->destructor
call.
This is actually an improvement for tun too since it means that
we only give back the amount charged to the socket when the skb
is passed to another socket that will also be charged accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <olver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change all the code that deals directly with ICMPv6 type and code
values to use u8 instead of a signed int as that's the actual data
type.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (43 commits)
via-velocity: Fix velocity driver unmapping incorrect size.
mlx4_en: Remove redundant refill code on RX
mlx4_en: Removed redundant check on lso header size
mlx4_en: Cancel port_up check in transmit function
mlx4_en: using stop/start_all_queues
mlx4_en: Removed redundant skb->len check
mlx4_en: Counting all the dropped packets on the TX side
usbnet cdc_subset: fix issues talking to PXA gadgets
Net: qla3xxx, remove sleeping in atomic
ipv4: fix NULL pointer + success return in route lookup path
isdn: clean up documentation index
cfg80211: validate station settings
cfg80211: allow setting station parameters in mesh
cfg80211: allow adding/deleting stations on mesh
ath5k: fix beacon_int handling
MAINTAINERS: Fix Atheros pattern paths
ath9k: restore PS mode, before we put the chip into FULL SLEEP state.
ath9k: wait for beacon frame along with CAB
acer-wmi: fix rfkill conversion
ath5k: avoid PCI FATAL interrupts by restoring RETRY_TIMEOUT disabling
...
If the iucv message limit for a communication path is exceeded,
sendmsg() returns -EAGAIN instead of -EPIPE.
The calling application can then handle this error situtation,
e.g. to try again after waiting some time.
For blocking sockets, sendmsg() waits up to the socket timeout
before returning -EAGAIN. For the new wait condition, a macro
has been introduced and the iucv_sock_wait_state() has been
refactored to this macro.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (55 commits)
netxen: fix tx ring accounting
netxen: fix detection of cut-thru firmware mode
forcedeth: fix dma api mismatches
atm: sk_wmem_alloc initial value is one
net: correct off-by-one write allocations reports
via-velocity : fix no link detection on boot
Net / e100: Fix suspend of devices that cannot be power managed
TI DaVinci EMAC : Fix rmmod error
net: group address list and its count
ipv4: Fix fib_trie rebalancing, part 2
pkt_sched: Update drops stats in act_police
sky2: version 1.23
sky2: add GRO support
sky2: skb recycling
sky2: reduce default transmit ring
sky2: receive counter update
sky2: fix shutdown synchronization
sky2: PCI irq issues
sky2: more receive shutdown
sky2: turn off pause during shutdown
...
Manually fix trivial conflict in net/core/skbuff.c due to kmemcheck
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
Some protocols check sk_wmem_alloc value to determine if a timer
must delay socket deallocation. We must take care of the sk_wmem_alloc
value being one instead of zero when no write allocations are pending.
Reported by Ingo Molnar, and full diagnostic from David Miller.
This patch introduces three helpers to get read/write allocations
and a followup patch will use these helpers to report correct
write allocations to user.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If socket destuction gets delayed to a timer, we try to
lock_sock() from that timer which won't work.
Use bh_lock_sock() in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The use of bitfields here would lead to false positive warnings with
kmemcheck. Silence them.
(Additionally, one erroneous comment related to the bitfield was also
fixed.)
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Let's use TICKS instead of US, so PSCHED_TICKS2NS and PSCHED_NS2TICKS
(like in PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC already) to avoid misleading.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves ctnetlink event reliability if one broadcast
listener has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket option.
The logic is the following: if an event delivery fails, we keep
the undelivered events in the missed event cache. Once the next
packet arrives, we add the new events (if any) to the missed
events in the cache and we try a new delivery, and so on. Thus,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver an event, we try to deliver them
once we see a new packet. Therefore, we may lose state
transitions but the userspace process gets in sync at some point.
At worst case, if no events were delivered to userspace, we make
sure that destroy events are successfully delivered. Basically,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver the destroy event, we remove the
conntrack entry from the hashes and we insert them in the dying
list, which contains inactive entries. Then, the conntrack timer
is added with an extra grace timeout of random32() % 15 seconds
to trigger the event again (this grace timeout is tunable via
/proc). The use of a limited random timeout value allows
distributing the "destroy" resends, thus, avoiding accumulating
lots "destroy" events at the same time. Event delivery may
re-order but we can identify them by means of the tuple plus
the conntrack ID.
The maximum number of conntrack entries (active or inactive) is
still handled by nf_conntrack_max. Thus, we may start dropping
packets at some point if we accumulate a lot of inactive conntrack
entries that did not successfully report the destroy event to
userspace.
During my stress tests consisting of setting a very small buffer
of 2048 bytes for conntrackd and the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket
flag, and generating lots of very small connections, I noticed
very few destroy entries on the fly waiting to be resend.
A simple way to test this patch consist of creating a lot of
entries, set a very small Netlink buffer in conntrackd (+ a patch
which is not in the git tree to set the BROADCAST_ERROR flag)
and invoke `conntrack -F'.
For expectations, no changes are introduced in this patch.
Currently, event delivery is only done for new expectations (no
events from expectation expiration, removal and confirmation).
In that case, they need a per-expectation event cache to implement
the same idea that is exposed in this patch.
This patch can be useful to provide reliable flow-accouting. We
still have to add a new conntrack extension to store the creation
and destroy time.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the helper destruction to a function that lives
in nf_conntrack_helper.c. This new function is used in the patch
to add ctnetlink reliable event delivery.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch reworks the per-cpu event caching to use the conntrack
extension infrastructure.
The main drawback is that we consume more memory per conntrack
if event delivery is enabled. This patch is required by the
reliable event delivery that follows to this patch.
BTW, this patch allows you to enable/disable event delivery via
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_events in runtime, although
you can still disable event caching as compilation option.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One of the problem with sock memory accounting is it uses
a pair of sock_hold()/sock_put() for each transmitted packet.
This slows down bidirectional flows because the receive path
also needs to take a refcount on socket and might use a different
cpu than transmit path or transmit completion path. So these
two atomic operations also trigger cache line bounces.
We can see this in tx or tx/rx workloads (media gateways for example),
where sock_wfree() can be in top five functions in profiles.
We use this sock_hold()/sock_put() so that sock freeing
is delayed until all tx packets are completed.
As we also update sk_wmem_alloc, we could offset sk_wmem_alloc
by one unit at init time, until sk_free() is called.
Once sk_free() is called, we atomic_dec_and_test(sk_wmem_alloc)
to decrement initial offset and atomicaly check if any packets
are in flight.
skb_set_owner_w() doesnt call sock_hold() anymore
sock_wfree() doesnt call sock_put() anymore, but check if sk_wmem_alloc
reached 0 to perform the final freeing.
Drawback is that a skb->truesize error could lead to unfreeable sockets, or
even worse, prematurely calling __sk_free() on a live socket.
Nice speedups on SMP. tbench for example, going from 2691 MB/s to 2711 MB/s
on my 8 cpu dev machine, even if tbench was not really hitting sk_refcnt
contention point. 5 % speedup on a UDP transmit workload (depends
on number of flows), lowering TX completion cpu usage.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed
to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce
the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary
overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and
this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption
is used.
Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue
again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also
fixes a problem where frames for that particular station
could be reordered when some were still on the software
queues and older ones are re-injected into the software
queue after them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce per-conntrack locks and use them instead of the global protocol
locks to avoid contention. Especially tcp_lock shows up very high in
profiles on larger machines.
This will also allow to simplify the upcoming reliable event delivery patches.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a netlink interface for configuration of IEEE 802.15.4 device. Also this
interface specifies events notification sent by devices towards higher layers.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks. This implementation
is neither certified nor complete, but aims to that goal. This commit contains
only the socket interface for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks.
One can either send RAW datagrams or use SOCK_DGRAM to encapsulate data
inside normal IEEE 802.15.4 packets.
Configuration interface, drivers and software MAC 802.15.4 implementation will
follow.
Initial implementation was done by Maxim Gorbachyov, Maxim Osipov and Pavel
Smolensky as a research project at Siemens AG. Later the stack was heavily
reworked to better suit the linux networking model, and is now maitained
as an open project partially sponsored by Siemens.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to 6 to increase schedulers time
resolution. This will increase 16x a number of (internal) ticks per
nanosecond, and is needed to improve accuracy of schedulers based on
rate tables, like HTB, TBF or CBQ, with rates above 100Mbit. It is
assumed this change is safe for 32bit accounting of time diffs up
to 2 minutes, which should be enough for common use (extremely low
rate values may overflow, so get inaccurate instead). To make full
use of this change an updated iproute2 will be needed. (But using
older iproute2 should be safe too.)
This change breaks ticks - microseconds similarity, so some minor code
fixes might be needed. It is also planned to change naming adequately
eg. to PSCHED_TICKS2NS() etc. in the near future.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and
PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later.
Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT
definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Furthermore, it twiddles with the details of SKB list handling
directly, which we're trying to eliminate.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current conntrack code kills the ICMP conntrack entry as soon as
the first reply is received. This is incorrect, as we then see only
the first ICMP echo reply out of several possible duplicates as
ESTABLISHED, while the rest will be INVALID. Also this unnecessarily
increases the conntrackd traffic on H-A firewalls.
Make all the ICMP conntrack entries (including the replied ones)
last for the default of nf_conntrack_icmp{,v6}_timeout seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is now possible to easily
integrate RFKILL soft-switch support into the Bluetooth subsystem. All
Bluetooth devices will now get automatically RFKILL support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth source uses some endian conversion helpers, that in the end
translate to kernel standard routines. So remove this obfuscation since it
is fully pointless.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds the basic constants required to add support for L2CAP Enhanced
Retransmission feature.
Based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using the L2CAP_CONF_HINT macro is easier to understand than using a
hardcoded 0x80 value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use macros instead of hardcoded numbers to make the L2CAP source code
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an
rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed,
simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver
needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces
after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power
via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates
mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but
will go away soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch completely rewrites the rfkill core to address
the following deficiencies:
* all rfkill drivers need to implement polling where necessary
rather than having one central implementation
* updating the rfkill state cannot be done from arbitrary
contexts, forcing drivers to use schedule_work and requiring
lots of code
* rfkill drivers need to keep track of soft/hard blocked
internally -- the core should do this
* the rfkill API has many unexpected quirks, for example being
asymmetric wrt. alloc/free and register/unregister
* rfkill can call back into a driver from within a function the
driver called -- this is prone to deadlocks and generally
should be avoided
* rfkill-input pointlessly is a separate module
* drivers need to #ifdef rfkill functions (unless they want to
depend on or select RFKILL) -- rfkill should provide inlines
that do nothing if it isn't compiled in
* the rfkill structure is not opaque -- drivers need to initialise
it correctly (lots of sanity checking code required) -- instead
force drivers to pass the right variables to rfkill_alloc()
* the documentation is hard to read because it always assumes the
reader is completely clueless and contains way TOO MANY CAPS
* the rfkill code needlessly uses a lot of locks and atomic
operations in locked sections
* fix LED trigger to actually change the LED when the radio state
changes -- this wasn't done before
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br> [thinkpad]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag,
so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the
actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prior implementation of the new sctp_connectx() call that returns
an association ID did not work correctly on non-blocking socket.
This is because we could not return both a EINPROGRESS error and
an association id. This is a new implementation that supports this.
Originally from Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
RFC 5061 Section 5.1 ASCONF Chunk Procedures said:
B4) Re-transmit the ASCONF Chunk last sent and if possible choose an
alternate destination address (please refer to [RFC4960],
Section 6.4.1). An endpoint MUST NOT add new parameters to this
chunk; it MUST be the same (including its Sequence Number) as
the last ASCONF sent. An endpoint MAY, however, bundle an
additional ASCONF with new ASCONF parameters with the next
Sequence Number. For details, see Section 5.5.
This patch fix to choose an alternate destination address when
re-transmit the ASCONF chunk, with some dup codes cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb
struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb)
void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst)
void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb)
This one should replace occurrences of :
dst_release(skb->dst)
skb->dst = NULL;
Delete skb->dst field
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb
Delete skb->rtable field
Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the notify chain infrastructure and replace it
by a simple function pointer. This issue has been mentioned in the
mailing list several times: the use of the notify chain adds
too much overhead for something that is only used by ctnetlink.
This patch also changes nfnetlink_send(). It seems that gfp_any()
returns GFP_KERNEL for user-context request, like those via
ctnetlink, inside the RCU read-side section which is not valid.
Using GFP_KERNEL is also evil since netlink may schedule(),
this leads to "scheduling while atomic" bug reports.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch simplifies the conntrack event caching system by removing
several events:
* IPCT_[*]_VOLATILE, IPCT_HELPINFO and IPCT_NATINFO has been deleted
since the have no clients.
* IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING which is a leftover of the 32-bits counter
days.
* IPCT_REFRESH which is not of any use since we always include the
timeout in the messages.
After this patch, the existing events are:
* IPCT_NEW, IPCT_RELATED and IPCT_DESTROY, that are used to identify
addition and deletion of entries.
* IPCT_STATUS, that notes that the status bits have changes,
eg. IPS_SEEN_REPLY and IPS_ASSURED.
* IPCT_PROTOINFO, that reports that internal protocol information has
changed, eg. the TCP, DCCP and SCTP protocol state.
* IPCT_HELPER, that a helper has been assigned or unassigned to this
entry.
* IPCT_MARK and IPCT_SECMARK, that reports that the mark has changed, this
covers the case when a mark is set to zero.
* IPCT_NATSEQADJ, to report that there's updates in the NAT sequence
adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch moves the event flags from linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h
to net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. This flags are not of any use
from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During the module removal there are no possible event listeners
since ctnetlink must be removed before to allow removing
nf_conntrack. This patch removes the event reporting for the
module removal case which is not of any use in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens
regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly
modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier.
This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL.
In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current
Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide
original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from
multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi <niv@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter<cl@linux.com>
Acked-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes
the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink
family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste
occurrences in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in
fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this
parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is
called.
(include/net/fib_rules.h)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to
remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant
which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an
error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message
which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems.
The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless
extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let
the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee
this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the
key doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to use a const pointer as the privid without a cast.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth
settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things
a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we
can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40.
We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel.
The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's
center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz
banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel
will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and
check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency
allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether
or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll
need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels
but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself.
The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over
an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check
if the control channel and the extension both:
o exist
o are enabled
o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range
This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and
HT40+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the
PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes.
The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the
tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address
of the router and is sent through the tunnel.
Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that
capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new
nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags,
and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that.
The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so
that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all
kernels.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211
so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext
compatibility.
Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting
IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will
no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted"
for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication
algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this
setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets"
and "Accept non-encoded packets".
(Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext
only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for
wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether
management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was
able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with
nl80211, too.
Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that
use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are
used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can
be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with
some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can avoid waking up tasks not interested in receive notifications,
using wake_up_interruptible_poll() instead of wake_up_interruptible()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small cleanup patch to reduce line lengths, before a change in
tcp_prequeue().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (30 commits)
e1000: fix virtualization bug
bonding: fix alb mode locking regression
Bluetooth: Fix issue with sysfs handling for connections
usbnet: CDC EEM support (v5)
tcp: Fix tcp_prequeue() to get correct rto_min value
ehea: fix invalid pointer access
ne2k-pci: Do not register device until initialized.
Subject: [PATCH] br2684: restore net_dev initialization
net: Only store high 16 bits of kernel generated filter priorities
virtio_net: Fix function name typo
virtio_net: Cleanup command queue scatterlist usage
bonding: correct the cleanup in bond_create()
virtio: add missing include to virtio_net.h
smsc95xx: add support for LAN9512 and LAN9514
smsc95xx: configure LED outputs
netconsole: take care of NETDEV_UNREGISTER event
xt_socket: checks for the state of nf_conntrack
bonding: bond_slave_info_query() fix
cxgb3: fixing gcc 4.4 compiler warning: suggest parentheses around operand of ‘!’
netfilter: use likely() in xt_info_rdlock_bh()
...
Due to a semantic changes in flush_workqueue() the current approach of
synchronizing the sysfs handling for connections doesn't work anymore. The
whole approach is actually fully broken and based on assumptions that are
no longer valid.
With the introduction of Simple Pairing support, the creation of low-level
ACL links got changed. This change invalidates the reason why in the past
two independent work queues have been used for adding/removing sysfs
devices. The adding of the actual sysfs device is now postponed until the
host controller successfully assigns an unique handle to that link. So
the real synchronization happens inside the controller and not the host.
The only left-over problem is that some internals of the sysfs device
handling are not initialized ahead of time. This leaves potential access
to invalid data and can cause various NULL pointer dereferences. To fix
this a new function makes sure that all sysfs details are initialized
when an connection attempt is made. The actual sysfs device is only
registered when the connection has been successfully established. To
avoid a race condition with the registration, the check if a device is
registered has been moved into the removal work.
As an extra protection two flush_work() calls are left in place to
make sure a previous add/del work has been completed first.
Based on a report by Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roger Quadros <ext-roger.quadros@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
tcp_prequeue() refers to the constant value (TCP_RTO_MIN) regardless of
the actual value might be tuned. The following patches fix this and make
tcp_prequeue get the actual value returns from tcp_rto_min().
Signed-off-by: Satoru SATOH <satoru.satoh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Bluetooth stack uses a reference counting for all established ACL
links and if no user (L2CAP connection) is present, the link will be
terminated to save power. The problem part is the dedicated pairing
when using Legacy Pairing (Bluetooth 2.0 and before). At that point
no user is present and pairing attempts will be disconnected within
10 seconds or less. In previous kernel version this was not a problem
since the disconnect timeout wasn't triggered on incoming connections
for the first time. However this caused issues with broken host stacks
that kept the connections around after dedicated pairing. When the
support for Simple Pairing got added, the link establishment procedure
needed to be changed and now causes issues when using Legacy Pairing
When using Simple Pairing it is possible to do a proper reference
counting of ACL link users. With Legacy Pairing this is not possible
since the specification is unclear in some areas and too many broken
Bluetooth devices have already been deployed. So instead of trying to
deal with all the broken devices, a special pairing timeout will be
introduced that increases the timeout to 60 seconds when pairing is
triggered.
If a broken devices now puts the stack into an unforeseen state, the
worst that happens is the disconnect timeout triggers after 120 seconds
instead of 4 seconds. This allows successful pairings with legacy and
broken devices now.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and
OutMcastOctets:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293
But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other
protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested
successfully by me
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (tb_stamp) from fib_table
structure in include/net/ip_fib.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new
IUCV communication paths.
The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages
that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM
when an IUCV connection is established.
Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535.
The default value is 65535.
The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen()
for sockets.
If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message
limit is not supported.
For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit
that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual
message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM
for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations
specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over
an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an
(native) iucv message is used.
This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and
iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of
struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a
"socket control message" (SCM/CMSG).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable
sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages.
The patch sets respective flag only.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval
attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon
interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and
retry limits.
Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy
from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits
are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be
eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values
in struct wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers.
The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them
from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS.
The nl80211 API requires
* an SSID
* a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS
has to be created
It optionally supports
* a flag to fix the channel
* a fixed BSSID
The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before
the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it
also caches values when the interface is down and instructs
the driver to join when the interface is set up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power.
We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it,
fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify
their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also
update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells
userspace how long the information elements added to a probe
request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to
advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I
can fix that, iwlwifi too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated #include in include/net/cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even
though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue
is full.
We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information;
it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state.
Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe
across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the SAME target accidentally removed one feature that is
not available from the normal NAT targets so far, having multi-range
mappings that use the same mapping for each connection from a single
client. The current behaviour is to choose the address from the range
based on source and destination IP, which breaks when communicating
with sites having multiple addresses that require all connections to
originate from the same IP address.
Introduce a IP_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT option that controls whether the
destination address is taken into account for selecting addresses.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12954
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a regression (introduced by myself in commit 19abb7b:
netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver events for conntracks changed from
userspace) that results in an expectation re-insertion since
__nf_ct_expect_check() may return 0 for expectation timer refreshing.
This patch also removes a unnecessary refcount bump that
pretended to avoid a possible race condition with event delivery
and expectation timers (as said, not needed since we hold a
reference to the object since until we finish the expectation
setup). This also merges nf_ct_expect_related_report() and
nf_ct_expect_related() which look basically the same.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the 9p code crashes when a operation is interrupted, i.e. for
example when the user presses ^C while reading from a file.
This patch fixes the code that is responsible for interruption and flushing
of 9P operations.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (54 commits)
glge: remove unused #include <version.h>
dnet: remove unused #include <version.h>
tcp: miscounts due to tcp_fragment pcount reset
tcp: add helper for counter tweaking due mid-wq change
hso: fix for the 'invalid frame length' messages
hso: fix for crash when unplugging the device
fsl_pq_mdio: Fix compile failure
fsl_pq_mdio: Revive UCC MDIO support
ucc_geth: Pass proper device to DMA routines, otherwise oops happens
i.MX31: Fixing cs89x0 network building to i.MX31ADS
tc35815: Fix build error if NAPI enabled
hso: add Vendor/Product ID's for new devices
ucc_geth: Remove unused header
gianfar: Remove unused header
kaweth: Fix locking to be SMP-safe
net: allow multiple dev per napi with GRO
r8169: reset IntrStatus after chip reset
ixgbe: Fix potential memory leak/driver panic issue while setting up Tx & Rx ring parameters
ixgbe: fix ethtool -A|a behavior
ixgbe: Patch to fix driver panic while freeing up tx & rx resources
...
We need full-scale adjustment to fix a TCP miscount in the next
patch, so just move it into a helper and call for that from the
other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up a lot of the Smack network access control code. The
largest changes are to fix the labeling of incoming TCP connections in a
manner similar to the recent SELinux changes which use the
security_inet_conn_request() hook to label the request_sock and let the label
move to the child socket via the normal network stack mechanisms. In addition
to the incoming TCP connection fixes this patch also removes the smk_labled
field from the socket_smack struct as the minor optimization advantage was
outweighed by the difficulty in maintaining it's proper state.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current NetLabel/SELinux behavior for incoming TCP connections works but
only through a series of happy coincidences that rely on the limited nature of
standard CIPSO (only able to convey MLS attributes) and the write equality
imposed by the SELinux MLS constraints. The problem is that network sockets
created as the result of an incoming TCP connection were not on-the-wire
labeled based on the security attributes of the parent socket but rather based
on the wire label of the remote peer. The issue had to do with how IP options
were managed as part of the network stack and where the LSM hooks were in
relation to the code which set the IP options on these newly created child
sockets. While NetLabel/SELinux did correctly set the socket's on-the-wire
label it was promptly cleared by the network stack and reset based on the IP
options of the remote peer.
This patch, in conjunction with a prior patch that adjusted the LSM hook
locations, works to set the correct on-the-wire label format for new incoming
connections through the security_inet_conn_request() hook. Besides the
correct behavior there are many advantages to this change, the most significant
is that all of the NetLabel socket labeling code in SELinux now lives in hooks
which can return error codes to the core stack which allows us to finally get
ride of the selinux_netlbl_inode_permission() logic which greatly simplfies
the NetLabel/SELinux glue code. In the process of developing this patch I
also ran into a small handful of AF_INET6 cleanliness issues that have been
fixed which should make the code safer and easier to extend in the future.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from
mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so
it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle
starting and stopping the queues in mac80211.
To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software
queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep
track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk
to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling
two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the
mac80211 counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation
(which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer
the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb
queue once aggregation is turned on successfully.
We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and
we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in
a follow-up patch.
This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support
aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now
not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being
established, but only after it has been fully established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps:
1) print a debug message
2) wake the virtual queue
3) notify the driver
Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to
reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the
remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for
this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both
places where TX aggregation can become operational.
Additionally, rename the driver notification from
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's
tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go
through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In beacon filtering there needs to be a way to not expire the BSS even
when no beacons are received. Add an interface to cfg80211 to hold
BSS and make sure that it's not expired.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible
probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that
hardware will take care of that and document that assumption.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now
be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or
known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and
taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE
processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order
in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove
the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves
are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request
authentication and association (and also deauthentication and
disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate
authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between
kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE
802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the
SME.
The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request,
MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and
association commands request the actual operations in two steps
(assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication
step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect"
command).
The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current
net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management
frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state
machine from moving automatically from authentication to association.
Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211.
The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and
association process to user space without having to move the full MLME
implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol
and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will
also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association
requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME
using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant.
This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with
over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME
primitives for handling the FT Action frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No drivers use it any more, so it can now be removed safely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise
the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field,
this patch updates Linux to that standard.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No hw/driver actually supports more than four queues right now,
and we allocate a number of things per queue which means we
waste a bit of memory. Reduce the maximum number to four to
accurately reflect what we do (and need for QoS). Even if we
had hardware supporting more queues we couldn't take advantage
of that right now anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a platform device driver that supports the OpenCores 10/100
Mbps Ethernet MAC.
The driver expects three resources: one IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the
memory region for the core's memory-mapped registers while a second
IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the network packet buffer space. The third
resource, of type IORESOURCE_IRQ, associates an interrupt with the driver.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usefull for all protocols which do not add additional data, such
as GRE or UDPlite.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use "hlist_nulls" infrastructure we added in 2.6.29 for RCUification of UDP & TCP.
This permits an easy conversion from call_rcu() based hash lists to a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU one.
Avoiding call_rcu() delay at nf_conn freeing time has numerous gains.
First, it doesnt fill RCU queues (up to 10000 elements per cpu).
This reduces OOM possibility, if queued elements are not taken into account
This reduces latency problems when RCU queue size hits hilimit and triggers
emergency mode.
- It allows fast reuse of just freed elements, permitting better use of
CPU cache.
- We delete rcu_head from "struct nf_conn", shrinking size of this structure
by 8 or 16 bytes.
This patch only takes care of "struct nf_conn".
call_rcu() is still used for less critical conntrack parts, that may
be converted later if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is necessary in order to have an upper bound for Netlink
message calculation, which is not a problem at all, as there
are no helpers with a longer name.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It calculates the max. length of a Netlink policy, which is usefull
for allocating Netlink buffers roughly the size of the actual
message.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is added a single callback for the l3 proto helper. The two
callbacks for the l4 protos are necessary because of the general
structure of a ctnetlink event, which is in short:
CTA_TUPLE_ORIG
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_REPLY
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_ID
...
CTA_PROTOINFO
<l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_MASTER
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
Therefore the formular is
size := sizeof(generic-nlas) + 3 * sizeof(tuple_nlas) + sizeof(protoinfo_nlas)
Some of the NLAs are optional, e. g. CTA_TUPLE_MASTER, which is only
set if it's an expected connection. But the number of optional NLAs is
small enough to prevent netlink_trim() from reallocating if calculated
properly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Implement a way to provide the MAC address for ax88796 devices from
their platform data. Boards might decide to set the address
programmatically, taken from boot tags or other sources.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 version of bind_conflict code calls ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal()
which at times wrongly identified intersections between addresses.
It particularly broke down under a few instances and caused erroneous
bind conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch
chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be
interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support
for multiple switch chips on a network interface.
An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as
follows:
+-----+ +--------+ +--------+
| |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch |
| CPU +----------+ +-------+ |
| | | chip 0 | | chip 1 |
+-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+
|| ||
|| ||
||1000baseT ||1000baseT
||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16
This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer:
- The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still
only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example
above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own
mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name
array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need
some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm)
- The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to
use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet
accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit
according to which switch chip the packet is heading to.
(net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c)
- The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the
CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs
to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the
port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU
(port 10 for both switch chips in the example above).
- The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch
chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA
tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use
non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU
link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch
chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given
port in the port array.
- The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via
which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip.
This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[]
array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches
in the tree.
For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look
something like this:
static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = {
{
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 1,
.port_names[0] = "p1",
.port_names[1] = "p2",
.port_names[2] = "p3",
.port_names[3] = "p4",
.port_names[4] = "p5",
.port_names[5] = "p6",
.port_names[6] = "p7",
.port_names[7] = "p8",
.port_names[9] = "dsa",
.port_names[10] = "cpu",
.rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, },
}, {
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 2,
.port_names[0] = "p9",
.port_names[1] = "p10",
.port_names[2] = "p11",
.port_names[3] = "p12",
.port_names[4] = "p13",
.port_names[5] = "p14",
.port_names[6] = "p15",
.port_names[7] = "p16",
.port_names[10] = "dsa",
.rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, },
},
},
static struct dsa_platform_data pd = {
.netdev = &foo,
.nr_switches = 2,
.sw = sw,
};
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols should be able to use constant value for the descriptor.
Minor whitespace cleanup as well
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 2 TEST_FRAME hacks that are no longer needed. These allowed
sctp regression tests to compile before, but are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reorder struct inet6_ifaddr to remove padding on 64 bit builds
remove 8 bytes of padding so inet6_ifaddr becomes 192 bytes & fits into
a smaller slab.
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit() needs to dirty fields "state", "q", "bstats" and "qstats"
On x86_64 arch, they currently span three cache lines, involving more
cache line ping pongs than necessary, making longer holding of queue spinlock.
We can reduce this to one cache line, by grouping all read-mostly fields
at the beginning of structure. (Or should I say, all highly modified fields
at the end :) )
Before patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x38
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x48
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0x90
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc8
After patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x88
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0xa0
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0xac
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do this so we can later inform userspace who set the
regulatory domain and provide details of the request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is not used as we can always just assume the first
regulatory domain set will _always_ be a static regulatory
domain. REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE will be the first request from
cfg80211 for a regdomain and that then populates the first
regulatory request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch skips the delivery of conntrack events if the packet
was drop due to a race condition in the conntrack insertion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies nf_log to use a linked list of loggers for each
protocol. This list of loggers is read and write protected with a
mutex.
This patch separates registration and binding. To be used as
logging module, a module has to register calling nf_log_register()
and to bind to a protocol it has to call nf_log_bind_pf().
This patch also converts the logging modules to the new API. For nfnetlink_log,
it simply switchs call to register functions to call to bind function and
adds a call to nf_log_register() during init. For other modules, it just
remove a const flag from the logger structure and replace it with a
__read_mostly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There's very little need for most of the callsites to get
tp->xmit_goal_size updated. That will cost us divide as is,
so slice the function in two. Also, the only users of the
tp->xmit_goal_size are directly behind tcp_current_mss(),
so there's no need to store that variable into tcp_sock
at all! The drop of xmit_goal_size currently leaves 16-bit
hole and some reorganization would again be necessary to
change that (but I'm aiming to fill that hole with u16
xmit_goal_size_segs to cache the results of the remaining
divide to get that tso on regression).
Bring xmit_goal_size parts into tcp.c
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wow, it was quite tricky to merge that stream of negations
but I think I finally got it right:
check & replace_ts_recent:
(s32)(rcv_tsval - ts_recent) >= 0 => 0
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= 0 => 0
discard:
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) > TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 1
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 0
I toggled the return values of tcp_paws_check around since
the old encoding added yet-another negation making tracking
of truth-values really complicated.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit faee47cdbf
(sctp: Fix the RTO-doubling on idle-link heartbeats)
broke the RTO doubling for data retransmits. If the
heartbeat was sent before the data T3-rtx time, the
the RTO will not double upon the T3-rtx expiration.
Distingish between the operations by passing an argument
to the function.
Additionally, Wei Youngjun pointed out that our treatment
of requested HEARTBEATS and timer HEARTBEATS is the same
wrt resetting congestion window. That needs to be separated,
since user requested HEARTBEATS should not treat the link
as idle.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The above functions from include/net/tcp.h have been defined with an
argument that they never use. The argument is 'u32 ack' which is never
used inside the function body, and thus it can be removed. The rest of
the patch involves the necessary changes to the function callers of the
above two functions.
Signed-off-by: Hantzis Fotis <xantzis@ceid.upatras.gr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fixes insignificant bug that would cause sending of stale
SACK block (would occur in some corner cases).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that implementation in yeah was inconsistent to what
other did as it would increase cwnd one ack earlier than the
others do.
Size benefits:
bictcp_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_cong_avoid_ai | +52
bictcp_cong_avoid | -34
tcp_scalable_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_veno_cong_avoid | -12
tcp_yeah_cong_avoid | -38
= -104 bytes total
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devices are world roaming they cannot beacon or do active scan
on 5 GHz or on channels 12, 13 and 14 on the 2 GHz band. Although
we have a good regulatory API some cards may _always_ world roam, this
is also true when a system does not have CRDA present. Devices doing world
roaming can still passive scan, if they find a beacon from an AP on
one of the world roaming frequencies we make the assumption we can do
the same and we also remove the passive scan requirement.
This adds support for providing beacon regulatory hints based on scans.
This works for devices that do either hardware or software scanning.
If a channel has not yet been marked as having had a beacon present
on it we queue the beacon hint processing into the workqueue.
All wireless devices will benefit from beacon regulatory hints from
any wireless device on a system including new devices connected to
the system at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All regulatory hints (core, driver, userspace and 11d) are now processed in
a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do this so later on we can move the pending requests onto a
workqueue. By using the wiphy_idx instead of the wiphy we can
later easily check if the wiphy has disappeared or not.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds optional notifier functions for software scan.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous patch made cfg80211 generally aware of the signal
type a given hardware will give, so now it can implement
SIOCGIWRANGE itself, removing more wext stuff from mac80211.
Might need to be a little more parametrized once we have
more hardware using cfg80211 and new hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option,
although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be
a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TX/RX packet counters are needed to fill in RADIUS Accounting
attributes Acct-Output-Packets and Acct-Input-Packets. We already
collect the needed information, but only the TX/RX bytes were
previously exposed through nl80211. Allow applications to fetch the
packet counters, too, to provide more complete support for accounting.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications
to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe
Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the
MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be
used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width,
in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the
rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback
to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm.
Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback
can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation.
This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues,
but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough
version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time,
which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is
currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs
that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP).
This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to
execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like
this:
1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for
fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented
frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a
single frame with its fragments)
2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a
per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation,
when the session has come up take all those frames and put them
onto the queue from 1)
3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in
mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from
mac80211 again
This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the
frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only ipw2x00 now uses it. Reduce confusion. Profit!
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Impact: Attribute function with __releases(...)
Fix this sparse warning:
net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:276:35: warning: context imbalance in 'inet_frag_find' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the qualification tests demand that in case of failures in L2CAP
the HCI disconnect should indicate a reason why L2CAP fails. This is a
bluntly layer violation since multiple L2CAP connections could be using
the same ACL and thus forcing a disconnect reason is not a good idea.
To comply with the Bluetooth test specification, the disconnect reason
is now stored in the L2CAP connection structure and every time a new
L2CAP channel is added it will set back to its default. So only in the
case where the L2CAP channel with the disconnect reason is really the
last one, it will propagated to the HCI layer.
The HCI layer has been extended with a disconnect indication that allows
it to ask upper layers for a disconnect reason. The upper layer must not
support this callback and in that case it will nicely default to the
existing behavior. If an upper layer like L2CAP can provide a disconnect
reason that one will be used to disconnect the ACL or SCO link.
No modification to the ACL disconnect timeout have been made. So in case
of Linux to Linux connection the initiator will disconnect the ACL link
before the acceptor side can signal the specific disconnect reason. That
is perfectly fine since Linux doesn't make use of this value anyway. The
L2CAP layer has a perfect valid error code for rejecting connection due
to a security violation. It is unclear why the Bluetooth specification
insists on having specific HCI disconnect reason.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for L2CAP fixed channel support, the CID value of a
L2CAP connection needs to be accessible via the socket interface. The
CID is the connection identifier and exists as source and destination
value. So extend the L2CAP socket address structure with this field and
change getsockname() and getpeername() to fill it in.
The bind() and connect() functions have been modified to handle L2CAP
socket address structures of variable sizes. This makes them future
proof if additional fields need to be added.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the extended features mask indicates support for fixed channels,
request the list of available fixed channels. This also enables the
fixed channel features bit so remote implementations can request
information about it. Currently only the signal channel will be
listed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The recommendation for the L2CAP PSM 1 (SDP) is to not use any kind
of authentication or encryption. So don't trigger authentication
for incoming and outgoing SDP connections.
For L2CAP PSM 3 (RFCOMM) there is no clear requirement, but with
Bluetooth 2.1 the initiator is required to enable authentication
and encryption first and this gets enforced. So there is no need
to trigger an additional authentication step. The RFCOMM service
security will make sure that a secure enough link key is present.
When the encryption gets enabled after the SDP connection setup,
then switch the security level from SDP to low security.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote L2CAP server uses authentication pending stage and
encryption is enabled it can happen that a L2CAP connection request is
sent twice due to a race condition in the connection state machine.
When the remote side indicates any kind of connection pending, then
track this state and skip sending of L2CAP commands for this period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When two L2CAP connections are requested quickly after the ACL link has
been established there exists a window for a race condition where a
connection request is sent before the information response has been
received. Any connection request should only be sent after an exchange
of the extended features mask has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving incoming connection to specific services, always use
general bonding. This ensures that the link key gets stored and can be
used for further authentications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When attempting to setup eSCO connections it can happen that some link
manager implementations fail to properly negotiate the eSCO parameters
and thus fail the eSCO setup. Normally the link manager is responsible
for the negotiation of the parameters and actually fallback to SCO if
no agreement can be reached. In cases where the link manager is just too
stupid, then at least try to establish a SCO link if eSCO fails.
For the Bluetooth devices with EDR support this includes handling packet
types of EDR basebands. This is particular tricky since for the EDR the
logic of enabling/disabling one specific packet type is turned around.
This fix contains an extra bitmask to disable eSCO EDR packet when
trying to fallback to a SCO connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A role switch with devices following the Bluetooth pre-2.1 standards
or without Encryption Pause and Resume support is not possible if
encryption is enabled. Most newer headsets require the role switch,
but also require that the connection is encrypted.
For connections with a high security mode setting, the link will be
immediately dropped. When the connection uses medium security mode
setting, then a grace period is introduced where the TX is halted and
the remote device gets a change to re-enable encryption after the
role switch. If not re-enabled the link will be dropped.
Based on initial work by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current security model is based around the flags AUTH, ENCRYPT and
SECURE. Starting with support for the Bluetooth 2.1 specification this is
no longer sufficient. The different security levels are now defined as
SDP, LOW, MEDIUM and SECURE.
Previously it was possible to set each security independently, but this
actually doesn't make a lot of sense. For Bluetooth the encryption depends
on a previous successful authentication. Also you can only update your
existing link key if you successfully created at least one before. And of
course the update of link keys without having proper encryption in place
is a security issue.
The new security levels from the Bluetooth 2.1 specification are now
used internally. All old settings are mapped to the new values and this
way it ensures that old applications still work. The only limitation
is that it is no longer possible to set authentication without also
enabling encryption. No application should have done this anyway since
this is actually a security issue. Without encryption the integrity of
the authentication can't be guaranteed.
As default for a new L2CAP or RFCOMM connection, the LOW security level
is used. The only exception here are the service discovery sessions on
PSM 1 where SDP level is used. To have similar security strength as with
a Bluetooth 2.0 and before combination key, the MEDIUM level should be
used. This is according to the Bluetooth specification. The MEDIUM level
will not require any kind of man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection. Only
the HIGH security level will require this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to decide if listening RFCOMM sockets should be accept()ed
the BD_ADDR of the remote device needs to be known. This patch adds
a socket option which defines a timeout for deferring the actual
connection setup.
The connection setup is done after reading from the socket for the
first time. Until then writing to the socket returns ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP and RFCOMM applications require support for authorization
and the ability of rejecting incoming connection requests. The socket
interface is not really able to support this.
This patch does the ground work for a socket option to defer connection
setup. Setting this option allows calling of accept() and then the
first read() will trigger the final connection setup. Calling close()
would reject the connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Table size is defined as unsigned, wheres the table maximum size is
defined as a signed integer. The calculation of max is 8 or 4,
multiplied the table size. Therefore the max value is aligned to
unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The untracked conntrack actually does usually have events marked for
delivery as its not special-cased in that part of the code. Skip the
actual delivery since it impacts performance noticeably.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
A long time ago we had bugs, primarily in TCP, where we would modify
skb->truesize (for TSO queue collapsing) in ways which would corrupt
the socket memory accounting.
skb_truesize_check() was added in order to try and catch this error
more systematically.
However this debugging check has morphed into a Frankenstein of sorts
and these days it does nothing other than catch false-positives.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During peeloff/accept() sctp needs to save the parent socket state
into the new socket so that any options set on the parent are
inherited by the child socket. This was found when the
parent/listener socket issues SO_BINDTODEVICE, but the
data was misrouted after a route cache flush.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP incorrectly doubles rto ever time a Hearbeat chunk
is generated. However RFC 4960 states:
On an idle destination address that is allowed to heartbeat, it is
recommended that a HEARTBEAT chunk is sent once per RTO of that
destination address plus the protocol parameter 'HB.interval', with
jittering of +/- 50% of the RTO value, and exponential backoff of the
RTO if the previous HEARTBEAT is unanswered.
Essentially, of if the heartbean is unacknowledged, do we double the RTO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp crc32c checksum is always generated in little endian.
So, we clean up the code to treat it as little endian and remove
all the __force casts.
Suggested by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a new version of my patch, now using a module parameter instead
of a sysctl, so that the option is harder to find. Please note that,
once the module is loaded, it is still possible to change the value of
the parameter in /sys/module/sctp/parameters/, which is useful if you
want to do performance comparisons without rebooting.
Computation of SCTP checksums significantly affects the performance of
SCTP. For example, using two dual-Opteron 246 connected using a Gbe
network, it was not possible to achieve more than ~730 Mbps, compared to
941 Mbps after disabling SCTP checksums.
Unfortunately, SCTP checksum offloading in NICs is not commonly
available (yet).
By default, checksums are still enabled, of course.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Nussbaum <lucas.nussbaum@ens-lyon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instructions for time stamping outgoing packets are take from the
socket layer and later copied into the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overlap with the old SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] options is handled so
that time stamping in software (net_enable_timestamp()) is
enabled when SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] and/or SO_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE
is set. It's disabled if all of these are off.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base versions handle constant folding now. For headers exposed to
userspace, we must only expose the __ prefixed versions.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a more flexible BSS lookup function so that mac80211 or
other drivers can actually use this for getting the BSS to
connect to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces cfg80211_unlink_bss, a function to
allow a driver to remove a BSS from the internal list and
make it not show up in scan results any more -- this is
to be used when the driver detects that the BSS is no
longer available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 users have their own allocated data in the per-BSS
private data, they will need to free this when the BSS struct is
destroyed. Add a free_priv method and fix one place where the BSS
was kfree'd rather than released properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks
is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly
called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work().
In the same context are called several other
non-atomic functions, too.
And the atomic requirement causes problems
for drivers of USB wifi cards.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The problem is that in_atomic() will return false inside spinlocks if
CONFIG_PREEMPT=n. This will lead to deadlockable GFP_KERNEL allocations
from spinlocked regions.
Secondly, if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y, this bug solves itself because networking
will instead use GFP_ATOMIC from this callsite. Hence we won't get the
might_sleep() debugging warnings which would have informed us of the buggy
callsites.
Solve both these problems by switching to in_interrupt(). Now, if someone
runs a gfp_any() allocation from inside spinlock we will get the warning
if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y.
I reviewed all callsites and most of them were too complex for my little
brain and none of them documented their interface requirements. I have no
idea what this patch will do.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function sock_alloc_send_pskb is completely useless if not
exported since most of the code in it won't be used as is. In
fact, this code has already been duplicated in the tun driver.
Now that we need accounting in the tun driver, we can in fact
use this function as is. So this patch marks it for export again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And switch bsockets to atomic_t since it might be changed in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested:
> How about making this flag and the warning message (in a out-of-line
> function) globally available? Other qdiscs (f.i. HFSC) can't deal with
> inner non-work-conserving qdiscs as well.
This patch uses qdisc->flags field of "suspected" child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list
traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it
needs to be flushed under the RTNL.
This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list
against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the
code change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private
mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first
to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The
wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers
should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to request strict regulatory settings to
be applied to its devices. This is desirable for devices where
proper calibration and compliance can only be gauranteed for
for the device's programmed regulatory domain. Regulatory
domain settings will be ignored until the device's own
regulatory domain is properly configured. If no regulatory
domain is received only the world regulatory domain will be
applied -- if OLD_REG (default to "US") is not enabled. If
OLD_REG behaviour is not acceptable to drivers they must
update their wiphy with a custom reuglatory prior to wiphy
registration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need more information than just who set the last regulatory domain,
as such lets just pass the last regulatory_request receipt. To do this we need
to move out to headers struct regulatory_request, and enum environment_cap. While
at it lets add documentation for enum environment_cap.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers without firmware can also have custom regulatory maps
which do not map to a specific ISO / IEC alpha2 country code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can be used by drivers on the reg_notifier()
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() to be used by drivers
prior to wiphy registration to apply a custom regulatory domain.
This can be used by drivers that do not have a direct 1-1 mapping
between a regulatory domain and a country.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Then one place can be a static const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help implement suspend/resume in mac80211, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes. Therefore, they can touch the hardware as much as
they want to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to
add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface
allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but
only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth,
Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation.
This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and
FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can
be useful for testing and experimentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return
codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and
punctuation differences.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and
behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in
MFP-optional mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management
frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and
decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The
will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP
key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames
on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for
management frames (but hardware for data frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to
indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We add support for multiple drivers to provide a regulatory_hint()
on a system by adding a wiphy specific regulatory domain cache.
This allows drivers to keep around cache their own regulatory domain
structure queried from CRDA.
We handle conflicts by intersecting multiple regulatory domains,
each driver will stick to its own regulatory domain though unless
a country IE has been received and processed.
If the user already requested a regulatory domain and a driver
requests the same regulatory domain then simply copy to the
driver's regd the same regulatory domain and do not call
CRDA, do not collect $200.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting",
the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but
rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address
instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a
vif struct. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54]
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945]
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one
purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the
final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very
first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power,
local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch
defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for
user configured power limit.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you
are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small
helpers to let drivers figure that out.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 9db66bdcc8 (net: convert
TCP/DCCP ehash rwlocks to spinlocks), I forgot to change one
occurrence of rwlock_t to spinlock_t
I believe sizeof(raw_spinlock_t) might be > 0 on !CONFIG_SMP if
CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK while sizeof(raw_rwlock_t) should be 0 in this
case.
Fortunatly, CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK adds fields to both spinlock_t and
rwlock_t, but at this might change in the future (being able to debug
spinlocks but not rwlocks for example), better to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
crc32c algorithm provides a byteswaped result. On little-endian
arches, the result ends up in big-endian/network byte order.
On big-endinan arches, the result ends up in little-endian
order and needs to be byte swapped again. Thus calling cpu_to_le32
gives the right output.
Tested-by: Jukka Taimisto <jukka.taimisto@mail.suomi.net>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, move into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare IPv multicast routing variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: move it into
struct netns_ipv4.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ipmr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate IPv4 multicast forwarding cache, mfc_cache_array,
and move it to struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mfc_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate interface table vif_table and move it to
struct netns_ipv4, and update MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Make IPv4 multicast routing mroute_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mroute_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With simple extension to the binding mechanism, which allows to bind more
than 64k sockets (or smaller amount, depending on sysctl parameters),
we have to traverse the whole bind hash table to find out empty bucket.
And while it is not a problem for example for 32k connections, bind()
completion time grows exponentially (since after each successful binding
we have to traverse one bucket more to find empty one) even if we start
each time from random offset inside the hash table.
So, when hash table is full, and we want to add another socket, we have
to traverse the whole table no matter what, so effectivelly this will be
the worst case performance and it will be constant.
Attached picture shows bind() time depending on number of already bound
sockets.
Green area corresponds to the usual binding to zero port process, which
turns on kernel port selection as described above. Red area is the bind
process, when number of reuse-bound sockets is not limited by 64k (or
sysctl parameters). The same exponential growth (hidden by the green
area) before number of ports reaches sysctl limit.
At this time bind hash table has exactly one reuse-enbaled socket in a
bucket, but it is possible that they have different addresses. Actually
kernel selects the first port to try randomly, so at the beginning bind
will take roughly constant time, but with time number of port to check
after random start will increase. And that will have exponential growth,
but because of above random selection, not every next port selection
will necessary take longer time than previous. So we have to consider
the area below in the graph (if you could zoom it, you could find, that
there are many different times placed there), so area can hide another.
Blue area corresponds to the port selection optimization.
This is rather simple design approach: hashtable now maintains (unprecise
and racely updated) number of currently bound sockets, and when number
of such sockets becomes greater than predefined value (I use maximum
port range defined by sysctls), we stop traversing the whole bind hash
table and just stop at first matching bucket after random start. Above
limit roughly corresponds to the case, when bind hash table is full and
we turned on mechanism of allowing to bind more reuse-enabled sockets,
so it does not change behaviour of other sockets.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc:
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info'
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The kernel-doc was referring to member @debufs_dentry instead of
@debugfs_dentry.
Reported by Randy Dunlap http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=123147942302885&w=2
As well, escape the colon in the field's text description, as it is
causing the generated text to be erraticly broken up (with paragraphs
moved down). Could not find a reason why it is happening so, even when
other field descriptions use colons and work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx: (22 commits)
ioat: fix self test for multi-channel case
dmaengine: bump initcall level to arch_initcall
dmaengine: advertise all channels on a device to dma_filter_fn
dmaengine: use idr for registering dma device numbers
dmaengine: add a release for dma class devices and dependent infrastructure
ioat: do not perform removal actions at shutdown
iop-adma: enable module removal
iop-adma: kill debug BUG_ON
iop-adma: let devm do its job, don't duplicate free
dmaengine: kill enum dma_state_client
dmaengine: remove 'bigref' infrastructure
dmaengine: kill struct dma_client and supporting infrastructure
dmaengine: replace dma_async_client_register with dmaengine_get
atmel-mci: convert to dma_request_channel and down-level dma_slave
dmatest: convert to dma_request_channel
dmaengine: introduce dma_request_channel and private channels
net_dma: convert to dma_find_channel
dmaengine: provide a common 'issue_pending_all' implementation
dmaengine: centralize channel allocation, introduce dma_find_channel
dmaengine: up-level reference counting to the module level
...
Reported by Randy Dunlap from a warning in the v2.6.29 merge window
tree as of 2009/1/8.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv6. IPv6 GRO supports extension
headers in the same way as GSO (by using the same infrastructure).
It's also simpler compared to IPv4 since we no longer have to worry
about fragmentation attributes or header checksums.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions for the user/kernel API protocol through generic
netlink. User space can copy it verbatim and use it.
Kernel API definition declares the main data types and calls for the
drivers to integrate into the WiMAX stack. Provides usage
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Use the general-purpose channel allocation provided by dmaengine.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Simply, if a client wants any dmaengine channel then prevent all dmaengine
modules from being removed. Once the clients are done re-enable module
removal.
Why?, beyond reducing complication:
1/ Tracking reference counts per-transaction in an efficient manner, as
is currently done, requires a complicated scheme to avoid cache-line
bouncing effects.
2/ Per-transaction ref-counting gives the false impression that a
dma-driver can be gracefully removed ahead of its user (net, md, or
dma-slave)
3/ None of the in-tree dma-drivers talk to hot pluggable hardware, but
if such an engine were built one day we still would not need to notify
clients of remove events. The driver can simply return NULL to a
->prep() request, something that is much easier for a client to handle.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Thanks to excellent diagnosis by Eduard Guzovsky.
The core problem is that on a network with lots of active
multicast traffic, the neighbour cache can fill up. If
we try to allocate a new route and thus neighbour cache
entry, the bog-standard GC attempt the neighbour layer does
in ineffective because route entries hold a reference
to the existing neighbour entries and GC can only liberate
entries with no references.
IPV4 already has a way to handle this, by doing a route cache
GC in such situations (when neigh attach returns -ENOBUFS).
So simply mimick this on the ipv6 side.
Tested-by: Eduard Guzovsky <eguzovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the NetLabel kernel API to expose the new features added in kernel
releases 2.6.25 and 2.6.28: the static/fallback label functionality and network
address based selectors.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1429 commits)
net: Allow dependancies of FDDI & Tokenring to be modular.
igb: Fix build warning when DCA is disabled.
net: Fix warning fallout from recent NAPI interface changes.
gro: Fix potential use after free
sfc: If AN is enabled, always read speed/duplex from the AN advertising bits
sfc: When disabling the NIC, close the device rather than unregistering it
sfc: SFT9001: Add cable diagnostics
sfc: Add support for multiple PHY self-tests
sfc: Merge top-level functions for self-tests
sfc: Clean up PHY mode management in loopback self-test
sfc: Fix unreliable link detection in some loopback modes
sfc: Generate unique names for per-NIC workqueues
802.3ad: use standard ethhdr instead of ad_header
802.3ad: generalize out mac address initializer
802.3ad: initialize ports LACPDU from const initializer
802.3ad: remove typedef around ad_system
802.3ad: turn ports is_individual into a bool
802.3ad: turn ports is_enabled into a bool
802.3ad: make ntt bool
ixgbe: Fix set_ringparam in ixgbe to use the same memory pools.
...
Fixed trivial IPv4/6 address printing conflicts in fs/cifs/connect.c due
to the conversion to %pI (in this networking merge) and the addition of
doing IPv6 addresses (from the earlier merge of CIFS).
See commit 1045b03e07 ("netlink: fix
overrun in attribute iteration") for a detailed explanation of why
this patch is necessary.
In short, nlmsg_next() can make "remaining" go negative, and the
remaining >= sizeof(...) comparison will promote "remaining" to an
unsigned type, which means that the expression will evaluate to
true for negative numbers, even though it was not intended.
I put "theoretical" in the title because I have no evidence that
this can actually happen, but I suspect that a crafted netlink
packet can trigger some badness.
Note that the last test, which seemingly has the exact same
problem (also true for nla_ok()), is perfectly OK, since we
already know that remaining is positive.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER of the latest ietf socket
extensions API draft.
8.2.5. Get the Current Number of Associations (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER)
This option gets the current number of associations that are attached
to a one-to-many style socket. The option value is an uint32_t.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a locking free version of iucv_message_receive and iucv_message_send
that do not call local_bh_enable in a spin_lock_(bh|irqsave)() context.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Data Center Bridging (DCB) had no way to know if setstate had failed in the
driver. This patch enables dcb netlink code to handle the status for the DCB
setstate interface. Likewise it allows the driver to return a failed status
if MSI-X isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds signal strength and transmission bitrate
to the station_info of nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <rogge@fgan.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GPRS TX flow control won't need to lock the underlying socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to pad irda_skb_cb in order to keep it safe accross dev_queue_xmit()
calls. This is some ugly and temporary hack triggered by recent qisc code
changes.
Even though it fixes bugzilla.kernel.org bug #11795, it will be replaced by a
proper fix before 2.6.29 is released.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TCP-specific portion of GRO. The criterion for
merging is extremely strict (the TCP header must match exactly apart
from the checksum) so as to allow refragmentation. Otherwise this
is pretty much identical to LRO, except that we support the merging
of ECN packets.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv4.
The criteria for merging is more stringent than LRO, in particular,
we require all fields in the IP header to be identical except for
the length, ID and checksum. In addition, the ID must form an
arithmetic sequence with a difference of one.
The ID requirement might seem overly strict, however, most hardware
TSO solutions already obey this rule. Linux itself also obeys this
whether GSO is in use or not.
In future we could relax this rule by storing the IDs (or rather
making sure that we don't drop them when pulling the aggregate
skb's tail).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the
device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error,
mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the
frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite
the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some
hardware supporting it we can add it back later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mention more possible STA entries and document the atomic requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, moves into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare IPv6 multicast forwarding variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: moves it into
struct netns_ipv6.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ip6mr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc6_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates IPv6 multicast forwarding cache, mfc6_cache_array,
and moves it to struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mfc6_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Replace 'ARRAY_SIZE(mfc6_cache_array)' with mfc6_cache_array size: MFC6_LINES.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates interface table vif6_table and moves it to
struct netns_ipv6, and updates MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif6_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Make IPv6 multicast forwarding mroute6_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mroute6_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes htmldocs warning:
Warning(mac80211.h:379): No description found for parameter 'pad[2]'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to pad the header so no constant needed for that,
no need to carry any version number from netbsd nor CVS
IDs from them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
further reducing wext code in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the SIOCGIWNAME handling from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow
userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
fs/nfsd/nfs4recover.c
Manually fixed above to use new creds API functions, e.g.
nfs4_save_creds().
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
With the introduction of CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG it is possible to
allow debugging without having to recompile the kernel. This patch turns
all BT_DBG() calls into pr_debug() to support dynamic debug messages.
As a side effect all CONFIG_BT_*_DEBUG statements are now removed and
some broken debug entries have been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth subsystem was not using the HCI Reset command when doing
device initialization. The Bluetooth 1.0b specification was ambiguous
on how the device firmware was suppose to handle it. Almost every device
was triggering a transport reset at the same time. In case of USB this
ended up in disconnects from the bus.
All modern Bluetooth dongles handle this perfectly fine and a lot of
them actually require that HCI Reset is sent. If not then they are
either stuck in their HID Proxy mode or their internal structures for
inquiry and paging are not correctly setup.
To handle old and new devices smoothly the Bluetooth subsystem contains
a quirk to force the HCI Reset on initialization. However maintaining
such a quirk becomes more and more complicated. This patch turns the
logic around and lets the old devices disable the HCI Reset command.
The only device where the HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET is still needed are the
original Digianswer devices and dongles with an early CSR firmware.
CSR reported that they fixed this for version 12 firmware. The last
official release of version 11 firmware is build ID 115. The first
version 12 candidate was build ID 117.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an implementation of David Miller's suggested fix in:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=470201
It has been updated to use wait_event() instead of
wait_event_interruptible().
Paraphrasing the description from the above report, it makes sendmsg()
block while UNIX garbage collection is in progress. This avoids a
situation where child processes continue to queue new FDs over a
AF_UNIX socket to a parent which is in the exit path and running
garbage collection on these FDs. This contention can result in soft
lockups and oom-killing of unrelated processes.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dannf@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all other gen_estimator functions use bstats and rate_est params
together, and searching for them is optimized now, let's use this also
in gen_estimator_active(). The return type of gen_estimator_active()
is changed to bool, and gen_find_node() parameters to const, btw.
In tcf_act_police_locate() a check for ACT_P_CREATED is added before
calling gen_estimator_active().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "orphan_count", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "sockets_allocated", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Note : We revert commit (248969ae31
net: af_unix can make unix_nr_socks visbile in /proc),
since it is not anymore used after sock_prot_inuse_add() addition
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found that while trying average rate policing, it was possible to
request average rate policing without a rate estimator. This results
in no policing which is harmless but incorrect.
Since policing could be setup in two steps, need to check
in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make
net.core.xfrm_aevent_etime
net.core.xfrm_acq_expires
net.core.xfrm_aevent_rseqth
net.core.xfrm_larval_drop
sysctls per-netns.
For that make net_core_path[] global, register it to prevent two
/proc/net/core antries and change initcall position -- xfrm_init() is called
from fs_initcall, so this one should be fs_initcall at least.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SA and SPD flush are executed with NULL SA and SPD respectively, for
these cases pass netns explicitly from userspace socket.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns pointer to struct xfrm_policy_afinfo::garbage_collect()
[This needs more thoughts on what to do with dst_ops]
[Currently stub to init_net]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns to xfrm_lookup()/__xfrm_lookup(). For that pass netns
to flow_cache_lookup() and resolver callback.
Take it from socket or netdevice. Stub DECnet to init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netns parameter to xfrm_policy_bysel_ctx(), xfrm_policy_byidx().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per-netns hashes are independently resizeable.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Again, to avoid complications with passing netns when not necessary.
Again, ->xp_net is set-once field, once set it never changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disallow spurious wakeups in __xfrm_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
State GC is per-netns, and this is part of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
km_waitq is going to be made per-netns to disallow spurious wakeups
in __xfrm_lookup().
To not wakeup after every garbage-collected xfrm_state (which potentially
can be from different netns) make state GC list per-netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of this is implicit passing which netns's hashes should be resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hashtables are per-netns, they can be independently resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to get
a) simple "something leaked" check
b) cover possible DoSes when other netns puts many, many xfrm_states
onto a list.
c) not miss "alien xfrm_state" check in some of list iterators in future.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid unnecessary complications with passing netns around.
* set once, very early after allocating
* once set, never changes
For a while create every xfrm_state in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds API to cfg80211 to allow wireless drivers to inform
us if their firmware can handle regulatory considerations *and*
they cannot map these regulatory domains to an ISO / IEC 3166
alpha2. In these cases we skip the first regulatory hint instead
of expecting the driver to build their own regulatory structure,
providing us with an alpha2, or using the reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds country IE parsing to mac80211 and enables its usage
within the new regulatory infrastructure in cfg80211. We parse
the country IEs only on management beacons for the BSSID you are
associated to and disregard the IEs when the country and environment
(indoor, outdoor, any) matches the already processed country IE.
To avoid following misinformed or outdated APs we build and use
a regulatory domain out of the intersection between what the AP
provides us on the country IE and what CRDA is aware is allowed
on the same country.
A secondary device is allowed to follow only the same country IE
as it make no sense for two devices on a system to be in two
different countries.
In the case the AP is using country IEs for an incorrect country
the user may help compliance further by setting the regulatory
domain before or after the IE is parsed and in that case another
intersection will be performed.
CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY is supported but requires CRDA
present.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
fix this warning:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_in_window\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:491: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_packet\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:812: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
During SACK processing, most of the benefits of TSO are eaten by
the SACK blocks that one-by-one fragment SKBs to MSS sized chunks.
Then we're in problems when cleanup work for them has to be done
when a large cumulative ACK comes. Try to return back to pre-split
state already while more and more SACK info gets discovered by
combining newly discovered SACK areas with the previous skb if
that's SACKed as well.
This approach has a number of benefits:
1) The processing overhead is spread more equally over the RTT
2) Write queue has less skbs to process (affect everything
which has to walk in the queue past the sacked areas)
3) Write queue is consistent whole the time, so no other parts
of TCP has to be aware of this (this was not the case with
some other approach that was, well, quite intrusive all
around).
4) Clean_rtx_queue can release most of the pages using single
put_page instead of previous PAGE_SIZE/mss+1 calls
In case a hole is fully filled by the new SACK block, we attempt
to combine the next skb too which allows construction of skbs
that are even larger than what tso split them to and it handles
hole per on every nth patterns that often occur during slow start
overshoot pretty nicely. Though this to be really useful also
a retransmission would have to get lost since cumulative ACKs
advance one hole at a time in the most typical case.
TODO: handle upwards only merging. That should be rather easy
when segment is fully sacked but I'm leaving that as future
work item (it won't make very large difference anyway since
this current approach already covers quite a lot of normal
cases).
I was earlier thinking of some sophisticated way of tracking
timestamps of the first and the last segment but later on
realized that it won't be that necessary at all to store the
timestamp of the last segment. The cases that can occur are
basically either:
1) ambiguous => no sensible measurement can be taken anyway
2) non-ambiguous is due to reordering => having the timestamp
of the last segment there is just skewing things more off
than does some good since the ack got triggered by one of
the holes (besides some substle issues that would make
determining right hole/skb even harder problem). Anyway,
it has nothing to do with this change then.
I choose to route some abnormal looking cases with goto noop,
some could be handled differently (eg., by stopping the
walking at that skb but again). In general, they either
shouldn't happen at all or are rare enough to make no difference
in practice.
In theory this change (as whole) could cause some macroscale
regression (global) because of cache misses that are taken over
the round-trip time but it gets very likely better because of much
less (local) cache misses per other write queue walkers and the
big recovery clearing cumulative ack.
Worth to note that these benefits would be very easy to get also
without TSO/GSO being on as long as the data is in pages so that
we can merge them. Currently I won't let that happen because
DSACK splitting at fragment that would mess up pcounts due to
sk_can_gso in tcp_set_skb_tso_segs. Once DSACKs fragments gets
avoided, we have some conditions that can be made less strict.
TODO: I will probably have to convert the excessive pointer
passing to struct sacktag_state... :-)
My testing revealed that considerable amount of skbs couldn't
be shifted because they were cloned (most likely still awaiting
tx reclaim)...
[The rest is considering future work instead since I got
repeatably EFAULT to tcpdump's recvfrom when I added
pskb_expand_head to deal with clones, so I separated that
into another, later patch]
...To counter that, I gave up on the fifth advantage:
5) When growing previous SACK block, less allocs for new skbs
are done, basically a new alloc is needed only when new hole
is detected and when the previous skb runs out of frags space
...which now only happens of if reclaim is fast enough to dispose
the clone before the SACK block comes in (the window is RTT long),
otherwise we'll have to alloc some.
With clones being handled I got these numbers (will be somewhat
worse without that), taken with fine-grained mibs:
TCPSackShifted 398
TCPSackMerged 877
TCPSackShiftFallback 320
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKGSO 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBBITS 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBDATA 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKBELOW 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKFIRST 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKPREVBITS 318
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKMSS 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKNOHEAD 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSHIFT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSEQ 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLPCOUNT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLLEN 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEHOLE 12
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can reduce pressure on dst entry refcount that slowdown UDP transmit
path on SMP machines. This pressure is visible on RTP servers when
delivering content to mediagateways, especially big ones, handling
thousand of streams. Several cpus send UDP frames to the same
destination, hence use the same dst entry.
This patch makes ip_append_data() eventually steal the refcount its
callers had to take on the dst entry.
This doesnt avoid all refcounting, but still gives speedups on SMP,
on UDP/RAW transmit path
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last step to be able to perform full RCU lookups
in __inet_lookup() : After established/timewait tables, we
add RCU lookups to listening hash table.
The only trick here is that a socket of a given type (TCP ipv4,
TCP ipv6, ...) can now flight between two different tables
(established and listening) during a RCU grace period, so we
must use different 'nulls' end-of-chain values for two tables.
We define a large value :
#define LISTENING_NULLS_BASE (1U << 29)
So that slots in listening table are guaranteed to have different
end-of-chain values than slots in established table. A reader can
still detect it finished its lookup in the right chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the slub allocator is used, kmem_cache_create() may merge two or more
kmem_cache's into one but the cache name pointer is not updated and
kmem_cache_name() is no longer guaranteed to return the pointer passed
to the former function. This patch stores the kmalloc'ed pointers in the
corresponding request_sock_ops and timewait_sock_ops structures.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid some useless instructions if !CONFIG_NET_NS
Because of RCU, we use INET_MATCH or INET_TW_MATCH twice for the found
socket, so thats six instructions less per incoming TCP packet.
Yet another tbench speedup :)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds #include <linux/timer.h> in lib80211.h to avoid
these compilation erros.
> In file included from /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:24:
> /work/src/wireless-testing/include/net/lib80211.h:113: error: field
> 'crypt_deinit_timer' has incomplete type
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_init':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:83: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'setup_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_free':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:95: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'del_timer_sync'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_deinit_handler':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:157: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'add_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_delayed_deinit':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:182: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'timer_pending'
> make[3]: *** [net/wireless/lib80211.o] Error 1
> make[2]: *** [net/wireless] Error 2
> make[1]: *** [net] Error 2
> make: *** [sub-make] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise, the BUILD_BUG_ON calls in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status can
fail on some architectures.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These bits are shared already between ipw2x00 and hostap, and could
probably be shared both more cleanly and with other drivers. This
commit simply relocates the code to lib80211 and adjusts the drivers
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On ARM alignment is done slightly different from other architectures.
struct ieee80211_tx_rate is aligned to word size, even though it only has 3
single-byte members, which triggers the BUILD_BUG_ON in
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
This patch marks the struct ieee80211_tx_rate as packed, so that ARM
behaves like the other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds an interface to configure the Backward Congestion Notification
(BCN) feature. In a BCN capabale network, congestion notifications
from congested points out in the network can cause the end station
limit the rate of a given traffic flow.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to get and set
the enable state of the Priority Flow Control (PFC) feature.
Primarily, this is a way to turn off PFC in the driver while DCB
remains enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to query (and set if
supported) the number of traffic classes currently supported by the
device for the two (DCB) features: priority groups (PG) and priority
flow control (PFC).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds to the netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB), allowing
the DCB capabilities supported by a device to be queried.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for Data Center Bridging (DCB) features in the ixgbe
driver and adds an rtnetlink interface for configuring DCB to the
kernel. The DCB feature support included are Priority Grouping (PG) -
which allows bandwidth guarantees to be allocated to groups to traffic
based on the 802.1q priority, and Priority Based Flow Control (PFC) -
which introduces a new MAC control PAUSE frame which works at
granularity of the 802.1p priority instead of the link (IEEE 802.3x).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now TCP & DCCP use RCU lookups, we can convert ehash rwlocks to spinlocks.
/proc/net/tcp and other seq_file 'readers' can safely be converted to 'writers'.
This should speedup writers, since spin_lock()/spin_unlock()
only use one atomic operation instead of two for write_lock()/write_unlock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares RCU migration of listening_hash table for
TCP/DCCP protocols.
listening_hash table being small (32 slots per protocol), we add
a spinlock for each slot, instead of a single rwlock for whole table.
This should reduce hold time of readers, and writers concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument to csum_partial is const void *
casts to char/u8 * are not necessary
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the
use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may
have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset.
Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed
up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that
mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used
by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good
enough" suspend/resume.
Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only
works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or
any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless.
Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because
it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping
functions within the critical section, and now because it's called
by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl
because it is flushed under rtnl.
(cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046)
I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it
entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly.
For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for
the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably
simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get
mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to
connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we
will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer
to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation,
while the suspend operation must be done directly.
Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect
to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short
enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect
that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the
association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data
frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and
have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is
available and requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c:537:1: warning: symbol 'nfulnl_log_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
Including the proper header also revealed an incorrect prototype.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As for now, the creation and update of conntracks via ctnetlink do not
propagate an event to userspace. This can result in inconsistent situations
if several userspace processes modify the connection tracking table by means
of ctnetlink at the same time. Specifically, using the conntrack command
line tool and conntrackd at the same time can trigger unconsistencies.
This patch also modifies the event cache infrastructure to pass the
process PID and the ECHO flag to nfnetlink_send() to report back
to userspace if the process that triggered the change needs so.
Based on a suggestion from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds module loading for helpers via ctnetlink.
* Creation path: We support explicit and implicit helper assignation. For
the explicit case, we try to load the module. If the module is correctly
loaded and the helper is present, we return EAGAIN to re-start the
creation. Otherwise, we return EOPNOTSUPP.
* Update path: release the spin lock, load the module and check. If it is
present, then return EAGAIN to re-start the update.
This patch provides a refactorized function to lookup-and-set the
connection tracking helper. The function removes the exported symbol
__nf_ct_helper_find as it has not clients anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds the macro MODULE_ALIAS_NFCT_HELPER that defines a
way to provide generic and persistent aliases for the connection
tracking helpers.
This next patch requires this patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Simply delete ops from list and let list debugging do the job.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As found in the past (commit f1dd9c379c
[NET]: Fix tbench regression in 2.6.25-rc1), it is really
important that struct dst_entry refcount is aligned on a cache line.
We cannot use __atribute((aligned)), so manually pad the structure
for 32 and 64 bit arches.
for 32bit : offsetof(truct dst_entry, __refcnt) is 0x80
for 64bit : offsetof(truct dst_entry, __refcnt) is 0xc0
As it is not possible to guess at compile time cache line size,
we use a generic value of 64 bytes, that satisfies many current arches.
(Using 128 bytes alignment on 64bit arches would waste 64 bytes)
Add a BUILD_BUG_ON to catch future updates to "struct dst_entry" dont
break this alignment.
"tbench 8" is 4.4 % faster on a dual quad core (HP BL460c G1), Intel E5450 @3.00GHz
(2350 MB/s instead of 2250 MB/s)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU was added to UDP lookups, using a fast infrastructure :
- sockets kmem_cache use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and dont pay the
price of call_rcu() at freeing time.
- hlist_nulls permits to use few memory barriers.
This patch uses same infrastructure for TCP/DCCP established
and timewait sockets.
Thanks to SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, no slowdown for applications
using short lived TCP connections. A followup patch, converting
rwlocks to spinlocks will even speedup this case.
__inet_lookup_established() is pretty fast now we dont have to
dirty a contended cache line (read_lock/read_unlock)
Only established and timewait hashtable are converted to RCU
(bind table and listen table are still using traditional locking)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a straightforward patch, using hlist_nulls infrastructure.
RCUification already done on UDP two weeks ago.
Using hlist_nulls permits us to avoid some memory barriers, both
at lookup time and delete time.
Patch is large because it adds new macros to include/net/sock.h.
These macros will be used by TCP & DCCP in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:60: warning: ‘bt_key_strings’ defined but not used
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:71: warning: ‘bt_slock_key_strings’ defined but not used
this is a lockdep macro problem in the !LOCKDEP case.
We cannot convert it to an inline because the macro works on multiple types,
but we can mark the parameter used.
[ also clean up a misaligned tab in sock_lock_init_class_and_name() ]
[ also remove #ifdefs from around af_family_clock_key strings - which
were certainly added to get rid of the ugly build warnings. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() and changing sch_netem into
classless qdisc there are no more qdisc->ops->requeue() users. This
patch removes this method with its wrappers (qdisc_requeue()), and
also unused qdisc->requeue structure. There are a few minor fixes of
warnings (htb_enqueue()) and comments btw.
The idea to kill ->requeue() and a similar patch were first developed
by David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The urg_ptr field is not used anywhere and is merely confusing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
security/keys/internal.h
security/keys/process_keys.c
security/keys/request_key.c
Fixed conflicts above by using the non 'tsk' versions.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Every user is under CONFIG_NET_DMA already, so ifdef field as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using read_pnet() and write_pnet() in neighbour code ease the reading
of code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can shrink size of "struct inet_bind_bucket" by 50%, using
read_pnet() and write_pnet()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces two helpers that deal with reading and writing
struct net pointers in various network structures.
Their implementation depends on CONFIG_NET_NS
For symmetry, both functions work with "struct net **pnet".
Their usage should reduce the number of #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS,
without adding many helpers for each network structure
that hold a "struct net *pointer"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->pde isn't actually needed, since name is stashed in ->id.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure regulatory converstion macros safely accept
multiple arguments and make REG_RULE() use them.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set TX queue
parameters (txop, cwmin, cwmax, aifs).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set which rates are
in the basic rate set.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a helper function that, given a bitmap of basic
rates and a bitrate returns the response rate for this rate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send a notification to the driver on succesful
reception of an ADDBA response, add IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no
driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's
unlikely that any hardware design that does require the
SSID will play well with mac80211.
This also removes support for setting the SSID in master
mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously I assumed that the receive queues of candidates don't
change during the GC. This is only half true, nothing can be received
from the queues (see comment in unix_gc()), but buffers could be added
through the other half of the socket pair, which may still have file
descriptors referring to it.
This can result in inc_inflight_move_tail() erronously increasing the
"inflight" counter for a unix socket for which dec_inflight() wasn't
previously called. This in turn can trigger the "BUG_ON(total_refs <
inflight_refs)" in a later garbage collection run.
Fix this by only manipulating the "inflight" counter for sockets which
are candidates themselves. Duplicating the file references in
unix_attach_fds() is also needed to prevent a socket becoming a
candidate for GC while the skb that contains it is not yet queued.
Reported-by: Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__scm_destroy() walks the list of file descriptors in the scm_fp_list
pointed to by the scm_cookie argument.
Those, in turn, can close sockets and invoke __scm_destroy() again.
There is nothing which limits how deeply this can occur.
The idea for how to fix this is from Linus. Basically, we do all of
the fput()s at the top level by collecting all of the scm_fp_list
objects hit by an fput(). Inside of the initial __scm_destroy() we
keep running the list until it is empty.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds better IPv6 failover support for bonding devices,
especially when in active-backup mode and there are only IPv6 addresses
configured, as reported by Alex Sidorenko.
- Creates a new file, net/drivers/bonding/bond_ipv6.c, for the
IPv6-specific routines. Both regular bonds and VLANs over bonds
are supported.
- Adds a new tunable, num_unsol_na, to limit the number of unsolicited
IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements that are sent on a failover event.
Default is 1.
- Creates two new IPv6 neighbor discovery functions:
ndisc_build_skb()
ndisc_send_skb()
These were required to support VLANs since we have to be able to
add the VLAN id to the skb since ndisc_send_na() and friends
shouldn't be asked to do this. These two routines are basically
__ndisc_send() split into two pieces, in a slightly different order.
- Updates Documentation/networking/bonding.txt and bumps the rev of bond
support to 3.4.0.
On failover, this new code will generate one packet:
- An unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisement, which helps the switch
learn that the address has moved to the new slave.
Testing has shown that sending just the NA results in pretty good
behavior when in active-back mode, I saw no lost ping packets for example.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
A packet dequeued and stored as gso_skb in qdisc_peek_dequeued() should
be seen as part of the queue for sch->q.qlen queries until it's really
dequeued with qdisc_dequeue_peeked(), so qlen needs additional updating
in these functions. (Updating qstats.backlog shouldn't matter here.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies xt_NFLOG to suppress the call to nf_log_packet()
function. The call of this wrapper in xt_NFLOG was causing NFLOG to
use the first initialized module. Thus, if ipt_ULOG is loaded before
nfnetlink_log all NFLOG rules are treated as plain LOG rules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Remove the 'supports_ipv6' scheduler flag since all schedulers now
support IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when
renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code needs to be split out and cleaned up, so as a
first step remove the capability, to add it back in a
subsequent patch as a separate function. Also remove the
publically facing return value of the function and the
wiphy argument. A number of internal functions go from
being generic helpers to just being used for alpha2
setting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The regdom struct is given to the core, so it might as well
free it in error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation
do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now
in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ
changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that
set ampdu_queues.
This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is unnecessary and of questionable value. Also remove
is_empty_ssid, as it is also unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function requires an internal lock to be held, so it cannot
be published to other modules in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The two new commands are NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS and
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS. There is a new attribute enum,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, which enumerates the various mesh configuration
parameters.
Moved struct mesh_config from mac80211/ieee80211_i.h to net/cfg80211.h.
nl80211_get_mesh_params and nl80211_set_mesh_params unpack the netlink messages
and ask the driver to get or set the configuration. This is done via two new
function stubs, get_mesh_params and set_mesh_params, in struct cfg80211_ops.
Signed-off-by: Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"Clearing" the rate control algorithm is pointless, none of
the algorithms actually uses this operation and it's not even
invoked properly for all channel switching. Also, there's no
need to since rate control algorithms work per station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how
convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for
everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now
taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control,
most drivers don't support that though.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've
(partially) fixed:
* it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP,
hence has no chance of working as an AP
* it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS
* channel sanity checking is left to the drivers
* it generally lets the driver control too much
HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than
one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently.
Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be
wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht().
Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs:
* mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any
more since the refactoring
* iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff
mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA
* ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API
I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into
struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities,
but I see no cleaner solution for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can
access it during ->tx without having to store it in
the private data or similar. No driver updates because
this is only for when they want to start using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback
with a new flag to change retry limits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration
actually changed, e.g. channel etc.
No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are
expected to act on this if they want to.
Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often
we configure something else.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch cleans up a number of things:
* the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information
information elements
* variable names that are hard to understand
* mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused
enable_ht parameter
* mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht
* mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie
to an information element _contents_ rather than the
whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds
access bug fixed!)
* mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON
checking
* a few minor other things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP
properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of
some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This isn't used by anyone, if we ever need it we can add
it back, until then it's useless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds qdisc_peek_dequeued() wrapper to emulate peek method
with qdisc->dequeue() and storing "peeked" skb in qdisc->gso_skb until
dequeuing. This is mainly for compatibility reasons not to break some
strange configs because peeking is expected for non-work-conserving
parent qdiscs to query work-conserving child qdiscs.
This implementation requires using qdisc_dequeue_peeked() wrapper
instead of directly calling qdisc->dequeue() for all qdiscs ever
querried with qdisc->ops->peek() or qdisc_peek_dequeued().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just as a demonstration how easy adding a peek operation to the
work-conserving qdiscs actually is. It doesn't need to keep or change
any internal state in many cases thanks to the guarantee that the
packet will either be dequeued or, if another packet arrives, the
upper qdisc will immediately ->peek again to reevaluate the state.
(This is only slightly modified Patrick's patch.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Qdisc_ops peek() method in order to replace requeuing.
Based on ideas and patches of Herbert Xu, Patrick McHardy and
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns ops which are registered with register_pernet_gen_device() are
shutdown strictly before those which are registered with
register_pernet_subsys(). Sometimes this leads to opposite (read: buggy)
shutdown ordering between two modules.
Add register_pernet_gen_subsys()/unregister_pernet_gen_subsys() for modules
which aren't elite enough for entry in struct net, and which can't use
register_pernet_gen_device(). PPTP conntracking module is such one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove excess kernel-doc function parameters from networking header
& driver files:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:946): Excess function parameter or struct member 'sk' description in 'sk_filter_release'
Warning(include/linux/netdevice.h:1545): Excess function parameter or struct member 'cpu' description in 'netif_tx_lock'
Warning(drivers/net/wan/z85230.c:712): Excess function parameter or struct member 'regs' description in 'z8530_interrupt'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Corey Minyard found a race added in commit 271b72c7fa
(udp: RCU handling for Unicast packets.)
"If the socket is moved from one list to another list in-between the
time the hash is calculated and the next field is accessed, and the
socket has moved to the end of the new list, the traversal will not
complete properly on the list it should have, since the socket will
be on the end of the new list and there's not a way to tell it's on a
new list and restart the list traversal. I think that this can be
solved by pre-fetching the "next" field (with proper barriers) before
checking the hash."
This patch corrects this problem, introducing a new
sk_for_each_rcu_safenext() macro.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goals are :
1) Optimizing handling of incoming Unicast UDP frames, so that no memory
writes should happen in the fast path.
Note: Multicasts and broadcasts still will need to take a lock,
because doing a full lockless lookup in this case is difficult.
2) No expensive operations in the socket bind/unhash phases :
- No expensive synchronize_rcu() calls.
- No added rcu_head in socket structure, increasing memory needs,
but more important, forcing us to use call_rcu() calls,
that have the bad property of making sockets structure cold.
(rcu grace period between socket freeing and its potential reuse
make this socket being cold in CPU cache).
David did a previous patch using call_rcu() and noticed a 20%
impact on TCP connection rates.
Quoting Cristopher Lameter :
"Right. That results in cacheline cooldown. You'd want to recycle
the object as they are cache hot on a per cpu basis. That is screwed
up by the delayed regular rcu processing. We have seen multiple
regressions due to cacheline cooldown.
The only choice in cacheline hot sensitive areas is to deal with the
complexity that comes with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU or give up on RCU."
- Because udp sockets are allocated from dedicated kmem_cache,
use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU can help here.
Theory of operation :
---------------------
As the lookup is lockfree (using rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock()),
special attention must be taken by readers and writers.
Use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is tricky too, because a socket can be freed,
reused, inserted in a different chain or in worst case in the same chain
while readers could do lookups in the same time.
In order to avoid loops, a reader must check each socket found in a chain
really belongs to the chain the reader was traversing. If it finds a
mismatch, lookup must start again at the begining. This *restart* loop
is the reason we had to use rdlock for the multicast case, because
we dont want to send same message several times to the same socket.
We use RCU only for fast path.
Thus, /proc/net/udp still takes spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets are hashed in a 128 slots hash table.
This hash table is protected by *one* rwlock.
This rwlock is readlocked each time an incoming UDP message is handled.
This rwlock is writelocked each time a socket must be inserted in
hash table (bind time), or deleted from this table (close time)
This is not scalable on SMP machines :
1) Even in read mode, lock() and unlock() are atomic operations and
must dirty a contended cache line, shared by all cpus.
2) A writer might be starved if many readers are 'in flight'. This can
happen on a machine with some NIC receiving many UDP messages. User
process can be delayed a long time at socket creation/dismantle time.
This patch prepares RCU migration, by introducing 'struct udp_table
and struct udp_hslot', and using one spinlock per chain, to reduce
contention on central rwlock.
Introducing one spinlock per chain reduces latencies, for port
randomization on heavily loaded UDP servers. This also speedup
bindings to specific ports.
udp_lib_unhash() was uninlined, becoming to big.
Some cleanups were done to ease review of following patch
(RCUification of UDP Unicast lookups)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a patch to provide on demand route cache rebuilding. Currently, our
route cache is rebulid periodically regardless of need. This introduced
unneeded periodic latency. This patch offers a better approach. Using code
provided by Eric Dumazet, we compute the standard deviation of the average hash
bucket chain length while running rt_check_expire. Should any given chain
length grow to larger that average plus 4 standard deviations, we trigger an
emergency hash table rebuild for that net namespace. This allows for the common
case in which chains are well behaved and do not grow unevenly to not incur any
latency at all, while those systems (which may be being maliciously attacked),
only rebuild when the attack is detected. This patch take 2 other factors into
account:
1) chains with multiple entries that differ by attributes that do not affect the
hash value are only counted once, so as not to unduly bias system to rebuilding
if features like QOS are heavily used
2) if rebuilding crosses a certain threshold (which is adjustable via the added
sysctl in this patch), route caching is disabled entirely for that net
namespace, since constant rebuilding is less efficient that no caching at all
Tested successfully by me.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were
no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places.
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes an OOPS in hard_header if a Phonet address is assigned to a
non-Phonet network interface.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (29 commits)
tcp: Restore ordering of TCP options for the sake of inter-operability
net: Fix disjunct computation of netdev features
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state
sctp: Add check for the TSN field of the SHUTDOWN chunk
sctp: Drop ICMP packet too big message with MTU larger than current PMTU
p54: enable 2.4/5GHz spectrum by eeprom bits.
orinoco: reduce stack usage in firmware download path
ath5k: fix suspend-related oops on rmmod
[netdrvr] fec_mpc52xx: Implement polling, to make netconsole work.
qlge: Fix MSI/legacy single interrupt bug.
smc911x: Make the driver safer on SMP
smc911x: Add IRQ polarity configuration
smc911x: Allow Kconfig dependency on ARM
sis190: add identifier for Atheros AR8021 PHY
8139x: reduce message severity on driver overlap
igb: add IGB_DCA instead of selecting INTEL_IOATDMA
igb: fix tx data corruption with transition to L0s on 82575
ehea: Fix memory hotplug support
netdev: DM9000: remove BLACKFIN hacking in DM9000 netdev driver
...
Once an endpoint has reached the SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED state,
it MUST NOT send a SHUTDOWN in response to a ULP request.
The Cumulative TSN Ack of the received SHUTDOWN chunk
MUST be processed.
This patch fix to process Cumulative TSN Ack of the received
SHUTDOWN chunk in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sparse warnings were introduced by patches accepted during the merge
window which weren't caught. This patch fixes those warnings.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the RDMA transport provider for 9P. It allows
mounts to be performed over iWARP and IB capable network interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lionkov@lanl.gov>
Fixes build problem with 9p when building with debug disabled.
Also contains some fixes for warnings which pop up when
CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs: (26 commits)
9p: add more conservative locking
9p: fix oops in protocol stat parsing error path.
9p: fix device file handling
9p: Improve debug support
9p: eliminate depricated conv functions
9p: rework client code to use new protocol support functions
9p: remove unnecessary tag field from p9_req_t structure
9p: remove 9p fcall debug prints
9p: add new protocol support code
9p: encapsulate version function
9p: move dirread to fs layer
9p: adjust 9p vfs write operation
9p: move readn meta-function from client to fs layer
9p: consolidate read/write functions
9p: drop broken unused error path from p9_conn_create()
9p: make rpc code common and rework flush code
9p: use the rcall structure passed in the request in trans_fd read_work
9p: apply common request code to trans_fd
9p: apply common tagpool handling to trans_fd
9p: move request management to client code
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netfilter: replace old NF_ARP calls with NFPROTO_ARP
netfilter: fix compilation error with NAT=n
netfilter: xt_recent: use proc_create_data()
netfilter: snmp nat leaks memory in case of failure
netfilter: xt_iprange: fix range inversion match
netfilter: netns: use NFPROTO_NUMPROTO instead of NUMPROTO for tables array
netfilter: ctnetlink: remove obsolete NAT dependency from Kconfig
pkt_sched: sch_generic: Fix oops in sch_teql
dccp: Port redirection support for DCCP
tcp: Fix IPv6 fallout from 'Port redirection support for TCP'
netdev: change name dropping error codes
ipvs: Update CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 description and help text
The netfilter families have been decoupled from regular protocol families.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new debug support lacks some of the information that the previous fcprint
code provided -- this patch focuses on better presentation of debug data along
with more helpful debug along error paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Remove depricated conv functions which have been replaced with new
protocol routines.
This patch also reworks the one instance of the file-system code which
directly calls conversion routines (to accomplish unpacking dirreads).
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that the new protocol functions are in place, this patch switches
the client code to using the new support code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
One of the current debug options allows users to get a verbose dump of fcalls.
This isn't really necessary as correctly parsed protocol frames can be printed
as part of the code in the client functions. The consolidated printfcalls
structure would require new entries to be added for every extension. This
patch removes the debug print methods and their use.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This adds a new protocol processing support code based on Anthony Liguori's
9p library code. This code performs protocol marshalling/unmarshalling using
printf like strings to represent protocol elements. It is my intent to use
them to replace the current functions in conv.c as well as the
p9_create_* functions.
This should make the client implementation much more clear, and also make it
much easier to add new protocol extensions by limiting the number of places
in which changes need to be made.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently reading a directory is implemented in the client code.
This function is not actually a wire operation, but a meta operation
which calls read operations and processes the results.
This patch moves this functionality to the fs layer and calls component
wire operations instead of constructing their packets. This provides a
cleaner separation and will help when we reorganize the client functions
and protocol processing methods.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There are a couple of methods in the client code which aren't actually
wire operations. To keep things organized cleaner, these operations are
being moved to the fs layer.
This patch moves the readn meta-function (which executes multiple wire
reads until a buffer is full) to the fs layer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently there are two separate versions of read and write. One for
dealing with user buffers and the other for dealing with kernel buffers.
There is a tremendous amount of code duplication in the otherwise
identical versions of these functions. This patch adds an additional
user buffer parameter to read and write and conditionalizes handling of
the buffer on whether the kernel buffer or the user buffer is populated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This code moves the rpc function to the common client base,
reorganizes the flush code to be more simple and stable, and
makes the necessary adjustments to the underlying transports
to adapt to the new structure.
This reduces the overall amount of code duplication between the
transports and should make adding new transports more straightforward.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The virtio transport uses a simplified request management system
that I want to use for all transports. This patch adapts and moves the
exisiting code for managing requests to the client common code.
Later patches will apply these mechanisms to the other transports.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Right now there is a transport module structure which provides per-transport
type functions and data and a transport structure which contains per-instance
public data as well as function pointers to instance specific functions.
This patch moves public transport visible instance data to the client
structure (which in some cases had duplicate data) and consolidates the
functions into the transport module structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
name and nlen parameters passed to ->strategy hook are unused, remove
them. In general ->strategy hook should know what it's doing, and don't
do something tricky for which, say, pointer to original userspace array
may be needed (name).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> [ networking bits ]
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__FUNCTION__ is gcc-specific, use __func__
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h.
Fields need real explanations added to them.
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'icv_len'
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'iv_len'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes the module dependency between ctnetlink and
nf_nat by means of an indirect call that is initialized when
nf_nat is loaded. Now, nf_conntrack_netlink only requires
nf_conntrack and nfnetlink.
This patch puts nfnetlink_parse_nat_setup_hook into the
nf_conntrack_core to avoid dependencies between ctnetlink,
nf_conntrack_ipv4 and nf_conntrack_ipv6.
This patch also introduces the function ctnetlink_change_nat
that is only invoked from the creation path. Actually, the
nat handling cannot be invoked from the update path since
this is not allowed. By introducing this function, we remove
the useless nat handling in the update path and we avoid
deadlock-prone code.
This patch also adds the required EAGAIN logic for nfnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dummy version of 'nf_conntrack_event_cache()' (used when the
NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS config option is not enabled) had not been updated
when the calling convention changed.
This was introduced by commit a71996fccc
("netfilter: netns nf_conntrack: pass conntrack to
nf_conntrack_event_cache() not skb")
Tssk.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add the necessary NetLabel support for the new CIPSO mapping,
CIPSO_V4_MAP_LOCAL, which allows full LSM label/context support.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch accomplishes three minor tasks: add a new tag type for local
labeling, rename the CIPSO_V4_MAP_STD define to CIPSO_V4_MAP_TRANS and
replace some of the CIPSO "magic numbers" with constants from the header
file. The first change allows CIPSO to support full LSM labels/contexts,
not just MLS attributes. The second change brings the mapping names inline
with what userspace is using, compatibility is preserved since we don't
actually change the value. The last change is to aid readability and help
prevent mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
This patch provides support for including the LSM's secid in addition to
the LSM's MLS information in the NetLabel security attributes structure.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Previous work enabled the use of address based NetLabel selectors, which while
highly useful, brought the potential for additional per-packet overhead when
used. This patch attempts to solve that by applying NetLabel socket labels
when sockets are connect()'d. This should alleviate the per-packet NetLabel
labeling for all connected sockets (yes, it even works for connected DGRAM
sockets).
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch builds upon the new NetLabel address selector functionality by
providing the NetLabel KAPI and CIPSO engine support needed to enable the
new packet-based labeling. The only new addition to the NetLabel KAPI at
this point is shown below:
* int netlbl_skbuff_setattr(skb, family, secattr)
... and is designed to be called from a Netfilter hook after the packet's
IP header has been populated such as in the FORWARD or LOCAL_OUT hooks.
This patch also provides the necessary SELinux hooks to support this new
functionality. Smack support is not currently included due to uncertainty
regarding the permissions needed to expand the Smack network access controls.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch extends the NetLabel traffic labeling capabilities to individual
packets based not only on the LSM domain but the by the destination address
as well. The changes here only affect the core NetLabel infrastructre,
changes to the NetLabel KAPI and individial protocol engines are also
required but are split out into a different patch to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
NetLabel has always had a list of backpointers in the CIPSO DOI definition
structure which pointed to the NetLabel LSM domain mapping structures which
referenced the CIPSO DOI struct. The rationale for this was that when an
administrator removed a CIPSO DOI from the system all of the associated
NetLabel LSM domain mappings should be removed as well; a list of
backpointers made this a simple operation.
Unfortunately, while the backpointers did make the removal easier they were
a bit of a mess from an implementation point of view which was making
further development difficult. Since the removal of a CIPSO DOI is a
realtively rare event it seems to make sense to remove this backpointer
list as the optimization was hurting us more then it was helping. However,
we still need to be able to track when a CIPSO DOI definition is being used
so replace the backpointer list with a reference count. In order to
preserve the current functionality of removing the associated LSM domain
mappings when a CIPSO DOI is removed we walk the LSM domain mapping table,
removing the relevant entries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
At some point I think I messed up and dropped the calls to netlbl_skbuff_err()
which are necessary for CIPSO to send error notifications to remote systems.
This patch re-introduces the error handling calls into the SELinux code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
After some discussions with the Smack folks, well just Casey, I now have a
better idea of what Smack wants out of NetLabel in the future so I think it
is now safe to do some API "pruning". If another LSM comes along that
needs this functionality we can always add it back in, but I don't see any
LSMs on the horizon which might make use of these functions.
Thanks to Rami Rosen who suggested removing netlbl_cfg_cipsov4_del() back
in February 2008.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch add missing braces of today's net-next-2.6:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h
Signed-off-by: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the RX/TX byte counters for IPIP, GRE and SIT more
consistent. Previously we included the external IP headers on the
way out but not when the packet is inbound.
The new scheme is to count payload only in both directions. For
IPIP and SIT this simply means the exclusion of the external IP
header. For GRE this means that we exclude the GRE header as
well.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is
another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a
distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the
receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the
Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added
support for, but only the original DSA tagging format.
The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the
Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not
have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that
is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in
eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet.
This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in
if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is
selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver
instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format.
If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the
packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gabs array in the sctp_tsnmap structure is only used
in one place, sctp_make_sack(). As such, carrying the
array around in the sctp_tsnmap and thus directly in
the sctp_association is rather pointless since most
of the time it's just taking up space. Now, let
sctp_make_sack create and populate it and then throw
it away when it's done.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tsn map currently use is 4K large and is stuck inside
the sctp_association structure making memory references REALLY
expensive. What we really need is at most 4K worth of bits
so the biggest map we would have is 512 bytes. Also, the
map is only really usefull when we have gaps to store and
report. As such, starting with minimal map of say 32 TSNs (bits)
should be enough for normal low-loss operations. We can grow
the map by some multiple of 32 along with some extra room any
time we receive the TSN which would put us outside of the map
boundry. As we close gaps, we can shift the map to rebase
it on the latest TSN we've seen. This saves 4088 bytes per
association just in the map alone along savings from the now
unnecessary structure members.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed sysctl_local_port_range[] and its associated seqlock
sysctl_local_port_range_lock were on separate cache lines.
Moreover, sysctl_local_port_range[] was close to unrelated
variables, highly modified, leading to cache misses.
Moving these two variables in a structure can help data
locality and moving this structure to read_mostly section
helps sharing of this data among cpus.
Cleanup of extern declarations (moved in include file where
they belong), and use of inet_get_local_port_range()
accessor instead of direct access to ports values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The iptables tproxy core is a module that contains the common routines used by
various tproxy related modules (TPROXY target and socket match)
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Netfilter connection tracking requires all IPv4 packets to be defragmented.
Both the socket match and the TPROXY target depend on this functionality, so
this patch separates the Netfilter IPv4 defrag hooks into a separate module.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Same story as with iptable_filter, iptables_raw tables.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Note, sysctl table is always duplicated, this is simpler and less
special-cased.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Heh, last minute proof-reading of this patch made me think,
that this is actually unneeded, simply because "ct" pointers will be
different for different conntracks in different netns, just like they
are different in one netns.
Not so sure anymore.
[Patrick: pointers will be different, flushing can only be done while
inactive though and thus it needs to be per netns]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is cleaner, we already know conntrack to which event is relevant.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Again, it's deducible from skb, but we're going to use it for
nf_conntrack_checksum and statistics, so just pass it from upper layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It's deducible from skb->dev or skb->dst->dev, but we know netns at
the moment of call, so pass it down and use for finding and creating
conntracks.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
What is confirmed connection in one netns can very well be unconfirmed
in another one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make per-netns a) expectation hash and b) expectations count.
Expectations always belongs to netns to which it's master conntrack belong.
This is natural and doesn't bloat expectation.
Proc files and leaf users are stubbed to init_net, this is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* make per-netns conntrack hash
Other solution is to add ->ct_net pointer to tuplehashes and still has one
hash, I tried that it's ugly and requires more code deep down in protocol
modules et al.
* propagate netns pointer to where needed, e. g. to conntrack iterators.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Sysctls and proc files are stubbed to init_net's one. This is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Conntrack (struct nf_conn) gets pointer to netns: ->ct_net -- netns in which
it was created. It comes from netdevice.
->ct_net is write-once field.
Every conntrack in system has ->ct_net initialized, no exceptions.
->ct_net doesn't pin netns: conntracks are recycled after timeouts and
pinning background traffic will prevent netns from even starting shutdown
sequence.
Right now every conntrack is created in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One comment: #ifdefs around #include is necessary to overcome amazing compile
breakages in NOTRACK-in-netns patch (see below).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
and (try to) consistently use u_int8_t for the L3 family.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Wrap calling sk->sk_backlog_rcv() in a function. This will allow extending the
generic sk_backlog_rcv behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket cached in the skb if it's present.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use the cached socket reference in the skb during input
processing we add a new set of lookup functions that receive the skb on
their argument list.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry
if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how
many alternate rate selections the driver supports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later.
Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jay Cliburn noticed and diagnosed a bug triggered in
dev_gso_skb_destructor() after last change from qdisc->gso_skb
to qdisc->requeue list. Since gso_segmented skbs can't be queued
to another list this patch brings back qdisc->gso_skb for them.
Reported-by: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides implementation of the enhancements of XFRM/PF_KEY MIGRATE mechanism
specified in draft-ebalard-mext-pfkey-enhanced-migrate-00. Defines associated
PF_KEY SADB_X_EXT_KMADDRESS extension and XFRM/netlink XFRMA_KMADDRESS
attribute.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This protocol provides some connection handling and negotiated
congestion control. Nokia cellular modems use it for bulk transfers.
It provides packet boundaries (hence SOCK_SEQPACKET). Congestion
control is per packet rather per byte, so we do not re-use the
generic socket memory accounting.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_is_any() function that is used to check for wildcard addresses
only looks at the address itself to determine the address family.
This function is used in the API to check the address passed in from
the user. If the user simply zerroes out the sockaddr_storage and
pass that in, we'll end up failing. So, let's try harder to determine
the address family by also checking the socket if it's possible.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sctp_chunks should be put on a diet. This is some of the low hanging
fruit that we can strip out. Changes all the __s8/__u8 flags to
bitfields. Saves 12 bytes per chunk.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The iptables tproxy code has to be able to do UDP socket hash lookups,
so we have to provide an exported lookup function for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current TCP code relies on the local port of the listening socket
being the same as the destination address of the incoming
connection. Port redirection used by many transparent proxying
techniques obviously breaks this, so we have to store the original
destination port address.
This patch extends struct inet_request_sock and stores the incoming
destination port value there. It also modifies the handshake code to
use that value as the source port when sending reply packets.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() tries to re-route packets either
generated or re-routed by Netfilter. This patch changes
ip_route_me_harder() to handle packets from non-locally-bound sockets
with IP_TRANSPARENT set as local and to set the appropriate flowi
flags when re-doing the routing lookup.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TCP stack sends out SYN+ACK/ACK/RST reply packets in response to
incoming packets. The non-local source address check on output bites
us again, as replies for transparently redirected traffic won't have a
chance to leave the node.
This patch selectively sets the FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag when doing the
route lookup for those replies. Transparent replies are enabled if the
listening socket has the transparent socket flag set.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC in flowi->flags if the socket has the
transparent socket option set. This way we selectively enable certain
connections with non-local source addresses to be routed.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_iif() in inet_sock.h requires route.h. Since users of inet_iif()
usually require other route.h functionality anyway this patch moves
inet_iif() to route.h.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the IP_TRANSPARENT socket option: enabling that
will make the IPv4 routing omit the non-local source address check on
output. Setting IP_TRANSPARENT requires NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_output() contains a check to make sure that no flows with
non-local source IP addresses are routed. This obviously makes using
such addresses impossible.
This patch introduces a flowi flag which makes omitting this check
possible. The new flag provides a way of handling transparent and
non-transparent connections differently.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Herbert Xu came up with the idea and the original patch to make
xfrm_state dump list contain also dumpers:
As it is we go to extraordinary lengths to ensure that states
don't go away while dumpers go to sleep. It's much easier if
we just put the dumpers themselves on the list since they can't
go away while they're going.
I've also changed the order of addition on new states to prevent
a never-ending dump.
Timo Teräs improved the patch to apply cleanly to latest tree,
modified iteration code to be more readable by using a common
struct for entries in the list, implemented the same idea for
xfrm_policy dumping and moved the af_key specific "last" entry
caching to af_key.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since call to function sctp_sf_abort_violation() need paramter 'arg' with
'struct sctp_chunk' type, it will read the chunk type and chunk length from
the chunk_hdr member of chunk. But call to sctp_sf_violation_paramlen()
always with 'struct sctp_paramhdr' type's parameter, it will be passed to
sctp_sf_abort_violation(). This may cause kernel panic.
sctp_sf_violation_paramlen()
|-- sctp_sf_abort_violation()
|-- sctp_make_abort_violation()
This patch fixed this problem. This patch also fix two place which called
sctp_sf_violation_paramlen() with wrong paramter type.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
9p trans modules aren't refcounted nor were they unregistered
properly. Fix it.
* Add 9p_trans_module->owner and reference the module on each trans
instance creation and put it on destruction.
* Protect v9fs_trans_list with a spinlock. This isn't strictly
necessary as the list is manipulated only during module loading /
unloading but it's a good idea to make the API safe.
* Unregister trans modules when the corresponding module is being
unloaded.
* While at it, kill unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL on p9_trans_fd_init().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control
API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of
net/mac80211/.
There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking,
we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to
do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control
algorithm or via new API.
Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we
will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right
now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes cfg80211 show the interface in the nl80211
information about a specific interface. API users are required
to keep the type updated (everything else is fairly complicated)
but you will get a warning if you fail to keep it updated.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Luis added the regulatory hint stuff to this file without
observing that __ieee80211_get_channel and ieee80211_get_channel
really belong together.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current check wrongly uses the state of one (currently the first)
tx queue for all tx queues in case of non-default qdiscs. This check
mainly prevented requeuing loop with __netif_schedule(), but now it's
controlled inside __qdisc_run(), while dequeuing. The wrongness of
this check was first noticed by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no listener socket for a received packet, send an error
back to the sender.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet endpoints are bound to individual ports.
This provides a /proc/sys/net/phonet (or sysctl) interface for
selecting the range of automatically allocated ports (much like the
ip_local_port_range with IPv4).
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides the basic SOCK_DGRAM transport protocol for Phonet.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides the socket API for the Phonet protocols family.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides support for configuring Phonet addresses, notifying
Phonet configuration changes, and dumping the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides support for adding Phonet addresses to and removing
Phonet addresses from network devices.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the basis for the Phonet protocol families, and introduces
the ETH_P_PHONET packet type and the PF_PHONET socket family.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discovered by Timo Teräs, the currently xfrm_state_walk scheme
is racy because if a second dump finishes before the first, we
may free xfrm states that the first dump would walk over later.
This patch fixes this by storing the dumps in a list in order
to calculate the correct completion counter which cures this
problem.
I've expanded netlink_cb in order to accomodate the extra state
related to this. It shouldn't be a big deal since netlink_cb
is kmalloced for each dump and we're just increasing it by 4 or
8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This minor cleanup simplifies later changes which will convert
struct sk_buff and friends over to using struct list_head.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most importantly avoid doing it with cumulative ACK. Not clearing
means that we no longer need n^2 processing in resolution of each
fast recovery.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both loops are quite similar, so they can be combined
with little effort. As a result, forward_skb_hint becomes
obsolete as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main benefit in this is that we can then freely point
the retransmit_skb_hint to anywhere we want to because
there's no longer need to know what would be the count
changes involve, and since this is really used only as a
terminator, unnecessary work is one time walk at most,
and if some retransmissions are necessary after that
point later on, the walk is not full waste of time
anyway.
Since retransmit_high must be kept valid, all lost
markers must ensure that.
Now I also have learned how those "holes" in the
rexmittable skbs can appear, mtu probe does them. So
I removed the misleading comment as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ie., the difference between partial and all clearing doesn't
exists anymore since the SACK optimizations got dropped by
an sacktag rewrite.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, virtual interface pointers passed to drivers might be
from monitor interfaces and as such completely uninitialised
because we do not tell the driver about monitor interfaces when
those are created. Instead of passing them, we should therefore
indicate to the driver that there is no information; do that by
passing a NULL value and adjust drivers to cope with it.
As a result, some mac80211 API functions also need to cope with
a NULL vif pointer so drivers can still call them unconditionally.
Also, when injecting frames we really don't want to pass NULL all
the time, if we know we are the source address of a frame and have
a local interface for that address, we can to use that interface.
This also helps with processing the frame correctly for that
interface which will help the 802.11w implementation. It's not
entirely correct for VLANs or WDS interfaces because there the MAC
address isn't unique, but it's already a lot better than what we
do now.
Finally, when injecting without a matching local interface, don't
assign sequence numbers at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rate control algorithms may need access to a station's
HT capabilities, so share the ht_info struct in the
public station API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API,
share the supported rates bitmap in the public API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about
stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when
they get around to updating, and might also help with
implementing rate control algorithms without internals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its
own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and
simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need
to translate them any more now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure
the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having
a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been
set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion
can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan
that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it
was a software scan, if the timing is just right.
On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem,
just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't
enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case
we would also never restore state of other interfaces.
This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking
ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by
the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are
buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove
the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off
the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable
until you scan once.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The
main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory
code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution,
and to replace the initial centralized code we have where:
* only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU
* regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter
* all rules were built statically in the kernel
We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries
and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent
through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules
without updating the kernel.
Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain
based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a
respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built
regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the
regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to
further help compliance.
Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of
this.
For more information see:
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA
For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter,
ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically
(US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY.
These old static definitions and the module parameter is being
scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this
you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless.
If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you
use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory
domain for us.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new action will have the ability to change the priority and/or
queue_mapping fields on an sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmemcheck reported this:
kmemcheck: Caught 16-bit read from uninitialized memory (f6c1ba30)
0500110001508abf050010000500000002017300140000006f72672e66726565
i i i i i i i i i i i i i u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u
^
Pid: 3462, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted (2.6.27-rc3-00054-g6397ab9-dirty #13)
EIP: 0060:[<c05de64a>] EFLAGS: 00010296 CPU: 0
EIP is at nla_parse+0x5a/0xf0
EAX: 00000008 EBX: fffffffd ECX: c06f16c0 EDX: 00000005
ESI: 00000010 EDI: f6c1ba30 EBP: f6367c6c ESP: c0a11e88
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0033 SS: 0068
CR0: 8005003b CR2: f781cc84 CR3: 3632f000 CR4: 000006d0
DR0: c0ead9bc DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff4ff0 DR7: 00000400
[<c05d4b23>] rtnl_setlink+0x63/0x130
[<c05d5f75>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x165/0x200
[<c05ddf66>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x76/0xa0
[<c05d5dfe>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x1e/0x30
[<c05dda21>] netlink_unicast+0x281/0x290
[<c05ddbe9>] netlink_sendmsg+0x1b9/0x2b0
[<c05beef2>] sock_sendmsg+0xd2/0x100
[<c05bf945>] sys_sendto+0xa5/0xd0
[<c05bf9a6>] sys_send+0x36/0x40
[<c05c03d6>] sys_socketcall+0x1e6/0x2c0
[<c020353b>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x3f
[<ffffffff>] 0xffffffff
This is the line in nla_ok():
/**
* nla_ok - check if the netlink attribute fits into the remaining bytes
* @nla: netlink attribute
* @remaining: number of bytes remaining in attribute stream
*/
static inline int nla_ok(const struct nlattr *nla, int remaining)
{
return remaining >= sizeof(*nla) &&
nla->nla_len >= sizeof(*nla) &&
nla->nla_len <= remaining;
}
It turns out that remaining can become negative due to alignment in
nla_next(). But GCC promotes "remaining" to unsigned in the test
against sizeof(*nla) above. Therefore the test succeeds, and the
nla_for_each_attr() may access memory outside the received buffer.
A short example illustrating this point is here:
#include <stdio.h>
main(void)
{
printf("%d\n", -1 >= sizeof(int));
}
...which prints "1".
This patch adds a cast in front of the sizeof so that GCC will make
a signed comparison and fix the illegal memory dereference. With the
patch applied, there is no kmemcheck report.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement
is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it
slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be
getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic
requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we save states within a walk we need synchronisation
so that the list the saved state is on doesn't disappear from
under us.
As it stands this is done by keeping the state on the list which
is bad because it gets in the way of the management of the state
life-cycle.
An alternative is to make our own pseudo-RCU system where we use
counters to indicate which state can't be freed immediately as
it may be referenced by an ongoing walk when that resumes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Security Mode 4 of the Bluetooth 2.1 specification has strict
authentication and encryption requirements. It is the initiators job
to create a secure ACL link. However in case of malicious devices, the
acceptor has to make sure that the ACL is encrypted before allowing
any kind of L2CAP connection. The only exception here is the PSM 1 for
the service discovery protocol, because that is allowed to run on an
insecure ACL link.
Previously it was enough to reject a L2CAP connection during the
connection setup phase, but with Bluetooth 2.1 it is forbidden to
do any L2CAP protocol exchange on an insecure link (except SDP).
The new hci_conn_check_link_mode() function can be used to check the
integrity of an ACL link. This functions also takes care of the cases
where Security Mode 4 is disabled or one of the devices is based on
an older specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the introduction of Security Mode 4 and Simple Pairing from the
Bluetooth 2.1 specification it became mandatory that the initiator
requires authentication and encryption before any L2CAP channel can
be established. The only exception here is PSM 1 for the service
discovery protocol (SDP). It is meant to be used without any encryption
since it contains only public information. This is how Bluetooth 2.0
and before handle connections on PSM 1.
For Bluetooth 2.1 devices the pairing procedure differentiates between
no bonding, general bonding and dedicated bonding. The L2CAP layer
wrongly uses always general bonding when creating new connections, but it
should not do this for SDP connections. In this case the authentication
requirement should be no bonding and the just-works model should be used,
but in case of non-SDP connection it is required to use general bonding.
If the new connection requires man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection, it
also first wrongly creates an unauthenticated link key and then later on
requests an upgrade to an authenticated link key to provide full MITM
protection. With Simple Pairing the link key generation is an expensive
operation (compared to Bluetooth 2.0 and before) and doing this twice
during a connection setup causes a noticeable delay when establishing
a new connection. This should be avoided to not regress from the expected
Bluetooth 2.0 connection times. The authentication requirements are known
up-front and so enforce them.
To fulfill these requirements the hci_connect() function has been extended
with an authentication requirement parameter that will be stored inside
the connection information and can be retrieved by userspace at any
time. This allows the correct IO capabilities exchange and results in
the expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of duplicating the fields, integrate a user stats structure into
the kernel stats structure. This is more robust when the members are
changed, because they are now automatically kept in sync.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Reviewed-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Instead of checking the value in include/net/ip_vs.h, we can just
restrict the range in our Kconfig file. This will prevent values outside
of the range early.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Reviewed-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
How to reproduce ?
- create a network namespace
- use tcp protocol and get timewait socket
- exit the network namespace
- after a moment (when the timewait socket is destroyed), the kernel
panics.
# BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
0000000000000007
IP: [<ffffffff821e394d>] inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
PGD 119985067 PUD 11c5c0067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [1] SMP
CPU 1
Modules linked in: ipv6 button battery ac loop dm_mod tg3 libphy ext3 jbd
edd fan thermal processor thermal_sys sg sata_svw libata dock serverworks
sd_mod scsi_mod ide_disk ide_core [last unloaded: freq_table]
Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 2.6.27-rc2 #3
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff821e394d>] [<ffffffff821e394d>]
inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
RSP: 0018:ffff88011ff7fed0 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: ffffffffffffffff RBX: ffffffff82339420 RCX: ffff88011ff7ff30
RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: ffff88011a4d03c0 RDI: ffff88011ac2fc00
RBP: ffffffff823392e0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffff88002802a200
R10: ffff8800a5c4b000 R11: ffffffff823e4080 R12: ffff88011ac2fc00
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: 0000000000000000
FS: 0000000041cbd940(0000) GS:ffff8800bff839c0(0000)
knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0018 ES: 0018 CR0: 000000008005003b
CR2: 0000000000000007 CR3: 00000000bd87c000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo ffff8800bff9e000, task
ffff88011ff76690)
Stack: ffffffff823392e0 0000000000000100 ffffffff821e3a3a
0000000000000008
0000000000000000 ffffffff821e3a61 ffff8800bff7c000 ffffffff8203c7e7
ffff88011ff7ff10 ffff88011ff7ff10 0000000000000021 ffffffff82351108
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff821e3a3a>] ? inet_twdr_hangman+0x0/0x9e
[<ffffffff821e3a61>] ? inet_twdr_hangman+0x27/0x9e
[<ffffffff8203c7e7>] ? run_timer_softirq+0x12c/0x193
[<ffffffff820390d1>] ? __do_softirq+0x5e/0xcd
[<ffffffff8200d08c>] ? call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff8200e611>] ? do_softirq+0x2c/0x68
[<ffffffff8201a055>] ? smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x8e/0xa9
[<ffffffff8200cad6>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0x66/0x70
<EOI> [<ffffffff82011f4c>] ? default_idle+0x27/0x3b
[<ffffffff8200abbd>] ? cpu_idle+0x5f/0x7d
Code: e8 01 00 00 4c 89 e7 41 ff c5 e8 8d fd ff ff 49 8b 44 24 38 4c 89 e7
65 8b 14 25 24 00 00 00 89 d2 48 8b 80 e8 00 00 00 48 f7 d0 <48> 8b 04 d0
48 ff 40 58 e8 fc fc ff ff 48 89 df e8 c0 5f 04 00
RIP [<ffffffff821e394d>] inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
RSP <ffff88011ff7fed0>
CR2: 0000000000000007
This patch provides a function to purge all timewait sockets related
to a network namespace. The timewait sockets life cycle is not tied with
the network namespace, that means the timewait sockets stay alive while
the network namespace dies. The timewait sockets are for avoiding to
receive a duplicate packet from the network, if the network namespace is
freed, the network stack is removed, so no chance to receive any packets
from the outside world. Furthermore, having a pending destruction timer
on these sockets with a network namespace freed is not safe and will lead
to an oops if the timer callback which try to access data belonging to
the namespace like for example in:
inet_twdr_do_twkill_work
-> NET_INC_STATS_BH(twsk_net(tw), LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITED);
Purging the timewait sockets at the network namespace destruction will:
1) speed up memory freeing for the namespace
2) fix kernel panic on asynchronous timewait destruction
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is obviously good for userspace to know up front which
interface modes a given piece of hardware might support (even
if adding such an interface might fail later because of
concurrency issues), so let's make cfg80211 aware of that.
For good measure, disallow adding interfaces in all other
modes so drivers don't forget to announce support for one mode
when they add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Blackheath <tramp.enshrine.stephen@blacksapphire.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adjust various debug outputs to use the new *_BUF macro variants for
correct output of v4/v6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert functions for looking up destinations (real servers) to support
IPv6 services/dests.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add xmit functions for IPv6. Also add the already needed __ip_vs_get_out_rt_v6()
to ip_vs_core.c. Bind the new xmit functions to v6 connections.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Extend functions for getting/creating connections and connection
templates for IPv6 support and fix the callers.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Extend protocol DNAT/SNAT and state handlers to work with IPv6. Also
change/introduce new checksumming helper functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add 'af' arguments to conn_schedule(), conn_in_get(), conn_out_get() and
csum_check() function pointers in struct ip_vs_protocol. Extend the
respective functions for TCP, UDP, AH and ESP and adjust the callers.
The changes in the callers need to be somewhat extensive, since they now
need to pass a filled out struct ip_vs_iphdr * to the modified functions
instead of a struct iphdr *.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add 'supports_ipv6' flag to struct ip_vs_scheduler to indicate whether a
scheduler supports IPv6. Set the flag to 1 in schedulers that work with
IPv6, 0 otherwise. This flag is checked in a later patch while trying to
add a service with a specific scheduler. Adjust debug in v6-supporting
schedulers to work with both address families.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for selecting services based on their address family to
ip_vs_service_get() and adjust the callers.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add extended internal versions of struct ip_vs_service_user and struct
ip_vs_dest_user (the originals can't be modified as they are part
of the old sockopt interface). Adjust ip_vs_ctl.c to work with the new
data structures and add some minor AF-awareness.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add some debugging macros that allow conditional output of either v4 or v6
addresses, depending on an 'af' parameter. This is done by creating a
temporary string buffer in an outer debug macro and writing addresses'
string representations into it from another macro which can only be used
when inside the outer one.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add a struct ip_vs_iphdr for easier handling of common v4 and v6 header
fields in the same code path. ip_vs_fill_iphdr() helps to fill this struct
from an IPv4 or IPv6 header. Add further helper functions for copying and
comparing addresses.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Introduce new 'af' fields into IPVS data structures for specifying an
entry's address family. Convert IP addresses to be of type union
nf_inet_addr.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch consolidates the code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Removes all _nested_compat() functions from the API. The prio qdisc
no longer requires them and netem has its own format anyway. Their
existance is only confusing.
Resend: Also remove the wrapper macro.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set HT capabilities for associated
STAs. This is based on a patch from Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> (only
the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY for NEW_STA part is included here).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow
AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd).
The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate
changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the
bss_info_changed() handler.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All users of struct proto::compat_[gs]etsockopt and
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops::compat_[gs]etsockopt are under
#ifdef already, so use it in structure definition too.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() instead of qdisc_root_lock() as
sch_tree_lock() because this lock could be used while dev is
deactivated, but we never need to use this with noop_qdisc as a root.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While passing a qdisc root lock to gen_new_estimator() and
gen_replace_estimator() dev could be deactivated or even before
grafting proper root qdisc as qdisc_sleeping (e.g. qdisc_create), so
using qdisc_root_lock() is not enough. This patch adds
qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() for this, plus additional checks, where
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users have been moved over to the version taking a le16 frame control
rather than a cpu-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query
queue status
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since some qdiscs call qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() (so qdisc_lookup())
without rtnl_lock(), adding and deleting from a qdisc list needs
additional locking. This patch adds global spinlock qdisc_list_lock
and wrapper functions for modifying the list. It is considered as a
temporary solution until hfsc_dequeue(), netem_dequeue() and
tbf_dequeue() (or qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen()) are redone.
With feedback from Herbert Xu and David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_deactivate() can skip rescheduling of a qdisc by qdisc_watchdog()
or other timer calling netif_schedule() after dev_queue_deactivate().
We prevent this checking aliveness before scheduling the timer. Since
during deactivation the root qdisc is available only as qdisc_sleeping
additional accessor qdisc_root_sleeping() is created.
With feedback from Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in
the recent revamp on beacon configuration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can now kill them synchronously with all of the
previous dev_deactivate() cures.
This makes netdev destruction and shutdown saner as
the qdiscs hold references to the device.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new state lets dev_deactivate() mark a qdisc as having been
deactivated.
dev_queue_xmit() and ing_filter() check for this bit and do not
try to process the qdisc if the bit is set.
dev_deactivate() polls the qdisc after setting the bit, waiting
for both __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING and __QDISC_STATE_SCHED to clear.
This isn't perfect yet, but subsequent changesets will make it so.
This part is just one piece of the puzzle.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ab19ea36c ("ipvs: Fix possible deadlock
in estimator code") fixed a deadlock condition, but that condition can only
happen during unload of IPVS, because during normal operation there is at least
our global stats structure in the estimator list. The mod_timer() and
del_timer_sync() calls are actually initialization and cleanup code in
disguise. Let's make it explicit and move them to their own init and cleanup
function.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ipv6_dev_get_saddr() blindly de-references dst_dev to get the network
namespace, but some callers might pass NULL. Change callers to pass a
namespace pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes ip6_prohibit_entry and ip6_blk_hole_entry
declarations from include/net/ip6_route.h as they are unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes rt6_lock declaration from include/net/ip6_route.h
as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a bug report by Andrew Gallatin on netdev
with subject "CPU utilization increased in 2.6.27rc"
In commit 37437bb2e1
("pkt_sched: Schedule qdiscs instead of netdev_queue.")
the test of the queue being stopped was erroneously
removed from qdisc_run().
When the TX queue of the device fills up, this omission
causes lots of extraneous useless work to be queued up
to softirq context, where we'll just return immediately
because the device is still stuffed up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason for dynamically allocating an estimator object for every
stats object. Directly embed an estimator object into every stats object and
switch to using the kernel-provided list implementation. This makes the code
much simpler and faster, as we do not need to traverse the list of all
estimators to find the one belonging to a stats object. There's no need to use
an rwlock, as we only have one reader. Also reorder the members of the
estimator structure slightly to avoid padding overhead. This can't be done
with the stats object as the members are currently copied to our user space
object via memcpy() and changing it would break ABI.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch removes an unused field (flags) from struct flowi; it seems
that this "flags" field was used once in the past for multipath
routing with FLOWI_FLAG_MULTIPATHOLDROUTE flag (which does no longer
exist); however, the "flags" field of struct flowi is not used
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_input() was doing something completely absurd, looping
on skb->dst->input() if NET_XMIT_BYPASS was seen, but these
functions never return such an error.
And as a result plain ole' NET_XMIT_BYPASS has no more
references and can be completely killed off.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed that it would be nice to
handle NET_XMIT_BYPASS by NET_XMIT_SUCCESS with an internal qdisc flag
__NET_XMIT_BYPASS and to remove the mapping from dev_queue_xmit().
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> spotted a serious bug in the first
version of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed:
"The other problem that affects all qdiscs supporting actions is
TC_ACT_QUEUED/TC_ACT_STOLEN getting mapped to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
even though the packet is not queued, corrupting upper qdiscs'
qlen counters."
and later explained:
"The reason why it translates it at all seems to be to not increase
the drops counter. Within a single qdisc this could be avoided by
other means easily, upper qdiscs would still increase the counter
when we return anything besides NET_XMIT_SUCCESS though.
This means we need a new NET_XMIT return value to indicate this to
the upper qdiscs. So I'd suggest to introduce NET_XMIT_STOLEN,
return that to upper qdiscs and translate it to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
in dev_queue_xmit, similar to NET_XMIT_BYPASS."
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> noticed:
"Maybe these NET_XMIT_* values being passed around should be a set of
bits. They could be composed of base meanings, combined with specific
attributes.
So you could say "NET_XMIT_DROP | __NET_XMIT_NO_DROP_COUNT"
The attributes get masked out by the top-level ->enqueue() caller,
such that the base meanings are the only thing that make their
way up into the stack. If it's only about communication within the
qdisc tree, let's simply code it that way."
This patch is trying to realize these ideas.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval
The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented
yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used.
Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low
level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ipfragok flag controls whether the packet may be fragmented
either on the local host on beyond. The latter is only valid on
IPv4.
In fact, we never want to do the latter even on IPv4 when PMTU is
enabled. This is because even though we can't fragment packets
within SCTP due to the prtocol's inherent faults, we can still
fragment it at IP layer. By setting the DF bit we will improve
the PMTU process.
RFC 2960 only says that we SHOULD clear the DF bit in this case,
so we're compliant even if we set the DF bit. In fact RFC 4960
no longer has this statement.
Once we make this change, we only need to control the local
fragmentation. There is already a bit in the skb which controls
that, local_df. So this patch sets that instead of using the
ipfragok argument.
The only complication is that there isn't a struct sock object
per transport, so for IPv4 we have to resort to changing the
pmtudisc field for every packet. This should be safe though
as the protocol is single-threaded.
Note that after this patch we can remove ipfragok from the rest
of the stack too.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is the only legal environment in which this can be
used.
Add some commentary explaining the situation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current versions of ipvsadm include "/usr/src/linux/include/net/ip_vs.h"
directly. This file also contains kernel-only definitions. Normally, public
definitions should live in include/linux, so this patch moves the
definitions shared with userspace to a new file, "include/linux/ip_vs.h".
This also removes the unused NFC_IPVS_PROPERTY bitmask, which was once
used to point into skb->nfcache.
To make old ipvsadms still compile with this, the old header file includes
the new one.
Thanks to Dave Miller and Horms for noting/adding the missing Kbuild entry
for the new header file.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step
from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now,
disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing,
will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software
requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is
not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot this in the previous patch that made it unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Piss-poor sysctl registration API strikes again, film at 11...
What we really need is _pathname_ required to be present in
already registered table, so that kernel could warn about bad
order. That's the next target for sysctl stuff (and generally
saner and more explicit order of initialization of ipv[46]
internals wouldn't hurt either).
For the time being, here are full fixups required by ..._rotable()
stuff; we make per-net sysctl sets descendents of "ro" one and
make sure that sufficient skeleton is there before we start registering
per-net sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (39 commits)
[PATCH] fix RLIM_NOFILE handling
[PATCH] get rid of corner case in dup3() entirely
[PATCH] remove remaining namei_{32,64}.h crap
[PATCH] get rid of indirect users of namei.h
[PATCH] get rid of __user_path_lookup_open
[PATCH] f_count may wrap around
[PATCH] dup3 fix
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to __ncp_lookup_validate()
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to gfs2_lookupi()
[PATCH] new (local) helper: user_path_parent()
[PATCH] sanitize __user_walk_fd() et.al.
[PATCH] preparation to __user_walk_fd cleanup
[PATCH] kill nameidata passing to permission(), rename to inode_permission()
[PATCH] take noexec checks to very few callers that care
Re: [PATCH 3/6] vfs: open_exec cleanup
[patch 4/4] vfs: immutable inode checking cleanup
[patch 3/4] fat: dont call notify_change
[patch 2/4] vfs: utimes cleanup
[patch 1/4] vfs: utimes: move owner check into inode_change_ok()
[PATCH] vfs: use kstrdup() and check failing allocation
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netns: fix ip_rt_frag_needed rt_is_expired
netfilter: nf_conntrack_extend: avoid unnecessary "ct->ext" dereferences
netfilter: fix double-free and use-after free
netfilter: arptables in netns for real
netfilter: ip{,6}tables_security: fix future section mismatch
selinux: use nf_register_hooks()
netfilter: ebtables: use nf_register_hooks()
Revert "pkt_sched: sch_sfq: dump a real number of flows"
qeth: use dev->ml_priv instead of dev->priv
syncookies: Make sure ECN is disabled
net: drop unused BUG_TRAP()
net: convert BUG_TRAP to generic WARN_ON
drivers/net: convert BUG_TRAP to generic WARN_ON
make it atomic_long_t; while we are at it, get rid of useless checks in affs,
hfs and hpfs - ->open() always has it equal to 1, ->release() - to 0.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Massage ipv4 initialization - make sure that net.ipv4 appears as
non-per-net-namespace before it shows up in per-net-namespace sysctls.
That's the only change outside of sysctl.c needed to get sane ordering
rules and data structures for sysctls (esp. for procfs side of that
mess).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
New object: set of sysctls [currently - root and per-net-ns].
Contains: pointer to parent set, list of tables and "should I see this set?"
method (->is_seen(set)).
Current lists of tables are subsumed by that; net-ns contains such a beast.
->lookup() for ctl_table_root returns pointer to ctl_table_set instead of
that to ->list of that ctl_table_set.
[folded compile fixes by rdd for configs without sysctl]
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Removes legacy reinvent-the-wheel type thing. The generic
machinery integrates much better to automated debugging aids
such as kerneloops.org (and others), and is unambiguous due to
better naming. Non-intuively BUG_TRAP() is actually equal to
WARN_ON() rather than BUG_ON() though some might actually be
promoted to BUG_ON() but I left that to future.
I could make at least one BUILD_BUG_ON conversion.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the IPv4/IPv6 IPComp implementations since most
of the code is identical. As a result future enhancements will no
longer need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change icmp6_dst_gc to return the one value the caller cares about rather
than using call by reference.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIB timer list is a trivial size structure, avoid indirection and just
put it in existing ns.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq_flush() can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially netfilter has had 64bit counters for conntrack-based accounting, but
it was changed in 2.6.14 to save memory. Unfortunately in-kernel 64bit counters are
still required, for example for "connbytes" extension. However, 64bit counters
waste a lot of memory and it was not possible to enable/disable it runtime.
This patch:
- reimplements accounting with respect to the extension infrastructure,
- makes one global version of seq_print_acct() instead of two seq_print_counters(),
- makes it possible to enable it at boot time (for CONFIG_SYSCTL/CONFIG_SYSFS=n),
- makes it possible to enable/disable it at runtime by sysctl or sysfs,
- extends counters from 32bit to 64bit,
- renames ip_conntrack_counter -> nf_conn_counter,
- enables accounting code unconditionally (no longer depends on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT),
- set initial accounting enable state based on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT
- removes buggy IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING event handling.
If accounting is enabled newly created connections get additional acct extend.
Old connections are not changed as it is not possible to add a ct_extend area
to confirmed conntrack. Accounting is performed for all connections with
acct extend regardless of a current state of "net.netfilter.nf_conntrack_acct".
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NLA_PUT_BE64 macro required for 64bit counters in netfilter
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stab bits can't be referenced uniless the full
packet scheduler layer is enabled.
Reported by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add size table functions for qdiscs and calculate packet size in
qdisc_enqueue().
Based on patch by Patrick McHardy
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=115201979221729&w=2
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sockaddr_storage{} for generic socket address storage
and ensures proper alignment.
Use sockaddr{} for pointers to omit several casts.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should fix the following bugs:
* Connections with MD5 signatures produce invalid packets whenever SACK
options are included
* MD5 signatures are counted twice in the MSS calculations
Behaviour changes:
* A SYN with MD5 + SACK + TS elicits a SYNACK with MD5 + SACK
This is because we can't fit any SACK blocks in a packet with MD5 + TS
options. There was discussion about disabling SACK rather than TS in
order to fit in better with old, buggy kernels, but that was deemed to
be unnecessary.
* SYNs with MD5 don't include a TS option
See above.
Additionally, it removes a bunch of duplicated logic for calculating options,
which should help avoid these sort of issues in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the MD5 code assumes that the SKBs are linear and, in the case
that they aren't, happily goes off and hashes off the end of the SKB and
into random memory.
Reported by Stephen Hemminger in [1]. Advice thanks to Stephen and Evgeniy
Polyakov. Also includes a couple of missed route_caps from Stephen's patch
in [2].
[1] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=121445989106145&w=2
[2] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=121459157816964&w=2
Signed-off-by: Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
